Skip to content

Action Thrillers

No Easy Way Back
by Josh Jensen
Season 2 Ep. 16

Josh Jensen on deleting 50,000 words, building a villain with a limit, and writing No Easy Way Back.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Josh Jensen wrote a full 50,000-word draft of his debut thriller, then scrapped it completely because it felt like the book he was supposed to write, not the one he actually wanted to tell. In this episode he breaks down that rewrite, and how No Easy Way Back became a neo-Western built around his own hometown in central Utah instead of a normal thriller wearing a cowboy hat.

He also talks about rebuilding the brother dynamic from scratch, the strict single-POV rule he used to reveal a protagonist who won’t talk about himself, and building a villain with a limit instead of a purely evil one.

Josh Jensen’s book No Easy Way Back: https://www.amazon.com/No-Easy-Way-Back-Limited/dp/B0FBSBN5X9

Follow Josh Jensen online: https://www.goodreads.com/author/show/55195066.Josh_Jensen

Want to be part of the conversation? Join the live recordings on Patreon and ask your questions during the guest Q&A. You’ll also get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. Your support helps keep The Thriller Writer Lab going and brings more great thriller authors into the Lab.
https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Mark’s Thrillers
Psychological tech thrillers from your host, including The Treatment Room: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Follow on Social:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/markpjnadon
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thethrillerwriterlab/
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@thethrillerwriterlab

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

JOSH JENSEN is a former NCAA wrestler, an outdoorsman, and a marketing professional. He is the award-winning author of No Easy Way Back, Rough, Rough Country, and the short story Sojourner. He lives in Utah.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TWL Season 2, Episode 16 with Josh Jensen

Josh: And I got to 50,000 words in a hurry, and it just didn’t feel right. I felt like I was trying to write what I was supposed to write, and I said, “Screw this,” and just, you know, kind of go scorched earth and restart it.

Mark: Welcome to the Thriller Writer Lab, where every thriller goes under the microscope, one book at a time. I’m your host, Mark Nadon, and this is where best-selling, award-winning, and emerging thriller authors share the craft, research, and real-world experiences that power today’s most gripping stories.

 Joining me today is Josh Jensen, and we are putting his neo-Western thriller, “No Easy Way Back,” under the microscope. Josh, thank you for joining us today

Josh: Thanks for having me. Excited to be here

Mark: So let’s start with your pitch for the book. Tell me all about “No Easy Way Back.”

Josh: “No Easy Way Back” is a neo-Western thriller. I’m not sure if that’s an official categorization. That’s what I’m going with. Um, I’m trying to own it. And it’s set in my home state, in my, my hometown in Utah, and it centers around a protagonist named Graham Hayes that’s a member of a– former member of a Tier 1 unit called the Regimental Reconnaissance Company.

Throughout my research and stuff, I found out that it’s pretty, uh… not a lot to, to go on there, so it gave me some creative freedom and gave me a non-Navy SEAL type ex-military protagonist. And,, at its core, it’s, uh, it’s a story about redemption. He reluctantly returns home to Utah when his, kind of estranged, chaotic brother finds himself at the, in the center of a storm he can’t really navigate.

And Graham returns home and faces his demons and also some very real threats from a, from a, uh, corrupt venture capitalist with some cartel ties. And there’s a lot of Western undertones and themes and things like that. So I really tried to blend the modern thriller with Western storytelling.

Mark: Awesome. So let’s talk about that a little bit more. Neo-Western, what does that mean? What does that mean to you if, if someone picks up this book and wants to read it? What should they expect? Are we talking about… And obviously I’ve read the book, so I know the answer, but just for the reader, should they expect, you know, horseback and cowboys, or should they… I mean, you mentioned modern warfare or modern tier one teams, so let’s talk about that a little bit.

Josh: No, I, I, I, really tried to make it very Western themed in a modern thriller sense. So I think a lot of these, quote-unquote, “modern Westerns” are thrillers with cowboy hats and, uh, I– that’s not what I wanted, that’s not what I set out to accomplish. That’s pretty easy to do, take a large scale plot like fate of the world and stick it in Montana.

No, that’s not what I wanted to do. I want it to be centered around like Western themes and landscape and family and things like that, that, you know, your favorite Westerns probably touch on to some extent or another.

Mark: So what was the inspiration for this book? I know I’ve– in your bio, you talk about you were 13, there was a murder that rocked your town, and that inspired a book. It– I wasn’t quite sure if it was this book. So where did this one come from?

Josh: It, it started as that. So I had a, um, at the University of Mary my freshman year of college, I took a narrative writing course, and the, it was basically this, but not this. It was a different character, different plot, things like that, but it was a thriller set in Payson, Utah. Little random Payson, Utah. You know, I think we’re known for is, uh, it’s the place where the original Footloose movie was filmed. But I, I, always wanted to write something set in, in that setting, that rural Utah setting that, um, hasn’t been explored much. Um, there’s a lot of Wyoming stuff and a lot of Montana stuff, um, but there hasn’t been a lot of, like, Utah thrillers. So that’s, have always, what I wanted to try to do.

Mark: Okay, so break me through how this story actually came about. Like, what, what came first? Was it the vision of Graham and this redemption story you mentioned? Or was it just, I, I have this landscape, now what do I do with it?

Josh: The setting came first uh, I just always wanted to put something in the, the mountains and the, the towns, the town that I grew up in. Um, that, that’s really where it started, and then as I started reading more and more thrillers, like my dad’s a huge CJ Box fan and Robert Ludlum fan, so there were just thrillers all over the house. And, so that’s, you know, what I started reading pretty young, probably too young. Um, but yeah, so the setting came first, and then as I started to really just love and appreciate thrillers, I decided to, to merge those two things.

Mark: So talk about the timeline a little bit because you were 13 when the murder happened. When did you, when did you feel like you were ready to write this story? And then how many years did that take to build this book? How did that go?

Josh: Yeah, so I was in… So, like I said, I’ve been reading thrillers for a long time, and I was reading, um, Blue Heaven by C.J. Box on a work trip in Atlanta, just, like, bored in my hotel room. Was in 2024. Yeah, like spring of 2024. And I was reading that, and I started writing it right then and there in the, the hotel, and it just kind of flowed through.

And I got to 50,000 words in a hurry, and it just didn’t feel right. I felt like I was trying to write what I was supposed to write, and I said, “Screw this,” and just, you know, kind of go scorched earth and restart it. And, uh, I got the first draft done in probably 10 months, and then from there it was, you know, another probably six months of just editing like a madman, revising, having people read it, and all that stuff that comes with writing a first, first book.

Mark: And you mentioned, or so are you a plotter or a pantser, I guess would be y- you know, the popular terms or somewhere in between? So writing 50,000 words and then starting over is sort of like the world’s longest outline or

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: Outline you can have. How did the writing process for this come out? Was it like sort of pantsing, flying by the seat of your pants, you know the term, building into it, or, or did you outline it and, and build on it?

Josh: Um, I knew like a few things I wanted to touch on. Like I had the character, and then I had kind of the villain, and then I had kind of the transformation, the journeys that they wanted to go on. But how I got there is it was kind of going on feel. I’m a, I’m very much a momentum writer. Some days I can write 5,000 words in a day, and other days it’s like 300’s the best I can do. It just, it’s not clicking, and uh, I don’t push super hard on those days. I just, you know, reset and come back the next day. And so it’s, it’s like this. It’s all, all over the place. I’m, I’m not a very like strict, “I write 1,200 words a day,” and call it good. If I’m flowing, I’m, I don’t, I don’t stop.

Mark: That’s great to have in the process because it can be really hard. Forcing ourselves to sit in the chair is like one thing, and then trying to force a, a word count is another. Or for me, I write to a certain amount of time. Like, I’ll sit there for, you know, however long it takes for time rather than a number of words.

Will you give yourself so much time or will you… Like, you sit down, you start writing these words, and then you feel like, “Okay, I’ve, I’m, I’m distracted. I wanna go on my phone. I’ve h- this is good enough for today.” How do you do it?

Josh: I, I very, I don’t have time constraints, so every day is different. So like a lot of us, I have a full-time job, and I coach high school wrestling in my spare time as well, so my writing window is like, you know, start at 10:00 PM most of the time, and it could be until 1:00 or 11:00, you know, just depending on on how things go.

Mark: Okay. So 50,000 words this book was in its, let’s say, its first draft, if we even wanna call it that. What are the, what are the differences when you s- when you say scrap a book as opposed to rewriting it or heavily editing it, what does that mean to you? What changed, without spoilers I guess, what changed between this, this book of 50,000 words that you wrote and then coming back to do it again?

‘Cause I imagine you would almost– it would be really hard not to fall back into the same 50,000 words or you’re- Yeah … or you’re almost trying to get yourself to somewhere in the 50,000 words where we can reuse some of that, right? It’s like, “Oh, that didn’t feel right, but if I write these 10,000 words, maybe I can hit word, you know, 20,000 from my last manuscript and then continue from there.”

And you know what I mean? Or, or copy and paste and juggle things like… Or did you just like delete and I’m doing something completely different? Like, what happened?

Josh: Uh, it was pretty much from scratch. I took a few things, but it was a different… the characters had similar names, but there was even some changes even there with, like, character names and backstories. Um, initially I had the, the two brothers. They’re both kind of– I had, like, the ex-military reclusive brother, and then I had a cop brother, so it’s totally different.

Um, yeah. I was like, “All right, I’m gonna switch. I’m gonna go with a, kind of a loose cannon screw-up brother and, kind of have some tension there.” So yeah, tot-totally different. The, Graham Hayes is the main character. There’s a conflict involving his brother and a cartel, and that’s about the only similarities between that version one that was– We’re not even gonna be titled “No Easy Way Back,” and then what’s, uh, you know, out now.

Mark: How painful was that?

Josh: Um

Mark: to hit delete? And was there a time between deleting this draft and writing another one where you were like, “Okay, I know this direction. I know what I need to do and I’m pumped for it”?

Josh: Yeah, so I, I knew when I got to 50,000 words I could do it. I was like, “Okay, I got there,” and the second time around it came fast. I was… I had a lot of momentum and, like, confidence, and I was pretty, you know, just hellbent on, on getting that story done, ’cause I… That was the one I wanted to write initially anyway, and the first one was me trying to, you know, follow the, the template, and it just, it never felt right to, to follow the, the, the template

Mark: Okay. What do you think of as a template? When you think about, I assume you mean thriller template, like the shorter chapters and things, like what went wrong in the template as you see it?

Josh: So I, I found myself kind of slipping into, I don’t wanna like call out any authors ’cause they’re more successful than I am. But, uh, I just found myself like slipping into like the, just the super common like tropes and, and things like that. Like I still do the short chapters. I think that’s great structurally a lot there.

But like the, the tropes and the, just like the, the main set pieces, I was kind of trying to follow that, and it just didn’t feel right to me. It didn’t, didn’t do my character justice. It’s not how I operate in my personal life. I’m kind of a contrarian in some ways. And so I just, uh, wanted to, to do it my way

Mark: Okay. So when you wrote this draft of this book close enough to the one I’m reading, did you write it with any themes in mind or any warnings or anything for people to, when they close the book, beyond entertainment, was there something, a message that you were hoping that they were gonna stop and think about?

Josh: Yeah. So there’s, um, obviously there’s some stuff with, uh, Graham’s father who’s kind of like a, a character within it, but he’s not o- he’s not around. And, um, so it was really like family centric, you know, blo- blood thicker than water type of messaging. And then just general resilience. You have his older brother who’s a alcoholic and he’s, he’s battling that as well as getting hunted down by a bunch of murderers. And, uh, so resilience is, uh, just kind of the word I kept going back to as I wrote is these are resilient people. Like they’re, they’re in a tough spot and they’re, they’re gonna have to tough it out and it’s not gonna be pretty. , It may not be super clean, but, uh, yeah, like what, what can you power through and, you know, what are you willing to do for, you know, the people you care about?

Mark: Yeah. When you knew family and resilience was part of it, did you then shape Graham and Colt to be who they are as people because hardened characters is what you needed for this story?

Josh: Yeah, for sure. I, I wanted them to, you know, be, ’cause they’re– the, the one event that I, you know, I, I’ll try not to spoil that’s, you know, in the past, but that kind of is the reason for Graham being withdrawn and his brother being an alcoholic is the same one. And, uh, so I really want that to be the, the central thing and to show how different people respond to the, the same incident and how it could create two very different people even though it’s the same incident.

Mark: Yeah And when you’re building characters, once you have them in your mind, do you have a sheet of paper where you have it laid out like Graham is this person and he’s like a tier one and he’s, you know, he’s struggling with these things mentally and then here’s his brother. Like how do you keep him and his brother who have so many similarities ’cause they are family, how do you keep them separate as voices and characters?

Josh: , I wish I had a good answer. That’s something that’s, uh, pretty, pretty natural to me is, I’ve, you know, I’ve been lucky. I guess you– everyone has been, but I’ve been around a lot of people and, I’ll just, you know, I’ll be at the airport or whatever, and I just kinda listen to people talk and, and, uh, it’s– I’ve… You know, that’s, you know, one of the things I’m kind of a natural at, is I can just kind of write people as people. Um, I don’t focus too much on characters. I, I try to write people

Mark: Okay. So you might have, like, an actual persons in mi- like you’ve cast your

Josh: Oh,

Mark: so to speak, from just these

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: in an airport.

Josh: yeah, well, even like people I know, like, uh, the character Jack Hillman in there is is based on, you know, in the book, he’s a former high– he’s a former Green Beret turned high school teacher, and that is a real teacher I had. I had a teacher in high school that was an ex-Green Beret and I, I maintained a relationship with him even after I graduated. He, uh, gave me a, like a wrestling mat, like a training mat, years after I graduated high school. And, uh, so I had a lot of conversations with him over the years and, uh, yeah, so that’s a real, kind of a real person in a lot of ways.

Mark: Oh, cool. So was he, was he like a good guy? Like, it sounds like he was like a really good guy. I

Josh: Oh yeah

Mark: I had a teacher that was a colonel in the military, and he was, he was crazy. His like, the discipline and everything he expected in his classroom, it was, it was nuts.

Josh: Yeah. No, th-this guy was great. I mean, he was a little crazy too, and wa-wa- you know, walked to the beat of his own drummer, but, uh, really good guy. I mean, he would do anything for ev-anyone, even if it was like, quote unquote, “against the rules.” If, if a kid needed help, he was gonna help him by any means. And, you know, cussed a lot in the classroom, and kids loved him for it. And, uh,

Mark: Okay.

Josh: just, you know, he’s a… I always say he’s like a real-life Hemingway character. Um, you know, I had some pretty, you know, for a high school kid, some pretty serious conversations with him about, you know, stuff that he experienced. He got blown up and, and, , thing, things of that nature

Mark: So I wanna jump to, in your book, I think it’s at the back, you have a QR code to the playlist for the book, which was– I think is really unique. I’ve seen playlists before, but to have a QR code where the people who read the book and then go and listen to the book, and it sounds like the playlist was built not just like, “Here’s the random music I was listening to while I wrote the book,” but it sounds like the music really had like tones for like perhaps this song fits this scene and that song fits that scene. So what’s, what is it?

Josh: Yeah. No, it’s, it, uh, it’s a real thing. I mean, I, I listen to music the whole time I’m writing. You know, I have just, I have a playlist that’s 40 th- no, not 40,000, 40 hours long. Uh, I have a whole work week of, of, um, of music right there, and, um, it’s really impacted how I write. Um, I’m a huge, huge fan of, um, like outlaw country f- from the Texas and Oklahoma guys that, uh, don’t have record labels and came up through the bar scene and things like that.

Like Co- Cody Jinks, who I reference in the book, as well as, like my all-time favorite artist. I finally got to see him in concert last summer, and he’s a fantastic writer. If you go to the song credits, he’s the lone writer on most of his tracks. And he explores a lot of themes of redemption and resilience and, and screwing up and, uh, has his, had his own, you know, sobriety journey that he’s pretty open about in his music, and I use that a lot for, for Colt

Mark: And I think it says somewhere that the songs, and you can correct me if I’m wrong, but the songs also impacted, like you, you used chapter titles, which is also unique. It had like the chapter title had a theme for every chapter that we read. So how did that play in?

Josh: Uh, it was just, I thought it was fun. So I’m a huge fan of, uh, Greg Hurwitz, um, right there. And he, he gives every ch- in his Orphan X books, he gives every chapter its own little, like, title. And,, I decided to go a little leaner. Like, some of his are a little longer, and every, you know, every chapter is one or two words ti- titled. And there’s a couple of them that are just literal song titles. Like there’s one Always Running, off the top of my head. That’s a Cody Jinks song.

And so I, I weave in a few references to songs, some overtly, some more under the radar more for me, my own amusement than anything. If people pick up on it, they pick up on it. But yeah, it’s a huge factor in just themes and well, as well as writing and how to phrase things.

Mark: Do you feel like when you’re playing like a fast-paced song, you need a fast-paced scene, and then when you’re s- you’re writing something emotional, you have to change the song from your playlist to make it like slower and…

Josh: No, it’s, it’s more about the words. I try to f- I try to focus on the words themselves and, yeah, try to listen to stuff that’s, that’s well-written and has, you know, real writing behind it. I, you know, don’t… People get mad at me all the time when I, they have their favorite artist and I pull it up and I’m like, “There’s 11 writers on this three-minute song. I mean, how authentic can it be?”

Mark: That’s fair

Josh: So, um, I’ll, I’ll start a few arguments in that way.

Mark: Oh, I love that. It’s very unique. So the other thing that you mentioned was that your dad and your grandfather helped inspire you to write the book through, through having books around the house and things. Was there anything else that they, they helped inspire as far as being able to get this book out into the world?

Josh: Yeah, I mean, my, my dad has always just had my back. He was my first wrestling coach when I was five years old, and, , he’s just, just always supported me. I remember one time I was in college, I, uh, I was at a tournament in Fargo, North Dakota, and I came off the mat from my first match, and I had won. I was just exhausted, ’cause that’s just the nature of it, and I was just soaked in sweat and exhausted.

And I get up there and my– I didn’t know he was coming, and my dad was just hanging out, like in the stands. Just, just showed up and, and watched me compete. And so that, that’s kind of… I always use that story to kind of describe who he is, and he’s that way with all my siblings. There’s four of us and, he’s… whatever you’re doing, he’s got your back. And, uh, and in the case of this endeavor, he’s read a lot. He has an English degree, and so he was like hands-on helpful. He was my first be- he’s my first beta reader. Um, I hand it off to him and he’ll text me and be like, “Hey,” like, you know, “This doesn’t make sense. This doesn’t make sense, um, X, Y, Z.” Like, you know, he’ll, he’ll give it to you.

Mark: Ah, I love that. I hope my son writes books someday too. He’s not, he’s not into writing, but I hope he does someday. Oh, that’s awesome to have, to have someone in your corner like that. I have found a lot of people who have found success in writing have, whether or not it’s like you have your dad, people have like husbands or wives or s- just someone in their family that they’re able to beta read or just someone to encourage them in their corner. As a writer, I think it’s super important.

Josh: Yeah. Yeah, so that was my dad and then my, my grandpa is, uh, he is partially… So, you know, I’ve mentioned Graham’s father is a kind of a big factor in, like, who he is, and he’s kind of a mixture of my dad and my grandpa. My grandpa is right now at this moment 85, 84? 84, 85 years old. He saddles up a horse and he goes and rides mountain trails a couple times a week. He’s retired and probably works harder now than he ever did. He shoes his own horses still, and we’ll go help him hau- we’ll go help him haul hay, and he thinks it’s funny to try to, like, beat us to hay bales. We’re like, “Dude, go, go watch. Go, like, go hang out. We got this.” And, uh, he’s just like the king of one-liners and just kinda earthy, you know, salt of the earth wisdom.

Mark: That’s great. Yeah, you didn’t have anyone– You know, it’s funny when I hear people whose parents say, “You get a real job. You gotta go work for the government. Cr-creative work, you’re not going anywhere.” But you didn’t have that. That’s great. Your dad was an English major. How lucky. So this story itself, what did it– What kind of challenge did the, did you have writing this story?

Josh: Just my own, uh, kind of insecurities, I guess. It’s pretty– It’s kind of terrifying to put your name on something and then just release it out into the, the world. ‘Cause I, I wrote it, and I, I didn’t know what I was gonna do with it. I, I wrote it just ’cause I wanted to… I just feel like a, you know, I wanted to be a finisher. I wanted to finish something like that. And I got it. I, you know, got to that, like, novel length word count, and I had it there and, I just kinda kept it to myself, and I did end up telling a friend of mine who’s a, uh… He’s active duty in the Air Force right now. Uh, he’s a captain, and good friend of mine.

We coach wrestling together and all that stuff, and he’s a fellow reader. And he finally bullied me into, like, letting him read it, and, uh, he kind of, like, was very dir- he’s a very direct person. He’s like, “Dude, this doesn’t suck. It… You should, you should put it out there.” And so then I went through and I, like, did another round of revisions and things like that, and I, you know, had that validation from, you know, from him and I was like, “You know what? Screw it. Let’s do this.” And, uh, I tossed it out there and that was, ah, a year, a year ago, and here we are.

Mark: So it went from your friend was the first person to read it. When did your, when did your dad… He was an, also a beta reader? What was the process like from, for there?

Josh: Uh, there wasn’t much of a process for the first one. the the second one had a process. Uh, the first one, no, like this friend read it, or no, he didn’t even read, read like the whole thing. He read– I think I sent him the first five or six chapters, and just, just to get some validation. And then once he kind of bullied me into pu-publishing it, then I sent it to my dad, and, and then he read the whole thing, and then I had, uh, three or four other people read it cover to cover and provide just kind of big, big rocks feedback, kind of those developmental edits. And then I hired out like copy… like a copy editor from Fiverr and a proofer just to, to clean up stuff. And so the, the first one was kind of haphazard, just, you know, you read it, you read it. Okay, now I’m gonna hire these freelance editors, and, and I’m gonna read it again and, I’m gonna read it out loud to myself and see if it sounds good and make changes based on how it sounds that way. So it was all over the place. I probably over-polished it.

Mark: Was building confidence in this story, was it challenging to just– like once you gave it the first few chapters to that one person, were you still in doubt as an author? Were you in doubt right up to the, the launch point and the feedback and reviews and stuff? And, and how did you get over that fear of, of knowing when, when is this book like, or is this a good book versus, you know, I have family and friends that are reading it, but they also love me, and then there’s this community of readers who do not, you know, and I’ve– of course I’ve– I’m talking from my own experience as well ’cause it’s a– when you get it out there into the world, it’s, it’s, it’s not just scary, but you have to know that there are people who are not gonna like something that you write and you have to deal with that.

But then you have that imposter syndrome that hits and then you have that, oh, was this book actually good or, you know, ’cause the real people who are the reviewers, like how did you build confidence and, and how did it, how did it go from there?

Josh: I, so I did have a I don’t know what happened. I don’t even know how I got a response to this, but I, I won’t name him. But I sent it just kind of cold to a very prominent thriller reviewer, super plugged in guy, and I, I sent it to him. I was hoping to get it featured on like a newsletter, things like that, and that, that didn’t happen. But he read the whole thing and his feedback was like super positive. He, he’s like, “Oh,” he’s like, “This is like y- you got good instincts. Your character development is good.” He like lists off a few things and also a couple things I could do better, and he, he told me, he’s like, “I really think you, if you wanted to, you could get traditionally published.” And so when I had that validation from somebody that like kind of reads thrillers for a living, I was like, “Okay, like, let, let’s do this. You know, it’s, it, it doesn’t suck. Let’s, uh, let’s see what happens.”

Mark: Okay. You just reached out to him cold, like

Josh: Yeah, just I s- I sent him a

Mark: happened?

Josh: I sent him a Twitter direct message and, uh, happened to get a reply.

Mark: Oh, cool.

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: Nice

Josh: Yeah, so I, I didn’t get the exposure from it that I hoped I would. So but, oh well, it gave me a, gave me a boost of confidence, and i’ve… Yeah, we’re two books in

Mark: Exactly. So there, there is a book two and it’s already out.

Josh: Came out at the end of April.

Mark: End of April, right. So did you write book one with the intent of writing book two? We’ll probably get into this more in the spoiler because of how the book ends. But did you– Let’s just say as you were writing it, were you in… Now you, you ditched this earlier copy, now you have, you have this fresh copy. In this fresh copy, were you intending to write a series and a book two without having knowing what the audience and what people were gonna say whether or not it was even worth a book two?

Josh: Yeah, so I always knew I have to write multiple Graham Hayes books. I’ve, I’ve said it to everyone who will listen, I’m– there’s not going to be 30 of them. I could, I, I could write 30 books, um, but there will, there will be new characters, new stories totally unrelated to this thing. I, I don’t– I have no interest in writing 30 books about the same person.

That’s just, not how I’m wired. I don’t think his character is built for that. He’s he’s kind of reactive and just kind of takes what comes, and it wouldn’t make sense for him to continue just continually just be in the crosshairs for 30 books.

Mark: Yeah. Okay

Josh: But no, there’s always gonna be multiple.

Mark: Okay. Do you have an idea of how many? Have you o-outlined or plotted like, kind of like, “This is the concept for this one, this is the

Josh: Yeah. Right now I’m, I’m pretty set on a trilogy, um, within– Like I was– There could be some other ones, but there’s this, these first three are gonna be a, kind of a cohesive trilogy. As you mentioned, the, the first one kind of ends in a way that opens the door for the second one, and the second one opens the door for the third. And, those will act as kind of a just very tied together trilogy. Could there be some other standalones that are somewhat under- detached from those? Possibly. I have a couple ideas. But yeah, these three are gonna be a trilogy.

Mark: Okay. So then when it comes to research, how much research went into this? This is your hometown, so are you, are you like walking around with your notebook and just like, or I guess you know it so well anyway, maybe you wouldn’t even have to, you’re just sitting there. But this is, this is all real to life, like the, the places that we see, the, the terrain and stuff, this is all your hometown. So was there a lot of research or was it mostly just, just knowing every- knowing what you wanted to do and knowing the terrain already?

Josh: No, the, the setting I, I know by heart. It’s just, it’s in my blood. I’m a f- you know, fourth generation Utahn. And my, my par- my grandpa and my par- both my parents and I all went to the same high school, so I’m just deeply rooted in a lot of the places in there. Like, uh, I talk about Midway, the, the cabin that Colt kind of retreats to is in Sanpete County, um, down south.

And my, my mom’s dad, uh, had a cabin down there for years that we visited in the summer to go, go fish and four-wheel and things like that. So I’ve even been there, and I, I really wanted to include that area of Utah as well and kind of cover a couple different counties in s- central Utah. So yeah, most of my research was in regard to like military stuff, backgrounds, some tactical things and, and things of that nature. But like local history, um, I was, I just ha- I just knew that by heart.

Mark: Do you feel like the title of the book is bigger than Graham, or did you create the story and then the title came to you after? Because this is a, it’s a brilliant title, and we don’t know how brilliant it is until, until the end essentially, so we’ll talk about that exactly. But, but what came first?

Josh: The story always comes first. Um, I try to write it all… I try to get the story out there, and then I suffer with titles. It’s the worst. Like, I, I work in marketing full-time, and my least favorite thing to write is the freaking headlines. Like, I’ll write a 1,500-word blog article or white paper or something, and I’ll just mull over title idea after title idea after title idea. And, uh, so I try to get the, the content itself done and then try to title it,, appropriately

Mark: Oh, cool. So did this title then it came after the book was written, I guess. Did you pull it from your own book as a result of having written almost those exact words?

Josh: Yeah, it came, it came straight from the pros.

Mark: Okay.

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: Well, well done. It’s a very good title.

Josh: Thanks. I’m always, every time somebody reads it, um, the guy on Instagram recently did a video review on it and had ultra positive feedback and put it in front of, you know, his audience of like 3,000 people. And the one question I always ask, I said, “Dude, I always ask this. Did you catch the title in, in it?” And the answer’s almost always like, yes, they catch it. So it’s fun.

Mark: And so there’s many point of views in the book, and how did you know which voice to go to and how not to overwhelm the shifting from different character point of views.

Josh: So big, big thing that I was pretty strict on was zero head hopping. Without a clear page break or chapter break, I would stay in the same point of view the entire time and try to really make sure they were only observing things that they would observe, that I didn’t intrude too much, um, on their perspective. And so when there’s parts where I’m trying to help readers learn more about Graham, he’s this kinda grumpy introvert that, yeah, it’s, you know, getting him to talk about himself is like pulling his teeth. And, um, so I always had to make– I used other characters to kind of flesh him out. I used Jack a lot for that.

And even though Graham could be involved in the conversation, you’re not getting his thoughts on it. You’re just getting this other character to excavate it because he won’t do it himself. Um, that’s just not who he is. And so I tried to be just true to each character and make sure there’s just clear breaks and that I can just reset and write it from Jack’s point of view, Colt’s point of view, and things like that.

Mark: Do you keep track of that as you’re shifting throughout the book and the characters, or is that just all in your head and you’re able to just maintain the, the memory of it?

Josh: Uh, I kind of go by feel for sure, but there’s times where I’ve gone through and, um, I’ll go back to a chapter and I’ll rewrite it from another point of view. I’m like, “Okay, it doesn’t make sense to have it be from Maddie’s point of view. It makes more sense to have it from Graham’s in this case,” and vice versa. Um, so, so I– Some of the feedback I got early on from my, my one, my first reader, he was like, “I felt like I was reading a different, you know, the r- a different, you know, style of writing chapter to chapter at times.” And I explained kind of the method to my madness. I was like, “Well, you know, the villains is gonna think about the situation a lot different than the heroes, the protagonists.” And I tried to just be true to their perspective, as warped as that might be

Mark: And you feel like that just all comes natural. You’re not like writing, taking notes about

Josh: No, I just, you know, I try to just know who these people are and just, you know, kind of put myself in their shoes and be like, all right, what would a messed up SOB do in this situation if, when we’re talking about Wade Carson. And, uh, and I kinda hate myself for those like chapters. Um, there’s, there’s one chapter in it, uh, you know, chapter 50 specifically, a guy that’s he’s like, “Dude, that,” he’s like, “That bit made the hair on my neck stand up.” Like, “How’d you write that?” I was like, “I didn’t like it as much as you did.” But, uh, this Joe had to be done.

Mark: Yeah. What did Wade Carlson, ’cause you were just, or Carson, you know, you were just talking about him. How, what does he represent as a character? Is he just, like, a really bad dude? I mean, I guess we’ll kind of get into this in the spoiler section a bit more ’cause there’s, there’s the end and how that goes. But as you were writing him, is he just pure evil to you, or how did you approach him as a character?

Josh: No, I don’t, I don’t like pure evil. I like complicated. Um, so I, you know, kind of wrote out this whole backstory with him, um, slipping into corruption with the DEA and it, you know, starts with skimming a little bit of money from drug busts and then it just kind of spirals out from there. It’s just this, the kind of slippery slope where, you know, he might, you know, might have felt small and ex- in- in- in…

I can’t talk right now. Small and of no consequence, um, in the grand scheme of things. But, um, once you cross that line, you, you can’t always uncross it. And, um, so I tried to kind of lean into that. I don’t know if you’ve read much, um, Don Winslow, but he, he does a really good job of writing these characters that just descend into corruption, and you’re inside their head as they do it and justify it.

And, and early on they don’t think it’s a big deal, and then the next thing you know, they’re just in this pit they can’t get themselves out of. And a lot of the times they just accept it and say, “This is who I am now,” and just keep going.

Mark: Okay. So as we, as we wrap up a little bit, what advice would you give someone who just published their first or second book?

Josh: Um, what kind of advice? Just how to promote it, how to, you know, what, what kind of advice are we looking for here?

Mark: that’s just it. So what is the most important thing to you once you’ve published like book one? Is it the marketing that they need to focus on or is it book two? There’s a lot of, you know, industry talk about, about the approaches.

Josh: Yeah, so for me it was, I started focusing on the marketing a little bit later despite that being what I do for a living. But I, while I was editing, I was rough drafting the, the second book. And I wanted to make sure that the, the second one was, was just as good and I could get it out within a year of the other one publishing just to get on a like a professional cadence.

You know, you look at these, all your favorite authors, they’re releasing a book pretty much every year, same month, give or take. And I wanted to, I wanted to follow that cadence, and so I wanted to make sure as I was editing this one, the second one wasn’t going to be rushed. And so my advice would be to enjoy writing more than you enjoy publishing.

As I’ve gotten into the kind of this writing world, there’s, there’s a whole ecosystem and a lot of people, you know, to interact with and then fellow authors and, um, I see a lot of, you know, well-intentioned writers that are, they’re addicted to publishing, not writing. And I, I think it needs to be the opposite. Put out the best product you can because nothing will sink you worse th- faster than slick ad copy and graphics that take people to an inferior product.

Mark: How do you balance that then? The marketing for, for your actual time, the need for marketing because if, if no one knows it exists, then no one knows it exists, and, and the need to find ple– not just pleasure in writing, but the need to also grow as a writer and, you know, advancing your skill beyond just writing more prose, even though that is a very effective way to be a better writer.

Josh: Yeah, so my marketing is I’ve, worked for marketing agencies. I’ve been on in-house teams in a variety of industries, and, um, my marketing, I don’t– You know, obviously I’m 29 years old. I don’t have a ton of disposable income. But I figured out, meta ads to the point where I spend $2 to $5 a day, and I make that money back almost always, 99% of the time, that daily budget, I make it back. So I have some, I call them evergreen Facebook ads, and they’re, they’re not, , they won’t expire type of thing. They’re not, you know, now I’m pre-order and I don’t have to go back and fix them. They’re very, you know, character or plot-centric and I’ve, you know, created some decent graphics that are, you know, attention grabbers

and I’ve dialed in the audience. And so I just set those up and I check them a little bit and just make sure nothing too crazy is going on and just let those evergreen Facebook ads run to a very like specific audience.

Mark: Nice. I am glad that’s w-

Josh: to just write.

Mark: yeah. What about marketing advice then I’m in a lot of different groups and, and I hear all about Facebook ads versus Amazon ads versus what do we have? BookBub now people are kind of talking about, but nobody really likes them as far as like being, as far as converting to sales.

What advice would you give someone from a, let’s say cosmetic, ’cause marketing’s what you do if it’s in that, you know, cosmetic. Like what, what advice would you have for the makeup of a graphic or a book for someone who is trying to get that return on investment? Because writing a good hook doesn’t mean it may be clickable and, you may get thousands of clicks, but as you know, if those clicks don’t turn into sales you have, you still have nothing. You, there’s, you’re s- at zero.

Josh: Right. Yeah, so with, with ad copy and graphics, I just think it’s important that everything is aligned. I said earlier, nothing will sink you faster than really good ad graphics and ad copy that takes, takes you and inferior your product. Um, so make sure there’s not a quality gap, and then just, you know, do a lot of testing.

Like marketing for me is really iterative. know, I worked in an agency previously, and we would spend the first 30 days just, just trying stuff. Like, “Oh, let’s try this ad copy with this ad image,” and then, you know, try, you know, and just mix it up and just see what the, what the right cocktail is.

And then once you find something that works, you, you ride it until it doesn’t work anymore, and then you do it all over again. So, you know, be prepared to lose some money in the early going and, you know, just test.

Mark: Okay.

Josh: Test and iterate

Mark: yeah. Yeah. Good advice. So, and have a budget because you have to be willing… It’s like gambling, right? You have to go into the casino ready to lose your 500 bucks or your 1,000 bucks because you’re probably going to before you start getting anything back.

Josh: Oh yeah, I lost a lot. I mean, I’ve– I don’t try it much anymore, but I lost money on Amazon ads. I thought that was the place to be. I’m like, “All right, this is the main place my book’s for sale.” And I tried the display ads, I tried the keyword ads, and there was a handful of sales from it, but, yeah, I can’t seem to crack that code. I watch a lot of YouTube videos and things like that, and books are just differ- a different animal than other e-commerce products.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah, it’s funny. You would think where the, the customer is hot to buy, which is Amazon, ’cause they’re, they’re shopping for a book, you would think that would be the easiest conversion, but it really isn’t.

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: So I have a question from Cleo Ballard. She was the last guest on the show,

Josh: All right

Mark: she wants to know, are you a survivalist, and did you take a bunch of survival courses or spend time in the military prior to writing the book?

Josh: Um, spent a lot of time with members of the military. So I was, um, and with my church growing up, I had a, uh, young men’s leader who’s I won’t name him ’cause he’s like actively doing anti-human trafficking stuff in South America, um, and is a former Marine and US Marshal, and he would take a bunch of us teenagers out and we would do high adventure camping, and he would show us how to make, snares and, you know, make a, fish, fish hook out of whatever and do a ton of hiking and orienteering and things like that.

And so, did a lot of that with my church group growing up. And then obviously I’m a, I’m a hunter, I’m a, you know, fisherman, big camper, and so a lot of this stuff has just been passed down through my family. My, my grandpa’s killed I don’t know how many deer, legally and illegally. And, and so he took… He had my dad and uncles hunting young.

My dad always tells this story. They were hunting in, on horseback in winter, and they were, they’re riding along and the trees are bent over ’cause the snow’s so heavy, and my uncle ducked and my dad didn’t see the tree and was just hanging from this bent over tree, just kicking his legs while he just kept riding. So like that’s my like lineage is, uh, just a bunch of outdoorsy, hunter types, and we’re just out and about all the time

Mark: Yeah, that’s awesome. What a, what opportunities you’ve had.

Josh: Yeah

Mark: Are you gonna write– Well, let’s not spoil, I guess, a future book, but are you gonna write like a, a s- I imagine a scene where you have all these like snares and traps and things set for people who are coming into the woods who are like hunting you kind of thing?

Josh: I’ve thought about it, um, kind of doing the Rambo thing. I’ve … We- we’ll see. Um, I, I don’t know. I think that Graham’s background is a little more like, be invisible based.

Um, so this, this third one I’m working on, um, he’s, he’s kind of getting back to his roots, not because he wants to, ’cause he has to, and he’s going into a very remote location. Um, it’s not Utah, that one that location. They all start in Utah, but the s- setting head does expand in books two and three. But it’s, uh, very much, you know, know, outside the wire reconnaissance, be- be invisible and try to leave a small footprint. So we’ll, we’ll see if there’s some, some trap stuff. He’s not a, uh, like a Vietnam veteran that’s gonna dig a, you know, a pit with the spikes and all that stuff.

Mark: Well, your, your authentic experience, I would imagine, would bring that level of authenticity to even, even simpler traps than Rambo necessarily, right? ‘Cause there are probably ways that you can, you can trap people that I would never even think of because I’ve only seen Rambo that I may never think of, but that are just super simple that you know because you have all this survival experience.

Josh: Yeah, I mean, there’s a, there’s a line in, uh, my second book where Graham quotes his dad, him and, um, his, yeah, his buddy that he’s with in the second one. He, uh, h- he says, he’s like, “I’ve learned,” he’s like, you know, “If you wanna kill something, watch a water source.” And, , his, his friend goes, “Oh, is that one of your dad’s hunting rules that apply to hunting terrorists?”

And he goes, “Yeah.”

Mark: I love it.

Josh: So a lot of that stuff.

Mark: Yeah.

Josh: Watch, watch the water source

Mark: Yeah. Yeah, it’s true. So where can listeners find this book and, and what’s coming next and more about you?

Josh: So you, you can find it on Amazon, and then anywhere that Ingram puts it on. So there’s all kinds of random websites through Ingram’s distribution that, , that it pops up on. I don’t even know all of them. Barnes & Noble online, but yeah, Amazon’s the, the main spot, but you can find it on a lot of different online retailers.

Mark: All right, awesome. Well, thank you so much. This has been great. This is the end of the main show. We’re about to head into the spoiler section. So thank you for taking the time for those who are leaving now because they are gonna put it on pause and go read and then come back. Thank

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: So spoiler, in the end, Carson is regretful. This is our main villain for those… Well, I guess everyone, if you’re here should know, should know

Josh: I hope so

Mark: you’re listening to this, you should know. He’s regretful of his decisions because of the cartel involvement, despite the things that he’s done, which are also terrible. Why write that regret into this story? What about Carson’s character were you trying to get across to the reader with it?

Josh: That even the most people that’ll do terrible things have their limit, and it might seem kind of odd, but his is, going from ex-DEA to essentially working for a cartel financier is just a bridge too far for him. That’s the final straw. He didn’t spend all that time, you know, dodging bullets from sicarios to work with them.

Mark: Okay. Yeah, yeah. No, that’s fair. That makes sense, for sure. When you were writing the end, you could have left it at the scene with Graham and Maddie at Jack’s place. Instead, you set the stage for book two with the cartel assassin coming to the airport, and then we know he’s gonna be hunting down Graham. Were you always going to write a book– Like, was that the original ending with a book two in mind because now you’ve forced yourself into book two?

Josh: Yeah, so I, I never wanted to do a, like a super clean ending. Obviously this is the spoiler chat. The cartel financier, Greg Langston, does get away. Graham gets his kind of personal revenge against Wade Carson, but there’s this, you know, the, the, the man with the money, and the, the real ties to the cartel is still out there, and he just pissed off a cartel. And so there’s that door open and,, I always wanted to just keep it, keep it rolling, and I think that clean resolutions, they’re pretty rare in life, and they’re rare in my fiction.

Mark: fair. And I would say, I don’t even know if he got away because the way you set up the moment, like the cartel and the way they’re handling him and the way they’re treating him at the end of the book with the bag and the, and the, you know, all this

Josh: Yeah.

Mark: T- sort of the semi-torture-ish stuff like, yeah, that is dark.

And even he says it in the book where he’s like, “I don’t know if I would… I’d rather stay with Graham and died than be here with the cartel right now.” So that was a, that was a good, good way to end it ’cause it made me certainly wanna to read book two. And it’s like watching them… It’s like watching, you know, when you first watch, watch like “Lord of the Rings” and you’re like, yeah the first book was, or the first movie, I guess if I’m saying watching.

The first movie is like really good. It has a bit of a resolution, but I need to know what happens, right? Mm-hmm. And, and you’ve done that with this book, which was, which was really good. But it’s, it’s… I ask the question because I know when you don’t know how good or how a book one is gonna sell or how people are gonna take it to put, to put that much effort into, to end it that way, then you know you have to write a book two.

But as I’ve, as you know, it’s obviously done very well and you did, you did your homework throughout the way, so it was very good.

Josh: Yeah, I was, I was rough drafting the second one as I was editing, so I, I, I invested a lot in that assassin character. Uh, his– I think his backstory’s really, you know, I think it’s fun. Um, kind of, you know, in-inspired by a lot of my favorite thrillers and, um, you know, and it… Yeah, so it’s fun. You know, a lot of ties to, um…

I’ve been getting really in the weeds of like private military contractors, and so his origins come from, from that side of the fence that, you know, if you picked up on chapter one of “No Easy Way Back,” Graham does not– There’s no love lost with him and the, uh, the mercenary archetype.

Mark: Yeah. There’s a moment when Colt and Graham are talking, this goes back to the title conversation a bit that we were having, after the major climax, and Graham tells Colt the story of why he wasn’t at his dad’s funeral. So they finally talk. And years of pain in that relationship, and there seemed to be, and if I’m jumping on the title a little, there was an easy way back.

The easy way back would’ve been just to communicate, but yet it feels like something, that could actually happen between, between two men, that the communication just drops and then you lose track of your life and things go on. How did you handle that throughout the story and leading to the end? Because so much happened and they never had that conversation until the end.

Josh: Yeah. So for, for me it was like they, they both, there’s, you know, hints at it. They both wanted to pick up the phone multiple times over the, the years, uh, since their, since their, dad passed away. And neither one of them would just pull the trigger because they have the same, you know, stubborn stubbornness that they, that they pride themselves in, and it’s a double-edged sword.

I think I even touch on that, where they’re like, “Yeah, this– We’re alive right now ’cause we’re stubborn and we don’t quit, but we’re also kinda messed up because we’re stubborn and won’t, , won’t proactively fix these things.”

Mark: Did you ever feel like you wanted them to have that conversation earlier and you were like, “Come on guys, you just need to talk it out?” Or was that just, you were just like, “No, these are the guys.

Josh: No, I, I initially, um, when he first finds him in the woods and he’s all delirious, I initially had, like, kind of a panicked kinda conversation, and I was like, “You know what? That’s not how Graham Hayes is gonna operate. He’s mission first, uh, emotional conversations later, if at all.” And so I wanted to be true to that and make sure that it was handled the way he would, which is get, get the threat taken care of first and then deal with the emotional stuff later when you have a little bit of breathing room.

Mark: Yeah. I like that about the book. I really like the short, the shorter chapters, and I liked… I was, it was clear whose characters we were looking at, and I liked how it moved from chapter to chapter, and you did a good job of building that exactly what you’re saying, like, this, these guy- they’re not spending a lot of time in their own minds.

I don’t write that way, but I appreciated that you did because I would be the one who’s, like, going into their heads for th- for two paragraphs because I, I get deep into character because that’s the characters that I’m writing. Did you, do you ever feel like there are characters that you wanna spend more time in their heads on the page, or does the pace of a thriller just dictate for you that we should keep moving?

‘Cause you know what I mean. Like, I, we know the, the time you spend, like, talking in your head sometimes in some books, it goes on forever and it’s, it’s not, it’s not good. And then there are, you know, you’re always trying to find that balance.

Josh: Yeah, so it, it is a balance. And the second one I do get in a little more introspective, um, ’cause it’s, it’s a different story. Graham is just, you know, kind of feeling a little worn down. He’s just like, “I’m tired of fighting.” Like, like, “It’s all I knew for years, and then I get… You know, I come back to help my brother, and there, there’s a fight there.

And then some events happen, and he’s just, like, pulled right back into it, and he really starts to question if, , uh, if he can ever get past it. And so there’s a few moments of, like, solitude in, um, that one where he’s like, you know, in his truck, you know, driving the mountains, and he’s, you know, looking on.

He looks on one side of the road down, you know, you see the Utah Valley, and there’s suburbs and stuff kind of, you know, speckling, like surrounded by hay fields. And then he looks right, and there’s just this, like, wide expanse of wilderness. And, uh, he kinda has these thoughts of just like, “This is the line I live in. I’m stuck between, you know, lawman and outlaw i- in a world that’s changing in ways I don’t understand and don’t really like.” And so he does spend a little more time in his head in that second one. ‘Cause th- the cast is smaller. There’s a little more time with, with each character just by less points of view. And, so I did enjoy that part of him. There’s some flashbacks that are, like, triggered by, you know, certain things. Like his buddy Louie says something to him, and it, it triggers a whole flashback that actually serves as a, uh, kind of a Chekhov’s gun for the s- for the third book.

Mark: Okay.

Josh: things like that.

Mark: Yeah, okay. That was my next, actually my next point was with like, there wasn’t a lot of like massive flashbacks or anything either. You just kept the story rolling. It was good, yeah

Josh: Yeah, so this one was like, you know, like I wrote it on momentum and it’s a story of momentum and I’ve said it to people before, I think that these real, real-life conflicts like this, they, they’re fast and they’re dirty.

And,

Mark: Yeah, exactly.

Josh: to…

Mark: Yeah.

Josh: That’s, that’s kind of what I wanted to lean into. Like, he doesn’t have weeks of, like, waging, like a b- like a range war in, in a Utah town. Like there’s, there’s law enforcement, there’s things like that. There’s, you know, they don’t have time for, for downtime.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. I try to remember that when I’m writing, like when I’m in a scene and, ’cause I write psychological, so I c- I get away with spending more time in their heads. But even then, when I’m in a scene where the tension’s really high, I have to remind myself, ’cause I overwrite and then delete, I have to remind myself that I can’t rush or I can’t like cut this I can’t spend so much time in their heads when in reality in a situation that’s that tense you would be rolling, you would just be reactive, right? You don’t– And as you know, if there’s a gunfight or something like he, Graham is in a lot, you can’t… He’s not just gonna stop by a tree and be like, “Oh man, I remember this time when things got really bad for me,” right?

Like

Josh: Yeah, yeah. You’ll see, like, in the book, like the, the slower moments where it trigger memories. Like there’s one that’s, um, like he’s riding the same trail that he rode as a kid, and he kinda thinks back to those days of his dad and his brother and how different it was. So there’s those brief little flashes where like it’s a little slower and he can afford to, but then he gets snapped back to reality by like distant gunshots or, or whatever,

Mark: Yeah.

Josh: and he just tells himself to focus.

Mark: All right. So finally, what’s one question you’d like me to ask the next author who comes on the show? And the next author is Angela Douglas. She wrote “The Mentor.” It is about a best-selling author who is accused of turning a real tragedy into her hit novel when an anonymous writer begins sending her disturbingly personal predictive work through her online mentorship program, and then people around her begin to die.

Josh: Wow. I would s- I would say that’s a lot. That’s pretty layered. I, I would say how semi-autobiographical it is

Mark: Okay.

Josh: Um, uh, as, as well as you know, how do you write a writer without slipping into your own point of view?

Mark: Yeah. Oh, fantastic.

Josh: Curious ’cause I, I read, um… I’ve, I’ve mentioned Greg Kuretz. He wrote one called “The Crime Writer,” and,

Mark: yes, I read that. Yeah

Josh: okay, and then the premise of that one is he’s, like, finds himself in this murder mystery, and he’s like, “I’m not a detective, but I write about them.” And, uh, so he’s like, “I guess I’ll, you know, maybe try to do what my characters would do.” And

Mark: Yeah.

Josh: So, so I’m always curious about how to r- how people write writers. I don’t think I could. I think I would just slip into me being me, and all of a sudden it’s like it’s first person, and I’m like, “No.”

Mark: Yeah. Oh, it’s a fantastic question. I can’t wait to ask her that.

Josh: Yeah

Mark: If you have a few more minutes to stick around for the after show Q&A with, uh, some of our– and our rapid fire with our live Patreon members, we’ll be jumping right into that.

Josh: How’s it up?

Mark: Joss Jensen, “No Easy Way Back.” I’m holding up the cover again. I think you can see that.

Josh: There it is.

Mark: Read it, review it. It helps us helps authors a lot if you leave reviews. Thank you for listening and watching. Have a wonderful day.

The Patriot's Daughter
by Brittany Butler
Season 2 Ep. 11

A Spy Thriller Written by a former spy

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Brittany Butler spent 10 years as a CIA targeting officer running spies in the Middle East and war zones. Now she writes espionage thrillers for Crooked Lane Books and the operational world she lived in shows up on every page.

In this episode Brittany breaks down how she builds characters using goals, motivations, and conflicts before writing a single scene, how she balances three interlocking plot lines without losing the reader, and how she transfers the real psychological cost of espionage work onto the page. She also talks about the moral weight of running sources she couldn’t always protect, and the moment she knew it was time to leave the CIA.

Brittany Butler’s book The Patriot’s Daughter: https://www.amazon.com/Patriots-Daughter-Novel-Brittany-Butler/dp/B0FJDHLKRN

Follow Brittany Butler online: https://www.instagram.com/brittanybutlerbooks/

Join the After Show on Patreon and get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments with guests, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. You’ll also be able to support the show and help me keep bringing on great thriller authors: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Mark’s Thrillers: Psychological tech thrillers from your host, including The Treatment Room: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Brittany Butler is a former CIA targeting officer with years of experience recruiting spies and dismantling terrorist networks overseas. She brings rare authenticity to her fiction, drawing on her time in the field to illuminate the moral complexities of espionage. Her debut novel, The Syndicate Spy, explores how female operatives navigate religious and cultural divides to fight for peace.

Her highly anticipated second novel, The Patriot’s Daughter tells the gripping story of a young woman’s quest to uncover the truth about her mother, a decorated intelligence officer accused of being a double agent for Russia. As past and present collide, the novel explores betrayal, legacy, and the cost of loyalty in the shadowy world of espionage.

Brittany lives by the ocean with her husband, their three sons, and their beloved dog, Gus.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Season 2, Episode 11 with Brittany Butler

Brittany: I just feel like that makes it more authentic. I feel like anytime I can bring in, in a fictional way, an experience that I had, or a moment that I was feeling during my time at the CIA, especially when I was operational in the Middle East and waiting for sources and meeting with terrorists and all that like what it felt like in my body and what it felt like in my mind and everything I try to really hard to kind of put myself back in that place and put that out there in my novels because yeah, I mean, that’s the whole goal, right? Is to make the reader feel like they’re totally immersed in the world you’re creating.

Mark: Hello and welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, the director’s cut of the thriller book world, where we talk to best-selling, award-winning, and emerging thriller authors about the craft, research, and real-world experiences that power today’s most gripping stories

I’m your host, mark Naone, and joining me today is former CIA Target officer Brittany Butler, author of the Espionage Thriller, the Patriot’s daughter. Brittany, thank you so much for being here,

Brittany: Thank having me on Mark. I appreciate it.

Mark: and thank you for the book. I have a copy of your book here

Brittany: Oh, great. Wonderful.

Mark: the camera for people. Thank you. I’ll add it to my shelf very soon of all my guest books out there.

Brittany: Wonderful.

Mark: So let’s get right into the pitch. Pitch me the book, the Patriot’s daughter.

Brittany: Yeah, so the Patriot’s daughter is a geopolitical espionage thriller with the emotional intensity of a love story you can’t walk away from. At its core a, it follows this character named Ava Anderson, a CIA targeting officer who is sent to infiltrate Russia’s intelligence service. After a wave of cyber attacks and disinformation campaigns begin destabilizing the United States, but what starts as a mission quickly becomes personal when she realizes the operation is tied to her mother’s disappearance. Someone she was told to forget. At the same time, she’s paired with this counterintelligence officer named Ben, who doesn’t trust her and has reason not to. Their relationship is built on suspicion, control and connection. Neither of them can afford, but also they can’t ignore it. The story sits at the intersection of national security and emotional vulnerability.

It’s about what happens when trust becomes a liability and love becomes leverage. It’s basically for readers who love high emotional stakes, thrillers like Daniel Silva, Brad Thor, but also want the emotional depth of something that like Kristen Hannah would write in The Nightingale or something even darker, a darker romance. That’s just without the fantasy. Everything in this world could happen tomorrow, which I think is what makes the book really exciting.

Mark: Yes. And scary.

Brittany: Yeah, yeah, definitely.

And what’s so funny about this book is that I wrote it at a time where like none of this was really happening yet in our, like, just kind of in terms of the political environment with the, kind of go the federal government and the state government kind of being at odds.

And that was something I like fictionalized in the book. And so I, it was an un accident that it’s so timely. So yeah, I think that’s really interesting to write a book and then it kind of happened a couple years later. Interesting and scary kind of. But as a, as a CIA officer, I mean, part of my job was to predict what’s gonna happen in the future.

So, maybe that just kind of came into play there.

Mark: Yeah. That’s fascinating. So let’s talk about, I want to talk about the dedication first for a second. ’cause you have a beautiful dedication. I’m curious to see how that fits into the, the book and then you personally, because it feels like it could be a lot of both. I’m just gonna read it here.

The dedication of this book says to the girls who were told they couldn’t, but did anyway.

And to my sons who remind me every day why courage matters. I mean, I love that

and I’m curious how that fits into, into this, the book.

Brittany: Yeah, so it’s, it’s a personal book. It’s, I’ve never written something this personal. My first book, the Syndicates Spy was, you know, at a time when like I had just lost my dad and so I was grappling with that void in my life. And so a lot of it kind of was around this, this woman who loses her father.

This book was all about what happens when this woman, Ava loses her mother and she lost her at a really critical time in her life when you know, she’s a young girl and she’s,

What?a lot of young people go through in terms of like, they grappling with a sense of identity. Who am I? Where do I come from?

What am I gonna become? And her mom leaves on this mission for the CIA, she goes to Moscow and she’s gone for several months and Ava just never hears from her again.

And I, I wanted to, to write about, you, you know, just like the, the inner workings of a young woman and kind of what we are up against, especially in the world of espionage.

I spent 10 years at the CIA and before I joined the CIAI was told by those closest to me that, I would never survive in that world. That I wasn’t good enough, that I wasn’t smart enough. I wasn’t tough enough. And

so I, I was kind of just always told like, you’re not good enough. And so to go and do that kind of work and be successful at it. It’s something that, you know, I’m really proud of, but then I also want to talk, talk about it with, you know, young girls, that, that dedication is for the young women who are told, you’re not good enough, you’re not strong enough to do this kind of work. When in reality the women that I worked with and espionage were some of the strongest women, smartest women I’ve ever known. And they had to work twice as hard a lot of times because in my case, especially working counter-terrorism, we worked in the Middle East primarily, and we weren’t seen as equals and that culture especially with Islamic extremists. And so not only were we trying to build trust and rapport with our sources and in some instances detainees to obtain information on behalf of the US government.

But we were also working against these ideas that women are not equal to men. And so we had to work. Even, you know, doubly as hard. And so, you know, that took a lot of courage. And that courage is something that I’m hoping one day, you know, ins that inspires other young women thinking about a career in intelligence. But then also, of course, my sons. I hope that they realize and appreciate how hard women have to work. You know, in order to become successful in that industry, it’s, fairly difficult. So, yeah. So that’s kind of behind the dedication. Thanks for asking that.

Mark: I love that. Did you know that this was going to be a theme going in? Like when you started this writing, were you thinking, I wanna tell this story about my life and how and how, you know, this moment impacted me and what I had to work to get to here?

Brittany: Yeah. No, it did not start off like that. So when, so Crooked Lane, my publisher, they actually contacted me to write this book for them, and they wanted to make it a modern day homeland type of book. And so they were very concentrated on the geopolitical side of it. Um, you know, your typical espionage novel that it’s got all these geopolitical themes and you’re racing against the clock to save the world kind of a thing, which I love. I love that kind of backdrop. I think that’s really exciting and I, I love writing in that space, because of course I’ve experienced that life.

But I also wanted to touch on some of the deeper issues of, you know, an intelligence officer’s world and what, what you’re up against in terms of some world dilemmas in espionage, right? You’re, you’re working alongside these men and women that are risking their lives in order to provide you with information that could save uS citizens. And so that comes with its own moral dilemmas, moral questions. And I’m not sure that that’s, I think it’s being talked about more like just the toll that takes on the men and women that are doing that type of work.

But I think that it, it is especially, is an, it can be a really great drop off background for a novel, right?

Like exploring those deeper issues of espionage work, what it really takes to do that kind of work and how you have to really compartmentalize almost like your humanity in order to do that job really well.

And that it, it’s, it’s really difficult, right? So like you’re meeting with these men and women and you’re saying I’ll protect you. I’ll give you the tools and trade craft that you need in order to not get caught in spying on behalf of the United States. But ultimately there, there’s a lot of times where we can’t do anything to save them.

If they get caught doing that the threshold is very, very high for the US government to say, we will come in and, and we will, you know, basically rescue you from this, this awful situation. So that can weigh on a person, right? Like you go to sleep at night thinking, oh my gosh, did I do everything I needed to do today in order to tell my source you know, how to navigate the dangers of espionage and am I, am I teaching them enough in order to protect themselves?

That’s your responsibility as the case officer. That’s your responsibility as a targeting officer is to make sure that those individuals that are risking so much. Are protected. And so yeah, so that really was something that I wanted to explore more deeply. But then also my own story kind of crept in to Ava’s story about, you know, these feelings of abandonment about her mother kind of leaving and what that created within her.

And then just this overall sense of she wants to become a. She wants to be part of a family, like she was an orphan in the sense that her dad was not a part of her life early on. He was kind of a mystery to her always. And then her mother leaves and you know, what that does to a young person who’s searching for who they are and their sense of belonging.

And so I love that I was able to kind of weave in that very personal story with something that’s, you know, exciting and flashy and whatever with the geopolitical background. And then I also feel like it made the love stories so much more believable and that you have these really flawed characters navigating this this world. And I think it makes them as people more believable. Like I think they did a great job, which the last James Bond where Daniel craig, you kind of get more into his psyche of like. Why he becomes the way he is with women, right?

It’s because, you know, the, her, I forget, I, Ava Green, I forget what her name was in the, um, the movie Casino Royale. But you watch her kind of take down his walls and she betrays him, and that affects him for the rest of the James Bond movies and how he treats women and how he navigates relationships. And so I thought that was a really beautiful job and how they created depth to a character that I think, and prior depictions of James Bond, he’s just like kind of, one dimensional, a little bit more flat.

And so with my characters and the Patriot’s daughter, Ava and Ben, I wanted to make sure that they had this backstory that was really well developed that you’re like, okay, this is a real person. This is, I can really get inside this person’s mind on this mission because they’re flawed and they have these traumas that they’ve been through in their personal life.

And so I can relate to this. And I pulled from people that I worked with at, at the CIA and experiences that I had of people who you know, were in some really bad situations and had to make some really tough calls and, and they were traumatized by that, and that affected their relationships with those closest to them.

Mark: How do you build or how do you decide when to be authentic with an experience and when to fictionalize because you have pacing to consider. You have, and then you have your real life experience to consider.

Brittany: Yeah. So I think an editor always is helpful with that. So my up editor kept me very honest on, um, the pa the places where I wanted to go deeper with some charact, you know, some, maybe some of the romance, maybe some of the, you know what she was going through personally. And she kept me honest about, okay, we gotta keep going, we gotta keep going with the plot.

We gotta keep going down the, and so that was really good to like have that check in and have that accountability there. Um, I think I, for me it’s, it is relatively easy. So I would say it’s one of my strengths as a writer that I’m able to keep up the pace. Like I don’t, I mean, you tell me you read it, so I I need to get your, your thoughts on this, but I don’t feel like it was slow at any point, maybe initially.

And I think, and all stories you have to build up, you know, kind of the world and you have to establish the characters and everything. And that takes some time before you can like really push yourself into the action. And so maybe, you know, that might be something that I feel like other thriller authors can relate to is that balance between, okay, I need to establish the setting the world and who these characters are. But then I also need to make it that inciting incident come earlier and earlier. Let’s, you know, start, start moving with the plot. So yeah. And then as far as like my personal experiences, I just feel like that makes it more authentic. I feel like anytime I can bring in, in a fictional way, an experience that I had, or a moment that I was feeling you know, during my time at the CIA, especially when I was operational in the Middle East and, you know, waiting for sources and meeting with terrorists and all that, like those feelings and what it felt like in my body and what it felt like in my mind and everything.

I try to really hard to kind of put my place, put myself back in that, that place and, and put that out there in my novels because yeah, I mean, that’s the whole goal, right? Is to make the reader feel like they’re totally immersed in the world you’re creating.

Mark: Yeah. You wrote very viscerally, and I was wondering if that’s what it’s like being an agent, is it really like you have a lot of like tight chest kind of moments, written various ways, and the heart pumping

Brittany: Yeah,

Mark: raw, raw emotion. Is that, is that like real to what it’s like to be a target officer or, I mean, is

Brittany: yeah. Yeah. I mean, I feel like you are numb to a lot of it as you go through it. Like it’s something that’s so normalized at the ccia. So like, for example, like there was a time where I would just pop over to Iraq for like a weekend and like help with something. So like, and my husband, my, it was my boyfriend at the time, I was like. So there was, we had like planes, we called it the air bridge at the ccia A, but unmarked planes that flew out of Dulles Airport that we would take to Baghdad or Kabul for a period of time. And we would just pop on that plane and we would just go over and then we would come back like it wasn’t a big deal.

And I told my, my boyfriend at the time, I was like, oh, okay, so I need you to drop you off at the airport. I just have to go for this quick work trip. And, you know, he knew I was in intelligence, but I don’t think he really knew, like, to the extent or whatever. And or that I was in operations at this point. And I, we, we pull up to the do international airport and in the front and I’m like, no, actually you need to go like around back. And he was like, what? And so we like go kind of like around back and there’s like these warehouses and these big white unmarked planes and it’s dark. And there’s just like a bunch of guys and girls just like headed into this airplane, on a tarmac and there’s no Id check or any, like, we, we had like passports but they weren’t real, you know?

And like we’re you know, we’re just headed into this plane and he’s like, this is really not normal. You know this right? Like this is like really crazy. And I was like, no. It’s like no big deal. Now if you think something happened to me and if I die, if you think I died or something, like just like set it really casually, this is my agency identification number. So we have something called an A IN at the CIA and that’s how you would identify me like you would call into and I gave him a phone number. I’m like, you call this number, give them my a IN and they’ll tell you what my status is. And um, I think that was like really weird for him to you know, but it was like very normal.

Like, I was like, oh yeah, like so and so came back from Afghanistan, so and so blah, blah. So you’re like, it’s very, so there’s not that heart pounding moment all the time because it’s so normalized. But now looking back on that kind of work, I’m like, I cannot believe that I just like popped over there and like, they just like gave me a machine gun and then like, I’m like in the middle of the desert.

Like, it’s just like so crazy. It, to me, it looks like a fictional world at this point, like as it seems so far removed from my life now. But at the time it was just like kind of part of what you did. For me it wasn’t so much as like going into the war zones. It was more like the missions I went on when I was like deep undercover and the US government did not. Have control over that country. So like in Iraq and Afghanistan, it like wasn’t so big of a deal that like I was there because we could, we controlled the the country essentially. Right? But like when I was going into other Middle Eastern countries that we didn’t control and, you know, there wasn’t all the, like the guards in place.

And ’cause whenever we would move around in meetings, in the war zones, we had GRS, which is like our security de details that would go with us everywhere. And like we had bulletproof vests and everything. So I felt pretty secure and then I would, I was carrying too, right? And the middle and the other countries, I didn’t have all those. Different layers of protection. I had to just kind of like be really aware of my surroundings and I was trusting the I was usually working with a foreign intelligence service and I trusting them that they would have my back because they were the ones carrying weapons and we weren’t. So I think those were the really heart pounding moments that I was trying to you know, really make sure that my characters felt, but also like Russia is this whole other different space that I actually never worked in. And so I had to do a little bit of research there and talk to people about what that operational environment is like because it is so different from counter-terrorism and the Middle East and the areas that I worked. But You know, a lot of the same, well, I mean, it’s the same way that we recruit and run spies in Russia as we do in the Middle East. It’s much more difficult in Russia, I will say that. But yeah.

Mark: So having left the CIA, do you ever get scared anymore or nervous about anything? Or does it feel like, I always wonder because you’ve experienced such big stakes in things now that you come back and I wonder if you just kind of brush off the little things ’cause you’re like, yeah, in the world, this is just nothing.

Brittany: Yeah, I do. I mean, I, I think I look at things maybe with like a little bit more of a critical eye and for whatever reason I’m able to, so like right now, the things I do right now is I provide commentary about the war in Iran on the national news, and I’m able to talk about it like just very calmly and because that’s like just such a familiar world to me. I’m just so used to using the names and I have such a familiarity with that area of the world and that culture and understanding Islam and everything that I could speak to those things. And it’s not that big of a, like, it, it’s just something I’m so used to.

And then, but like as far as sweating the small stuff, just like anybody else, I, you know, I’m a parent, right?

So I get really worried for my kids, but not, not necessarily me, I’m like, I’m fine. Like I’ll, I’ll be fine with anything, but it’s really my kids that I’m more sensitive about. And then also that, kind of played into why I left the CIA because I worked in Afghanistan. I, I sup supported Kandahar base for a period of time and I had some really close friends die in a suicide attack in Afghanistan. And one of them had a little girl who was three years old and, that really, that really stayed with me, that experience of knowing him and knowing that what kind of like father he was and how he was trying to juggle everything. But then it really brought home the severity of the work, the risk involved in the work. And once I started having children, I was like, I gotta get out of this. This is not something that I can sustain. So I left after I had my second son. I have, I have three sons. And that, that ended up being the right decision for me. But I, totally respect and the people that are able to keep up with the work, I just couldn’t, it was just too much on my family and me emotionally and psychologically having done the counterterrorism mission and the war zones for 10 years.

So it was time for me to get out, but, yeah. And then also like, I think too yeah, I’m not as scared, I don’t think ’cause I can protect myself pretty well, so that helps.

Mark: Oh, that’s, that’s crazy. Well, I have a lot of respect for you choosing to actually leave the CAAI think that that’s another balance thing that can be, that can be very challenging. That people often

Brittany: Yeah.

Mark: over family. So that’s,

Brittany: Sure. Sure. yeah.

Mark: Do you feel like Ava, how much of Ava feels like a reflection of you? She’s a very strong character. She goes out there and gets after it kinda so to speak. Is that, how much of her do you feel like when you wrote her is like you Yeah,

Brittany: Yeah. I think a, a lot of her is like me. I think that, like those feelings that I was talking about before, the, her sense of wanting to feel a part of a, like a big family to belong. I, I, that’s something that I’ve always struggled with personally, like wanting that, wanting to create that. I didn’t have that kind of growing up. And so I really wanted to create that, within my own, immediate family and like really have a strong foundation and stuff for my kids to grow up in and everything. So like that, that very much is me. As far as her experience in trying to navigate love within espionage I definitely had some experiences where I, I had a lot of the same questions she did about is this gonna detract me from the mission? I mean, they make you feel like at the CIA, like you really are saving the world. Like if you don’t show up to work, the whole world’s gonna end. So like you feel like this

immediacy and this importance that is really cool, right? You feel like what you’re doing is like super important, but then it also makes you wanna choose the work over everything else.

And then also, like, if you happen to have feelings for someone that you work with, that can feel some, that can sometimes be something that you have to really, that you’re struggling with. Like, Ava struggles with her feelings for Ben because she knows it’s gonna detract her from the mission. And likewise, Ben as the counterintelligence official, like her, his job naturally is to go against, not go against, but question what Ava’s doing constantly. So Ava’s the operational officer, right? So she’s, she’s meant to drive the mission forward. She’s there to get a job done. But then Ben, the CI guy, counter intelligence guy, he’s there to make sure she doesn’t get caught, right? And so he’s constantly like, are you sure you should be doing this? Are you sure you should be trusting this guy? Let’s take a step back. Let’s look at the, the mission more objectively. And and that happens, that happens at the ccia a where you’ve got, like, I had operations that I, well, almost every operation had to be signed off by counterintelligence CI and I, I had, I had a really good working relationship with this guy.

I mean, nothing romantic or anything, but like, we were just friends and he would call, he would call out stuff and be like, well, are you, have you thought about this? Do you make sure that this blah, blah, blah, blah.

And so, you know, that happens. And I thought that would be a really cool conflict to write about.

That relationship kind of deal between an operational officer and a CI officer and how they can, how they’re naturally just kind of at odds and how that can create this kind of like enemies to lovers trope where you know, they’re having to navigate, you know, some really important issues like the piece within the United States alongside their own personal feelings of, Hey, do we really wanna see what’s here?

So, yeah.

Mark: How did you balance writing all this? Because you essentially have like three major plots. You have the romance plot, you have the family plot, and you have Save the World. So save the United States, I guess, in this case plot. So how do you balance that as you’re writing it to try and be like, oh, I need to, I need to make sure I touch on this and I need to make sure my reader didn’t lose track of that, and I need to make sure that all these little things, that’s a lot. It seems like a lot you have going on.

Brittany: It, it was a lot. You have to tell me if it like, really like, resonate if it did. Okay so yeah, the three different, like plots. So for me there were easier things to write than others. I kind of made sure during the editorial process to go back through and connect some dots if, you know, it was easier for me to kind of step away after I’d written the entire book and then go back through it and say, okay, like I need to probably flesh out more of this you know, the, this part of the plot.

Or I need to like, dive deeper with the characters in our backstory in order to make the romance plot make sense. But I, I feel like that you can do all of them. I’ve read books that they do a great job of having a romance element, having adventure, having action, I don’t necessarily think stories need to fit in one little one shelf in order to be good or in order for people to be able to follow it. I think that thriller readers are actually like pretty smart bunch. And I think that, , they’re good at following those type of, you know, plots. My goal with this book was to respect the reader, respect that, they could follow everything. And and, and, and for it to be more like real life, which is real life and real life. You have romance, you have the action, you have, the family stuff all occurring at the same time. And I think that makes it a more well-rounded experience for the reader to be able to touch on those different things. ’cause if you’re just like this very flat, one dimensional James Bond going to this facility and killing this guy and blah blah and killing this guy and whatever, and saving in the world.

Like, it’s just like, I don’t know. I don’t think it’s as interesting as if you get in that guy’s psyche and you’re like, okay his backstory. What happened to him in the war? How does that affect and influence how he navigates espionage? Let’s get in this guy’s mind and his psyche. I think that that makes a more compelling story.

Mark: Absolutely. I have the characters definitely bring them to life. And I’ve read both. I’ve read a lot of thrillers where it’s just action, action, action. And they’re fine. But I also, because I write psychological, which is also very character driven, I loved the, that whole character side.

Constantine was actually one of my favorite characters and he’s very interesting in that he loves his country. He was a, a very dangerous guy. At some point in assassin,

Brittany: Mm-hmm.

Mark: He sort of betrays his own country to he for his, because he believes in what, I guess, what Russia should be or what he knew it to be, and now it’s not that anymore. Is that something that happens in real life as well when you’re trying to turn someone, so to speak, against their own country where you’re like, no, no. This isn’t the country you believed in. You’re a patriot by doing these things for us.

Brittany: Yeah. Yeah. I’ll make the comparison to what’s going on in Iran right now. Right? Like a lot of the people who are in Iran right now. They disagree with the government, the Iranian regime, and they, but they believe in their country, right? They believe in what it means to be a Persian, and their sense of identity is something very different from the government. And I think that that happens a lot of times. You know, and as espionage where the people in power, they do, like the people that are living there and that are navigating everyday life, they don’t agree with who is in power currently. And so because of that it’s relative, not, I won’t say easy to turn them, but they’re already there, right? Ideologically they’re already there. They already wanna see a change and they’re looking for someone to help them do that, right? So that is largely what it is to to recruit a spy is to, to, to make that connection. And then also, because they have to, it’s not, a lot of it is driven by money, right?

Like 90% probably, I would say is driven by money. You know, they just want to, they want more money and that’s why they work for us. But then there’s also this ideological component. You have to have that, you have to have a motivation or motivational factor there, because otherwise they are gonna be turned by the highest bidder, right?

If they’re just there for the money and they don’t really care about what they’re working toward, they’re, it’s not gonna work out. So, that’s where the Ava developing the rapport with Constantine and this book comes in her questions about, Hey, but do you, do you see that? Like you could be part of the solution here, you see what’s happening in this country you disagree with it. I know you’re a patriot, and what being a patriot actually means is doing something to better your country. And right now the opposite is, is happening. And, and so that’s the conversation that, oh, I’m sure like 90% of case officers have had with their sources is let’s work together we have a common goal here. And that’s, that’s how espionage happens. And so that’s what I want. I wanted you to see in the book how it really plays out in the real world. And that’s, that was Ava and Constantine.

Mark: So when people put down this book and they’ve read the whole story, what are you hoping that they’re gonna feel or what kind of emotional reaction they’re gonna have as they close those final pages?

Brittany: Yeah. I feel like. That wounds don’t have to define us. That the wounds that Ava endures at the beginning of the book they don’t have to be something that defines her life. It’s okay that she wants answers. It’s okay that she wants to dive deeper on what happened to her mom. But that Doesn’t mean that that’s who she is.

She’s not defined by who her mother was. And I think so often us as humans, sometimes we fall into the trap of feeling like we’re defined by our circumstances or defined by our wounds. And I want my readers to come away thinking, yeah, this person had these, these experiences. Like you can have these awful experiences of abandonment and losing your family, gaining your family, whatever, but it’s really Ava who ends up saving herself.

It’s not Constantine. It’s not Ben, it’s. It’s her and it’s, it’s these wounds. It’s these what she goes through early on in life that makes her stronger and makes her able to save herself. It gives her the strength to do that.

Mark: I love that. What was writing this book? Like if we take a step back now, you mentioned that your publisher kind of came to you with an idea and you took that idea and sort of ran with it. How did, how did it come about from there? Like from the, are, do you create notes and create characters first, or like, did you create Ava first or the, I mean, or if the plot, I guess, was sort of given to you, however that worked out.

Brittany: Yeah. So I, it was really up to me to write the outline and the character. I mean, everything, they just had to like, kind of approve a lot of it and they they just kinda gave feedback, you know, about, oh, did you think about this? Did you think about maybe doing this? So it was great. It was great to have that. Especially as a writer, you know, sometimes you’re operating in this like very lonely space of it’s, you’re bouncing ideas off yourself and it’s not always good thing you need somebody to bounce ideas off of. So it was like having a great friend that, you know, I could bounce off things and like say, oh, does this make sense? Or what, what are your ideas for this? So that that was a really fun experience with my, with my editor. But what I do before I write a novel, and actually this is the third one I’ve written, my second one didn’t get published, but I write the GCs for each character goals, motivations, and conflicts for each character. And I build that out. And then once I have those defined, then I go in and I start sketching out the outline of like what I want, how, how they’re gonna achieve. What they’re working towards. Right. So the motivator is like that driving kind of, force for everything that they do. And so I know once I’ve hit my midpoint and once I’ve reached the end because of what they have, achieved.

Right. And then like, also like the conflict is what’s driving the plot constantly. So that’s how I kind of begin. And then I’ll also, at the beginning stages, I’ll just write out scenes that like ideas for scenes. Like, Hey, this would be really cool. They’re like in Riyadh and like they’re having a meeting there and, ’cause that happens too, we have a lot of third country meetings where, ’cause it’s too dangerous to have the meeting inside Russia. So I like really wanted to write this third country meeting. And so I found a way to like integrate that into the plot. And so, yeah, sometimes I like going to sleep at night, of course is like always the time.

I have the most ideas. And so I’ll just get my phone out and I’ll like write in my notes section, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. You know? And then i’ll incorporate that the next day. So so yeah, the GCs outlines and then Crooked Lane was really good. I, it took me a fraction of the time to write this novel because they forced me to write chapter outlines. And while very painful, once I started writing, I was like off to the races and it was really relatively easy to write the story. But I found, like my first try at it, I did not outline my first book. I did not, I was like, I think I called it a cancer. I kinda like went for it. And what about you? Are you a pants or a plotter?

Mark: Uh, I’m in between, so i’ll, I’ll have a good idea of the story before, and then, and then I kind of run with that, like I have the outline and then I run with where I’m with the outline.

Brittany: Yeah. Yeah, it’s an interesting, and I think, um, it’s okay. Like if one book your process is different for, you know, different books, sometimes it comes more easily. And I’ve definitely done the thing where like, I’m having a really hard time. I had a hard time with like my second book, I think at the, towards the end. And I had to gotta go back and outline once I’d written the end to say, to make sure that everything made sense. So whatever works for you. It’s like, I don’t think there’s one right or wrong way.

Mark: So when you’re outlining chapters, is it playing like a movie? Do you feel like it’s a movie script? I get that sometimes where you feel like you’re just kind of writing a movie, essentially.

Brittany: Yeah. And I, I, listen, I have to be listening to like movie soundtracks, so like instrumental, no words in the music, but I always, I have to have my earbuds in and I have to be like. Totally immersed, like in the sounds and whatever of what I’m, you know, writing. And I do, I feel like I’m writing a movie and it’s playing in my head.

Mark: Do you write? Do you change your music based on the scene that you’re writing? One thing I’ve done is like, have rain playing in the background when I’m writing like a scene and it’s raining or

Brittany: Oh,

Mark: gunfire. You like play gunfire in the background. So as a writer you never stop thinking that, oh yeah, this is going on in the background. ‘Cause it’s easy to lose yourself and get right into the action, or the character starts talking to their head. But when it’s playing like gunfire in your background, you’re like, yeah, I don’t know if this person’s gonna stop and think about this with all this racket in the background.

Brittany: Right, right. Yeah, no, that’s a great idea. I, I usually, I’ll be so engaged in when I’m writing, like sometimes I’ll just forget to change out the music, but if I’m having trouble with like a particular scene, I’ll like switch it up, you know? I’ll be like, all right, time to switch up the music. This ain’t working. Lets. Let’s move to something else.

Mark: How long did it take you to write the Patriot’s daughter? Do you, and do you write like every day? Like what’s

Brittany: Yeah. Well, so I am really not doing well right now. I have a lot of personal things going on, so I’m not writing currently. I hate it. I love to write but usually I’m writing every single day, and especially when I’m on a novel right now. I did write the outline for the next book in this series, and it’s with, it’s with Crooked Lane now, so we’ll see what they think. Um,

Mark: this Ava? Is it an

Brittany: this is AVA

Mark: Oh, good.

Brittany: Yeah, yeah. It’s a, it’s a homeland. They want it to be a whole Homeland series. So

we’ll see where her mission takes her next, but yeah, I’m really, I’m really wanting to get into that, but there’s also this part of me that’s like, okay, well if they don’t like the outline, I don’t wanna start too. Too much into that book. And, um, if they have a totally different vision, you know, it’s, it’s such a wonderful place to be at that I don’t have to think about, sending, going out in submission. You know, I don’t know if you, I’m sure you’ve been out in submission. It’s horrible. So I would love to just like, have a publisher write the book, make sure it’s gonna get into the hands of my readers. Like That’s awesome. But then I also want to write what I wanna write. So there’s, there’s a balance.

Mark: yeah, yeah. A delicate balance.

Brittany: Mm-hmm.

Mark: So as we head, as we kind of wrap up a little bit what advice would you give someone who just published their first or or second book?

Brittany: Hmm. Just continue to write and be true to yourself in that I feel like you can get pulled in all sorts of directions with what’s popular right now or what, you know, I know romantic is like this big thing right now. And I love romantic. Like I love reading it. I think it’s so great. But I don’t know if it’s my strength, you know, so I’m not gonna like start writing a romantic. , So stick with what you’re good at. You know, like no matter what the trends are saying or what people say you should write, just write what you’re passionate about, write the story that you wanna read. That’s, I think, universal. I think you’ll hear that from a lot of different authors. Is, is right the story you wanna read and, um, continue to build your platform with your voice.

That’s something I have tried really hard to stay consistent on, is building that platform. Because, and right now that looks like social media, that looks like Substack which can feel like a lot, but it’s kind unfortunate, but it’s kind of what publishers are expecting this these days. If publishing is like something that is really important to you I would stay, I would say try to make that a priority. You know, even if it’s just like 5, 5, 10 minutes outta your day that you just like put your favorite reads out on social media or talk about a recent book launch that you went to and you, that was really interesting. You loved the talk. Doing those little things every single day, it’s gonna really pay off whenever it comes to publishing your next book or promoting your next book because you’ll have an audience that’s already in place and publishers want that nowadays, so they kind of require it, unfortunately. Yeah.

Mark: Great advice. Thank you.

Brittany: yeah, of

Mark: if you could pick one thing that led to your success, then what? What would you say it has been so far,

Brittany: I think I hate to repeat myself, but it’s like just staying true to what my background is. And as much as so when I got off of, at the end of the day, out of my job at the CIA, the first thing I wanted to do was like turn on like friends or Seinfeld or something completely different from what I did, did for a living. And now I’m at a place in my life where diving back into the world of espionage is that different place from my normal everyday life.

So the fact that I have been able to do that is I, I, I know is a privilege to be able to have that time to write and to dedicate to something that I love. And I think staying true to what you’re passionate about is what it’s all about, right?

Like, and and be happy within the process. I think we’re all kind of racing, like, can’t wait till I’m a bestseller. Can’t only when I’m a bestseller will I be happy, will I be fulfilled? Or whenever I sell a million copies or whatever that might be. But it’s really the journey, right?

It’s the sitting down with your imaginary world and being able to lose your, lose yourself in a story and have people like connect with that story, even if it’s like five people. Like for them to read your writing and connect with that. I think holding onto that is essential. And, and in terms of feeling like a success, a success is enjoying the journey. It’s not, I don’t think, becoming the bestseller. That’s great if you can be that. ’cause we all need to make money. We all need to live. But it’s the journey. It’s, it’s the process itself. That is the gift.

Mark: yeah. If you’re in it for the money, I think you will not be in it for very long. This is just too, it’s too hard.

Brittany: it’s way too

Mark: Way easier

Brittany: And like it’s so funny ’cause before I was a published author, I totally thought that everybody was a millionaire that wrote a book. And now I know that everybody writing a book is poor.

Mark: Yeah, yeah.

Brittany: You don’t make anything. If anything, it takes money from you.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah, it does a lot too. Yeah.

Brittany: yeah.

Mark: Question from our last guest on the show, and you’ll get to ask a question for the next guest. This is, uh, Michael LA alone. He wrote The Canadian Front which is a mil Canadian military filler with our, uh, joint task force special operations soldiers here in Canada. And he asks, you may or may not be able to answer this, but how do you get into a country like Russia to be a spy when there is so much surveillance and video? Like where do you begin?

Brittany: I can’t really say.

Mark: Okay.

Brittany: I mean, I know the answer to that. I know how we’ve done it before, but I don’t know. I wouldn’t want to like, mess up anyone’s operation, you know what I mean? Or go to jail. Like, Yeah. I, I, that’s a great question. And I wish I could answer it, but it just, I don’t know how to answer it and not reveal something I’m not supposed to.

Mark: No, that’s fair. And that’s why Yeah. I

Brittany: Sorry about that.

Mark: We, oh no, not at all. We joked about it. But he thought he wanted, he wanted to try. See what

Brittany: I love it. You gotta, you gotta ask, you gotta ask. Give it a shot. Yeah.

Mark: So where can listeners find your book and hear more about what’s coming next and everything you have going on?

Brittany: Yeah, so the Patriot’s daughter is available anywhere the books are sold. You can do go on Amazon right now and pre-order it. It’s gonna be out on April 21st, but I highly encourage you to pre-order, you can pre-order the audible version, paperback or hardcover for updates on, where I’m gonna be going on my book tour. I’m really excited. Go to brittany c butler.com, or you can follow me on Instagram or TikTok at Brittany Butler books. So,

Mark: Awesome. That’s great. So we’re gonna head into our spoiler section. For those who have not read the book, go buy the book, read the book, and then you can come back and finish the last few minutes of the episode here as we jump into the spoiler section.

Brittany: Great.

Mark: So first question, did you know in near the end of the book, they’re in the control room and there’s a guy wearing a mask, pulls the mask off, it’s Nathaniel Cray. When you first wrote this,

Brittany: Yeah,

Mark: did you write like the guy with the mask and then when he revealed himself, you were just as surprised as everybody else, or did you know it was gonna be him?

Brittany: I knew, I, I knew I wanted Nathaniel Gray to literally be this morally gray character that someone can almost relate to. Like, you get it, you’re like, okay. He wants to, he wants freedom of speech. He wants, he feels like, you know, the social, the fact that the government is trying to regulate what’s on social media is a crime.

And this is like his, he comes from a good place, right? Like he’s trying to do something that is good freedom of speech and everything, but he doesn’t realize like that he’s playing into the Russian’s hand, Russia’s hand.

So he’s being his vulnerabilities are being weaponized against him. So I knew I wanted that to happen ’cause I wanted people to see how easy it can be to turn someone to, to fall into the dark side to let your own ambitions kind of take over what is right and what is good.

And so, I knew I wanted to make him bad. That particular scene I had not orchestrated already that, that he was gonna like be the guy with the ski mask and the one that had recruited everybody at that facility to betray the United States. Like he, I wa I didn’t get that far in my line of thinking until like we got back to the United States and I was trying to work out, okay, Nathaniel Gray, like, how’s he working over here and how’s he the bad guy?

And and I needed that kind of like person between the the bad guys in Russia. And the bad guys in the United States, I need, okay, what’s gonna bridge that? Who’s the, the intermediary there and naturally Nathaniel Gray fit that bill.

Mark: Yeah. He has almost like a wealthy every man feel vibe for sure. Like I could see a lot of tech millionaires or you know, playing that exact role if they haven’t.

Brittany: Yes, Yes,

Mark: How did you decide who would get revenge on, and I might butcher his name, Abramovich because they all had their reason to kill him. And in that scene i’m like, Ooh, who was gonna be the one to plunge the dagger into his heart? ’cause I feel like everybody should, you know, they all need a turn, you know, having that guy.

Brittany: Yeah. So it’s funny, like my mom, she really wanted me to write a character that was her. And my mom’s name is Theresa, and of course that’s Ava’s mom’s name. And I wanted to create this love story that you really feel for Constantine and Theresa and the life that was stripped away from them., And I wanted that moment to be about Ava, of course, getting revenge on Abramovich, but then also more so about Constantine because he took the love of the love of his life away and their daughter a chance of being a father to his daughter early on in her life.

So I feel like that was, he was, he was the, the right person to, it was that final blow. Yeah.

Mark: yeah. I agree. And i, I love that scene ’cause I was, I just wanted everyone to finish that guy up.

Brittany: I know, right? Just kill him. Kill him. Yeah.

Mark: There’s also a moment near the end of the book where Constantine says, if a moment comes, you have to choose between family or mission, choose wisely, or you might lose both. That was really powerful too.

Brittany: Yeah.

Mark: Did that, was there a meaning to that? Adding that line? It feels like there was personal meaning to that line. ‘Cause it just, I don’t know, just read so personal.

Brittany: Yeah, yeah. Absolutely. So the, you know what I talked about a little bit earlier in the podcast with losing my friend his name is out in the public, Darren Labonte died in the suicide attack on Coast Base in Afghanistan. And him and I had a conversation about a month before he died. We were working together in Amman, Jordan, and he and I were working together in operation it, we ba like he was a brilliant case officer and basically turned this one guy around where it was a very successful case, but it, it was very hard to do. And he was really masterful in how he did it. And him and I were meeting afterwards after this one up and I was like, dude, like you’ve gotta teach me like how you do what you do. Like you are so good at this. I respect your work so much. And he was like, don’t be impressed by me. I am not a good father. I’m not a good husband. I have given my life over to this job. Don’t, don’t think Kylie of me. And that was like a really weird answer for me. I, you, I was used to case officers being like, well, I am the most badass ever, and let me teach you. You know, but he was like really humble and was like, this is nothing compared to what really matters. And I don’t think I really the, those words resonated with me enough until I had my first son. And I looked at him and I was like, nothing else matters. Like the biggest impact I can have is on my sons and who they become. And I remember I, I was talking with like a very senior, he was a former chief of station, really senior, um, CIA guy right before I went on maternity leave with my second, I was working Afghanistan and I was really fighting with. Like, I mean, I was so sick then I was so like run down and tired and pregnant and all the things.

And I was like, I just don’t know if I can come back. I don’t know if I can come back. I’m so exhausted. I don’t have the energy for my first son. I don’t know how I’m gonna navigate two sons. And he was like, Brittany, listen, there’s always gonna be a bad guy. There’s always gonna be a bad guy pop up and people are gonna need to go chase him.

Whatever. The biggest impact you can have is on your sons. You’re you. Kill one bad guy, a new one pops up an even worse guy than the last one. So do what’s significant to you. You’re gonna have the largest impact on your little world. And um, and yeah, that resonated with me too. And I was like, you know what?

You’re right. And I, there they’re wonderful people that work at the ccia A and I hate it that we get such a bad rap rap all the time. I feel like a half people think we like kill JFK and like we’re doing all these bad things. I don’t know.

And no, I’m not saying like we’re all good and we’ve always done the right thing, but there’s, there’s so many like loyal patriots that care so much about the United States and they give up so much to protect our country. And, you know, and, and it’s, it’s. It’s wonderful what they do and what they sacrifice, but I’m totally fine and comfortable with the younger generation taking the helm and taking, I’m tired. And I think there’s a reason why a lot, there’s a high turnover and that line of work because it does take a lot outta you.

And I think once you reach a certain age, you’re just like, I’ve got other I’ve got things I need to focus on and I can’t, I can’t continue with this life. And in my line of work, especially, you had to sign up to do overseas deployments in order to get promoted. And, I just, I’m not willing to be away from my kids. So that kind of made the decision for me.

Mark: Yeah, Yeah, good for you.

Brittany: Thanks.

Mark: So, so what part hit you the hardest writing this, is there something in this book where like, it just hit harder? I know you mentioned family, so that wanting family that Ava goes through what, hit hardest?

Brittany: Yeah. I feel like her learning about the truth about her mom. And like, I think part of the story, I wanted to almost like bring her mom back. I wanted her mom to like be resurrected. I, I wanted the, her, like her story to come out, what really happened to her, but I thought it would be too easy to just be like, oh Yeah she’s alive and she’s well in Russia and they have this hug and, you know, whatever, whatever. I didn’t feel like it was as realistic as, you know, what happened in the book of her kind of I’m, I, I can’t remember what, what word am I thinking of? What her, she’s been redeemed, right? Her mom has been redeemed and that she is not the Russian spy. That we, you may or may not have thought she was throughout the whole story and that she really was the patriot and Ava is the Patriot’s daughter. Right? So I wanted to tell like a story that you felt like could be a possibility. And that was a little bit devastating in a way.

Because a lot of times these stories don’t end well. Right. And so but then there can be something beautiful out of it, right? Like meeting who her father really is, is, you know, and, and for me personally, like I I connected a lot with the relationship between Ava and Constantine, her father so I lost my dad, right? And so I kind of modeled Constantine a lot off of my father. And so getting back to having that father-daughter relationship between Ava and Constantine was really fun. And it was like bittersweet too. So it was a harder scenes to write but also like really beautiful because I could revisit that relationship.

Mark: So final question, what’s one question you’d like me to ask the next guest who comes on the show? And the next guest is John Lindstrom, who wrote Hollywood Payback.

Brittany: Oh, okay. Do we know what the book’s about? Like,

Mark: It’s a noir thriller about a guy who comes basically gets outta prison and ends up being, ends up in this like murder conspiracy, I guess would be the easiest way to sum it up.

Brittany: Hmm. Okay. I I always like this question. Who do you see playing? If your book gets made into a movie, who do you see playing the, the main characters. Like what famous people.

Mark: good question. ’cause he is actually a, he is an actor and a director of movies, so

Brittany: Oh, awesome. That’s super interesting.

Mark: Probably has a great question for that. He probably has a great answer for that. Yeah.

Brittany: Great.

Mark: He may know exactly who’s gonna be in his

Brittany: Oh, that’s so cool. I love the movies. That’s so cool.

Mark: well, thank you so much for your time. This has been absolutely wonderful.

Brittany: Thank you. I appreciate you reading the book and having me on and it’s been a great experience.

Mark: So if you don’t mind sticking around for just a few more minutes for the, uh, rapid Fire After Show, we will get into the after show.

Brittany: Okay,

Mark: All right. Thank you everybody. Brittany Butler, the Patriot’s daughter. Go read it. Thank you for listening and have a wonderful day.

Canadian Front
by Michael J. Lalonde
Season 2 Ep. 10

The Canadian Military Thriller

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Michael J. Lalonde spent 23 years as a Canadian Army intelligence officer before writing The Quiet War: Canadian Front, a modern military thriller built around Canada’s tier one special forces unit, JTF Two.

In this episode we get into how he built a story where the heroes are winning every engagement and losing the war without knowing it, why the villain targets Canada before the United States, what the “every day is selection” culture of special forces does to the people inside it, and where realism and story collide and why story has to win.

Michael Lalonde’s book Canadian Front: https://books2read.com/u/3kJk2N

Follow Michael Lalonde online: https://www.michaeljlalonde.com/

Join the After Show on Patreon and get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments with guests, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. You’ll also be able to support the show and help me keep bringing on great thriller authors: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Mark’s Thrillers: Psychological tech thrillers from your host, including The Treatment Room: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Michael J. Lalonde is a former officer in the Canadian Armed Forces and a former politician with a passion for history and international affairs. He holds an MA in History from the University of Waterloo and an MA in International Affairs from Carleton University, credentials that bring depth and authenticity to his writing.

Inspired by a lifelong love of storytelling sparked by reading Red Storm Rising by Tom Clancy, Michael crafts gripping military and political thrillers that blend intricate plots, realistic action, and compelling characters. His work draws heavily on decades of real-world experience, offering readers a unique glimpse into the complexities of global conflict and espionage.

When not writing, he can be found exploring shipwrecks in the Saint Lawrence River as an avid scuba diver or delving into new creative projects.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Season 2, Episode 10 with Michael J. Lalonde

Michael: the Canadian military, up against this threat. They have no idea who he is. They don’t even know that he’s there. They don’t know he’s the bad guy. They don’t know that they’re fighting him, right? But they are fighting something and they’re winning their battles. They are winning every single battle and losing the war in the process.

Mark: Hello and welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, the director’s cut of the thriller book world. I’m your host, Mark Nadon, and joining me today is Michael Lalonde, author of the Military Thriller, the Quiet War, and I have your book with me here. I’m putting on camera. Thank you for sending me that. Welcome to the show, Michael.

Thanks for being here.

Michael: Thank you for having me.

Mark: I am very excited to talk about this book and for readers who think a military thrillers may not be for them, this one really gets into character, which is what I loved about this book is that we get to know these warriors before we’re sent directly into combat, and I love that about it because it gave me a reason to care about what’s happening in this battle, and I’ve found a lot of military thrillers don’t do that. So that was really good. Before we go into all that, let’s do the pitch itch.

Michael: Yeah. So, uh, basically, uh, it’s a, it’s a Canadian military thriller. It’s the first of its kind and it’s, uh, book one of a wider series. So the Quiet War is actually the name of the series. And the name of the, the first novel is Canadian Front and I say it’s the first of its kind not because nobody’s written Canadian military fiction before there is actually one author one more author in Canada also located in Ottawa by the name of Ra Flanagan, who wrote the Kuck at War series, which is Canadian military fiction, uh, but a speculative fiction in a near future sort of scenario.

So it’s a little bit different, um, whereas mine is, you know, current real world, modern day stuff. And so I tie this story as closely as I possibly can to what actually exists in the world around us. It is fiction, it’s not nonfiction. But I don’t just make things up and say, well, we, we already have, you know, 200, uh, F 30 fives to play with.

We don’t, right? So if it’s not a capability that we have, then it’s not in the book sort of thing. I’m working with what’s real. I spent 23 years, uh, in the Army as a military intelligence officer. So I had a lot of background and experience, um, in military operations and the planning that goes into them and, and all that wonderful stuff.

And so I, I took that experience along with, you know, a, a, a creative imagination to say, well, what kinds of missions could we do if we had to? And how can I wrap these up in a story that would be fun to read and, and be engaging? And then, you know, so as I, I got through that process then, then I was left with that problem. Well. How can I justify the fact that we have a Canadian military thriller, not an American one, or a British one, where, you know, because in the real world, those two countries are maybe not the British anymore, but certainly the Americans, are engaged in this kind of stuff all the time, right? And, and people might think, well, you know, we don’t do that stuff and so why would there even be a book about that? And that’s not true. We do engage in military operations. The big difference between us and the Americans is that our our politicians will not take public accountability for these types of things. So they really like, uh, clandestine operations and, and they like relying on special operations forces and things that you’ve never heard about.

So again, everything in the book is fiction, but I base that on what kind of operations can we run if the political will existed and if the threats were dire, what would that look like? And so, uh, the first book introduces us to JTF two, which is Canada’s, um, tier one special operations forces. And, uh, so to put that into comparative parlance, that puts us right on par with Delta Force, SAS and SEAL Team six or Dev group. And so it’s a tier, it’s, it’s every bit a, a, a tier one group. It’s done, uh, joint operations with both the SAS, and Delta and, SEAL Team six. Uh, so that’s the type of caliber that they operate as. Uh, they don’t get the, uh, the accolades that they deserve, uh, or the, or the recognition. A lot of Canadians don’t even know that, that this unit exists, but it does, and they are some of the very best in the world.

And so I took, I introduced this unit, and then I create a problem that they, that they basically have to solve. And in this one, we set the stage for the series. I introduced the antagonist, which is, uh, basically, he’s not a terrorist, he’s something far more advanced. He’s brought together a cabal of global conspirators, so Russia, China, Iran, all the typical, you know, bad guy countries. And, and he masterminds a plan to take down the west. And his argument let’s start with Canada. Everybody, of course is, you know, all the other guys, the bad guys of the council, if you will, are wanting to go out for the us ’cause that’s just, you know, that’s just the default, right? And, but my main bad guy says, well, why would we do that?

Right? Like, these guys are already tearing themselves apart. Why would we go and give them a common enemy to unite around by attacking them directly, which is exactly what happened with nine 11. Let’s not do that. Let’s go and take apart the western alliance brick by brick, and we’ll move against the US last, not first the easy target canada shall be the first target. So we get caught in the story with our pants down. And as you can imagine, Canadian politicians have to grapple with this and in the first book, you don’t really get a sense for the political dynamic because it’s just a short book, right? And it’s very much on the military side. But in book two, all the political dynamics come into play.

All those frustrating elements that Canadians understand, innately because we pay attention to, to that stuff, we’ll be very much front and center in our face, uh, as, as the threat to Canada increases and becomes more complex. Uh, and, and it sort of evolves from there, right?

So that was the, that’s the idea. And so what we have in the first book is an opening move against Canada. It’s, it’s just the opener and you don’t really get a sense for what this is, until the end, right? And then you’re like, oh, oh, wow. Okay, that’s not good. And then the book ends, right? And, and then when book two starts off, we’ve got the next plank, right?

And, and so this guy, the idea behind our main bad guy is he understands Canada. So it’s a different kind of country, right? So chief, of Paramount for Canadians, and I, I find this frustrating, but it’s a reality, is that our self-esteem is the most important aspect. We have to have our symbols and our national pride, and they have to be differentiated from the Americans.

And if we don’t have that, we, we don’t really feel like we’re Canadians. We don’t feel like we’re special. And so one of those icons, of course, is our healthcare system. We love to brag about that. We love to talk about how it’s the greatest thing. It has its problems, of course. And then we, you know, we, what’s our favorite thing to do is to compare that vis-a-vis the Americans, right?

So we, we have free healthcare. They don’t, they have to pay. Everybody’s kind of familiar with that dynamic. So ultimately the bad guy starts by taking out a major plank of Canada’s national self-esteem. Just destroys it, overwhelms it, and, and brings it crashing down. And it’s done in a very realistic way, uh, in a way that we’ve seen happen already before, uh, with, with COVID, except it’s not gonna be COVID.

And then in the next book, he says, now we’re going to go after Canada’s reputation. We’re gonna go after how they feel about themselves, how other people perceive them on the world stage. And then the third plank will be, now I’m gonna destroy you. I’ve set you up, I’ve done all this stuff, and now I’m gonna take that one last piece and and whatnot.

And so, so in this story, you’ve got our, our heroes, the good guys, the Canadian military, up against this threat. They have no idea who he is. They don’t even know that he’s there. They don’t know he’s the bad guy. They don’t know that they’re fighting him, right? But they are fighting something and they’re winning their battles. They are winning every single battle and losing the war in the process, right? Until they’ll eventually get an intelligence coup that tells them, oh my God. And, and now once we start to realize the game that we’re playing, we can start to fight back. And, and then it goes from there.

Mark: yeah. Awesome. So when you’re writing a Canadian military thriller to you, what are moments in this book that separate Canadian special forces from any other special forces other than, I mean, I love seeing Griffin Helicopters in our own weapons and French Canadian foul language, which I loved but what else in this book do you feel like separates our special operations from theirs?

Michael: Not much, to be honest. And, and so, you know, the big takeaway here, and this might sound a little bit disappointing, especially right now in our given political climate and context, but the takeaway is that we have far more in common with our American allies in the special operations military world, than we don’t. Right? We are very, very close, intimately close, and the same can be said with the British and, and to some degree are, uh, the rest of our NATO allies. Um, we, you know, originally JTF two was created in 1993, uh, when the government of Canada decided that. Terrorism was becoming a bit, bit too much of a big deal, um, globally.

And, and it wa was that capability was housed with the RCMP. And so they decided, uh, that they would move that capability from the RCMP to the military, and hence the creation of JTF two. And so they were, you know, in the very beginning, it was like a glorified homemade, you know, SWAT team on steroids, if you will.

But it very quickly evolved from there to become a full military tier one unit. And so in the beginning, we, we took a lot of lessons or, or they rather took a lot of lessons from the SAS and, and the unit was very much modeled after the SAS and it grew from there, today in many respects whereas we were reliant on training from our allies in the beginning, um, now we’re able to provide training to our allies, right?

So if you’re familiar with special operations units, you go through really brutal, very challenging selection phases before you go into train to be a special forces assaulter, which is, you know, a tier one type of guy, which is hell on Earth, right? And it’s very challenging. Once you get through all that, then you get sent to a squadron in your unit and selection starts.

Anew selection is every single day, which means you have to be at your, at your very best every single day.

So I’ve done a lot of research. I’ve had the benefit of some colleagues that have been there and have been able to sort of, you know, read me in and things like that. But, but I couldn’t get more nuance there. So I think, you know, to long story short, I think the biggest difference is that you’re gonna see it’s not in the unit and how it fights and, and the culture of it and, and the weight that these people carry, and how seriously, and how professional, they take the, or how seriously they take their jobs and how professionally they are. The differences you’re gonna see is in the national command elements, right? Uh, how do we authorize a mission? Um, and you know, in our situation, it’s just so ridiculous that I, you know, in book two, I literally create a fic fictitious method to make it work. Because there’s a story of this kind would, is not be believable without that.

And I, I spell that out very clearly, that in real life, this doesn’t exist, guys. But in the book it’s here. And so it’s here to make the story work kind of thing. But that’s where you’re gonna see the differences, right? Because we typically do not have the political will to act.

Now that’s a generalization. There will be some times that we do and, and, and that sort of thing, but overall, that is the big difference. Whereas our allies, not just the Americans, but our allies writ large, do have the political will to act. And so, if you were to talk to, I think any one of our, our guys on the ground, they would be very frustrated to say, you know what?

We, we do do a lot of really good, really cool stuff, and we make a difference every day, but we can do a whole lot more.

Mark: Okay, so a little bit of suspension of belief in the politics and the kind of rules of engagement in Canada being seen as a, as a nation of peacekeeping in your books.

Michael: So well. The idea of this nation of peacekeeping is just a fallacy. First of all, that’s just not true in real life, let alone in fiction or whatever. And I, I, I say this to anybody that brings that up, right? So if we want to go all the way back to the beginning of our history or roughly therein the boar war, 1899 Canada sent an ex expeditionary army unit to help the British fight in the Bo Wars. Then we fought in the First World War, and we were arguably the most effective combat force on the face of the planet in World War I. One Canadian core, in, in the latter year of the war in 1918, I think we had, what, four or five divisions and destroyed 45 to 47 divisions with five. That’s unheard of.

Nobody else has come close to that sort of thing. We’ve won battles where people just couldn’t touch things like Vimy Ridge, of course, we’re all familiar with. What we’re not familiar with is why we invented the modern system of force employment on the battlefield in Vimy Ridge, and a lot of those principles of land combat and, and fire and movement, cam and concealment, all that kind of stuff are still used today because they’re, because they’re so timeless, right?

In the second World War, we played a huge role. We were Britain’s ranking ally for the entirety of the Second World War until the United States came into the war. And as we know, they came in quite late.

Right? We have been involved in almost every single military, uh, every single major conflict in the world, since then up until now, and have fought ferociously in all of those things, right?

That is demonstrably true. It is an undeniable fact, and it is a fact that we don’t talk about, right? Because we like to talk about peacekeeping. Peacekeeping is easy. It’s different. It’s not something the Americans do. That’s the most important thing, as you can tell when I say that, I’m quite bitter when I say that I, ’cause, I, I really, it, it irks me to no end.

That we define ourselves in spite of somebody instead of simply because of who we aspire to be and, and that sort of thing. But that’s a, a whole other conversation. You look at the cases of PTSD that came out of the nineties that we’re just learning about now because of having to standby and watch those atrocities, that’s not a legacy to be proud of. That is not something that we want to be touting and, you know, and, and whatever. Right? In my books, there is no room for that. I’m not even talking about it other than to quickly dismiss the myth. Yes, we’ve done peacekeeping, but, uh, I really think that it’s a disservice to the country and to all of the, the soldiers that have come and gone before us and the ones that, that are currently serving to, to label it that way.

But to answer your question more specifically, the suspension of disbelief, if you will, for the second book is simply, we have a threat that’s gonna basically destroy our country. And we need we’ve started to cue onto this and we need to react and we need to do it quickly. That’s not something the Canadian government would probably do in the real world right? In the real world, we would not act quickly and decisively, we would get our butts kicked horrifically. And after a great tragedy, questions would get asked, fingers would be pointed, blame would be shared, and then there would be commissions of inquiry and, you know, and then eventually we might start, you know, like, you know, doing that.

And I don’t think that that’s particularly fun to read about. And so what I did is created a mechanism, um, that will allow the Canadian military to respond in a very uniquely Canadian way. So it’s, it’s, and, and the book will explain it as I lay it out, but to anybody who’s Canadian, when you’re reading it, you’ll go, okay, yeah, this would probably be the only way we could actually, you know, respond fast enough to a dynamic threat like this is if we had something like this set up and so, uh, so there’s that one little tweak there that just allows the story to keep moving. It allows the ball to keep rolling without falling into, you know, bureaucratic ditches that last years and, you know, whatnot, uh, and stuff. I, I keep that stuff to a minimum ’cause I, I, you know, one of the things with my books that I pride myself on is the realism. Um, and, and I stick to that as much as I possibly can, but like all authors, um, you eventually will come to a fork in the road where you’ve got. Reality and the need of the story.

And when those two things run in conflict, you must go with the need of the story. Otherwise you kill your story and it’s just not a fun read after that. Right. So there, there are some, you know, those, those elements are extremely rare. And so far, the, the only one that I’m aware of so far is that one that’s coming up in, in book two. And it’ll be pretty obvious to anybody that’s, uh, that’s reading it.

Mark: So where did the idea for Book one come from? And I remember I read in the back of the book 250,000 words down

Michael: Yeah.

Mark: to what we have now.

Michael: So it’s a long story. But, so I, so the idea for the Quiet War had been building for 15 years, right? I’d been thinking about it for a long time. I hadn’t sat down to to write it, but it was just something that was on my mind. I was in the army, so, you know, trying to write about that stuff while serving didn’t make a whole lot of sense, I got into politics right afterwards and stuff.

So there’s always something, right? And, and now I’m a law student and I’m about to graduate hopefully in a couple of months if I don’t screw anything up. And, and, you know, and then suddenly in my second year of law school, I decided, okay, I’m gonna finally sit down and write the damn thing. Don’t ask me why I did that to myself.

I just like to, you know, make my own life harder for some reason. But I did. And so I thought I was gonna have a simple three book series. I was gonna have the Quiet War Book one, which was all about Canada. And then I would have a book two that was about the uk being drawn into the quiet war. And then book three, which would’ve been the US and then a final book to ha to bring ’em all together to topple this great big threat. And, and so that was always the idea all along. And when I finished, you know, most of a book, essentially, I had 250,000 words written, and I hadn’t even gotten into book three or, or the, or, you know, what would have to become book three, right? Because I, I just thought it was all gonna be one book.

And I was like, oh my God, what am I gonna do? Because I’d never written a book before. And I was like, okay. You know, and I had to shave off so much stuff, even from that monstrosity to get it to 250. And, you know, I sent it to, to a professional editor and she was like, yeah, that’s just not gonna work. Right?

This is unwieldy for a first time out. Like it could be done, you know, if you, you know, maybe a little later in, in the author career and stuff. But, uh, she was like, you need to cut this, cut this, cut this. And I was so demoralized. I was like, I don’t wanna cut all these things. And this one particular arc, uh, which was the Belize arc that we see in Book one, was one of those things.

And I was like, no way. I can’t cut that. Right? That’s a key key story to Matt Lyon, who is in fact, the protagonist of the series, right? It’s not Rocky, it’s not Nathan, it’s Matt lyon. And it’s his story, right? And, and, and the Belize story, although he’s not in it, is a big piece of him, right? And so I was like, how the hell do I cut that and then still do this?

And then I had a deadline because I’d put the book up on pre-order on Amazon and I was like, I can’t miss this, or I’m gonna get banned for a year, and so I need to figure this out. And so I decided to take that cut Belize Ark and repurpose it as its own story. So almost like a prelude to the quiet war in a sense. So I took that prologue of the series and I moved it out of the main book. I put it into the front of this new book. I expanded on the story and, and built it up so that it could be its own story. So it, it came out of sort of like a last minute panic. ’cause I was like, oh my God, what am I gonna do? Because there was no way, the main book, the main book was gonna be titled Canadian Front. Uh, there was no way I could have that ready in time. So I was lucky because. The way the story came out, the cover art still very much worked for the story perfectly. And the title still worked. So I was like, okay, I can still meet my deadline, but I’m pushing out a different book than I thought I was pushing out.

And so I took a month and a half, uh, in the fall of 2025 to repurpose just that little section, right? And now the rest of that 250, I’m, I’m working on shrinking and, and reworking the story to make it fit with some of the new things that I brought into the first book. And that will be the, that’s that main book that I had been working on all along, which is, which is now titled Alpha One, which is where we get to see Matt Lyon for the first time, uh, on the page instead of, you know, through, through memories and flashbacks and, and that sort of thing.

And so that was kind of the genesis of it. And, and so,

People say, well, what about, what’s your writing process like? It’s like, so picture, there’s a top of a mountain, right? It’s a really big ass mountain, and I’m on the very top of this thing, and I get an idea and I’m gonna start writing a book. And my first step turns into me falling down the goddamn mountain, right?

And I come crashing into every tree trunk. I’ve slammed into every ditch, come smashing through every river and tumble all the way down the mountain, and somehow smash across the finish line. Lucky to be alive. And what just happen? Oh, okay. I’ve got a book that’s, you know, so I’m a great example of how not to write your first book. It was, uh, it was a mess. Because structurally and strategically from a writing perspective, I had no idea what it was doing. So, so that was, that, that proved quite challenging. And so that the challenge for me moving forward, you know, with these other books is to learn from those mistakes so that I can condense the writing period, make it go a little faster and ha ensure that the books are longer, right?

The first one was only 60,000 words, so it’s fairly short for a novel. Um, the other ones are all gonna hover it around 150,000. So they’re, you know, bigger, but more complicated, which means that I really have to not fall down a mountain while I’m trying to put them together.

Mark: Yeah. What was your writing process like for the Quiet War? I guess I should say the Canadian friend. Sorry. Now I got the quiet war in my mind.

Michael: Yeah, I mean, it’s, it’s the series, right? So you, you have to kinda look at it as I started writing a series and not a book, because I thought that all that is the series to date was actually gonna be Just one book. right? And, and it just, of course I was wrong. But, um, so I didn’t have a, a process ’cause I didn’t know what I was doing.

I’d never written a book before, right. I just had an idea. I had a story and I thought, you know, that it was a great story and I thought that I’d be able to tell it fairly well. And so I just, you know, pulled out my, my, my computer and, and started rattling away. But I, I really didn’t know what I was doing.

And so I was like, maybe I should try to figure this out, right? And, and so I’m, now, I’m on YouTube and I’m, you know, googling or, or doing a YouTube search of people that are, you know, talking about writing process, what you should do and all this other stuff. And,

you know, the, the funny thing about doing that is especially for when, you know, when you’re a male writing military thrillers that usually are historically have been a very male sort of dominated industry in terms of the readership, right? But that’s not normal for book writing and publishing writ large, right? I think what the last stat I saw was 85% of books were written by women for women. Right. And so, so that makes me kind of a little bit of an anomaly. So what I was running into was a lot of outstanding women on YouTube that were authors that would share tips about how to write. And a lot of them were writing romance novels.

And so there I was learning that. And so you can imagine, you know how that affected the initial writing stages for me because I had a lot of that stuff in my mind. Not romance per se, but the things that kind of underpin it and stuff and, and the characterizations and stuff. And I was like, you know, after a while I was like, okay, I, this is take, this has given me something, right. That was valuable, but I feel like I, I need more and something different because I don’t know that all of this will be particularly useful for what I’m trying to do. And so I signed up to a creative writing pro, uh, creative, a creative writing program at the University of Toronto.

And I, I started taking courses, you know, formalized that way while I was writing this book. Uh, and started trying, you know, to fill in the gaps slowly but surely. But the really funny thing was that I had, at that point, I think I had about 10, the first 10% of the main book written. Which is not anything that you have seen, in the first book that’s come out.

And so I sent that to a friend of mine from that same creative writing class. I asked her to read through it, and she’s like, that story’s kind of cool, but she’s like, why are all your characters romancey? Like, like, why do they all feel like, oh, I was like, oh God. Right? I was so embarrassed. And I, I was like, okay.

She’s like, you know, you know, every every male character is an Adonis, you know, and, and every female character, I was like, oh, God, help me. And so I, you know, went back and started fixing that and refining it and stuff. And so all of that is to say like, it was messy, right? I didn’t have a process, but so I don’t outline.

I did write an outline and I never followed it. It wasn’t worth the paper that was written on, like, the outline and the story and the outline was just so awful. And, you know, ’cause it’s like, for me it was a forced process, right? I was like, I don’t really know. I know where it’s gonna start and I know where it’s gonna end, but I don’t know how I’m gonna get there. Right? And so what I ended up doing is I spent a lot of time on characters. And I think that’s reflected in, in what you were saying at the beginning of the show, characterization. So we’re not just seeing a plot, a plot, forward moving story where, where it’s just nothing but action. But there’s people that are perpetuating this action and the insights that they have, what they’re going through or what they’re not going through is all important, right?

And so I built all these characters. Uh, their personalities, their, their world background stories, all of that kind of stuff. I had that all laid out very meticulously. And then, so I’m writing a chapter and I’m like, okay, I know in chapter one, I need this to happen. Right? And so, for example, when we look at Canadian Front, we know that Nathan is meeting Kira in, in this chapter, right?

And, for, for those people that have read it, for those that haven’t, I’ll try to keep it fairly bland, but so I know that I know what I want to have happen, but I don’t know how it’s gonna happen, right? And so, so you have these two characters collide. And I know now how Nathan would behave. I know how he would feel.

And the same thing for Kira. And so, as I put them in this scenario, I’m like, okay, well no. If she says that he’s gonna react this way, right? And if he does that and so it starts happening. So I don’t really know what that chapter’s gonna look like until it’s done. And it’s really fun because it’s almost like watching tv, right?

I get, I get front row seats to the story unfolding right before my eyes. It’s, I don’t think the most efficient way to write because it’s very disorganized, right? And so what’s happened is I, you know, I’ve created things in chapter one. Now I need to move on to chapter two to follow that up. But those things that I hadn’t planned on, that popped up because of what I just described well, they need follow-ons, right? So that could be a chapter that I didn’t think I was gonna be having to write, and then I write that and I do the same thing, and then that will create more things. And you can see how I get into these 250,000 word monstrosities pretty quickly if I’m not very careful, right?

And I think, you know, there’s inherent strengths to that, because I’m not bottlenecked, right? Like, I’m not like, okay, well I’ve got this little box on a sheet that says this, so I have to stay within that. But wait a minute, I, now that I’m in it, right, and I’m actually writing, I’m coming up with really cool stuff, at least I think right there and then, well, I hadn’t thought of that when I was writing an outline, maybe, right?

Well, does that mean well too bad, right? Like, no. And so I, I put that in there. But what it does mean is that after you’ve got a draft, there’s a lot of work that goes into it after the draft to scale it down, to trim it down. Shit, I’ve written four books by accident. I gotta split them up. I get, you know, and, and all that kind of stuff.

So that, if you could call it a writing process that has been mine thus far, I think I’ll still keep using it, but I want to try to adapt it in a way that makes it a little bit more wieldy so that the post-production part of, you know, the, all the stuff that comes after the first draft is not as laborious and time consuming. So that I can be a little bit more efficient in, you know, my, my output that way. Otherwise, I’m only ever gonna write a book a year at this rate, so,

Mark: Or four books a year by accident. Yeah.

Michael: well, yeah, but only one will see the light of day,

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. How many, how many drafts do you, do you go through from, I mean, this might be an anomaly in that you just learned with your first book, but how many does, does it go through between, this is my first draft and now

Michael: Yeah. So I was, I actually just answered a question like that on threads and, uh, and, and I’d said, well, this one was just kind of a one draft wonder and it worked out, but that’s not really true in a sense. So if you look at, you know, what I’ve already described, right? So the book that just came out, like a lot of the, the premise of the sort of arc of that story was written in the main novel. It got cut now I have all that. I didn’t copy paste that right. I, I rewrote it all from scratch, expanded upon it and, and made it bigger and put a beginning on it and an end, you know, to make it its own thing. But it was a, it was a shorter book, right? At 60 to 62,000 words. And so the structure of the novel, which I think that’s where a lot of your drafts really come in, you know, as a, as a new author is because you totally mucked up your structure and you have to go fix that and fix it and so on. I didn’t really have to do that. So, because I had already written that bigger, you know, monster and within that monster in a lot of those chapters, it’s not like I have draft one of the whole manuscript and draft two of the whole man, that’s not the case.

But that the prologue, for example, I rewrote that about 20 times, just the prologue, right? The first chapter of the book that you just read, I wrote it and then I went back and I was like, I think I can enrichen this and sort of add to it and make this a little more fun. So I didn’t really change what was there, but I just sort of put more into it. And so that chapter, I nailed it on the second go, right? Some chapters nail it on the first go, right? So it’s, it’s hard to say, you know, like in, I guess in a real sense, I sent my editor a draft and she looked at it. She’s like, okay, yeah, good. There’s only a couple of things we really need to sort out here. So I sorted that out. It took a couple hours worth of work to do that. I sent it back to her. Is that a second draft? I don’t think so, because I haven’t rewritten it. I’ve just tweaked a few tiny little things.

Right? And then now it goes into copy, edit and all that kind of stuff. It comes back to me to look at, I find a few more little dinky errors, typos, or just some sentences where I’m like, what the frick was I trying to say there?

That doesn’t work. And so I, you know, just retweaked the sentence and send it back again. Is that a third draft? I don’t think of it that way because, because the changes are relatively minor at that point.

But there was sending it back and forth as we and then in, into the proofread stage, right?

It’s just like, shit. Okay. There’s yet another typo that we didn’t see. Well, are we on draft five now? Because we fixed one typo. Right. So, so I would say having that understanding it was a one draft sort of project. Alpha one though will not be I am already half of the way through the second draft.

I am rewriting it. I am a much better writer today than I was, what well say about two years ago when I was writing. The core of that story. So even the chapters that are staying as is, are being rewritten from scratch so that it’s, you know, like when George Lucas had his original Star Wars movies in the seventies and eighties, and then later in the nineties, he went and redid them, re remastered them to make them look better.

You know, it’s like I’m doing that now. But I also have to tweak the story to account for the new add-ins that I had put in the first one and stuff. So it very much will be a second draft because by the time I’m done, it will be a, a slightly different story, um, than what it originally started as. And I would imagine, because it’s a bigger book in the structural role, structural edit, now my editor will say, okay, there’s more than just a few tiny things that we need to tweak. So I would assume that would put me into a third draft. And so I, I, I’m anticipating that I would probably be at least five drafts for this.

Mark: So when people are done with this book one, what are you hoping they’re gonna feel or want when they close the

Michael: That’s actually a great question, and maybe what I, what I’ll do is try to turn that around on you by answering it with a question since you’ve read the book. Right? So when, when you’re done reading the book what is going through your mind vis-a-vis Matt Lyon? Because as you know, there’s, there’s a lot put into that book with regards to him, right?

So as a reader, you’re you finish that book, what’s on your mind in here, and we haven’t had this, discuss this discussion before, so I, I have no idea what you’re gonna say, right? So we’re literally making this up as we go,

Mark: Yeah, great question. I about Matt Lyon specifically. I think it’s just curiosity as to what happened to him. I mean, I don’t wanna guess spoilers. We could save that for the very end of the show, but I think there’s a curiosity about, you know, what happened to him and, and what is gonna be his role in this, in this bigger picture.

I think I was curious about Kira as a character, like I don’t know how this plays out, but Nathan and Kira, ’cause they started the story. So for me that was like, I wonder what role they will continue to play, if any, in the bigger story because she has that intelligence officer role and like, is she using him or you know, or who? Who’s using who? And that kind of.

Michael: yeah, yeah. So, so essentially your answer is is exactly what I wanted from a story perspective, right? So, because the main character of the series is Matt Lyon, and because of the nature of the story that I wrote to push out first, he’s not in that book in, in like in his presence, right? But we know about him, we’re introduced to him, and he’s the main character, right? And so the takeaway from a story perspective is what I wanted was. Who is Matt Lyon, right? I wanted to develop a sense of nostalgia for this guy, like a longing for him like, I want to see this dude. We’ve talked about him, we’ve said all these great things.

We’ve seen a couple of, you know, possible avenues for darker things and I didn’t know that Book two was even gonna be book two. I thought book two was book one and whatever, right?

And Matt Lyon’s call sign, and, you know, that’ll be revealed very early in the first book is Alpha One, right? And so by calling it Alpha One, I’m hoping that I’m just playing right into that. And people are gonna be like, okay, yeah, I’m reading this. I want to see who this dude is and you know, what, what the heck is going on?

Matt Lyon in, um, the first book, even though he, he’s not in the book, is portrayed as the master of war, right? And only a true master of war can manage chaos and, and make chaos bend to its will. But even then, the master of war has but a fleeting chance, right? And so the, the whole idea, and I don’t make it painfully obvious, but, but that’s what I’m trying to create, is that I’ve created this really powerful bad guy and there’s really only one dude at the end of the day that’s gonna have all the different little pieces to put the puzzle together to take him down. And, and so that’s kind of how that’s happening. And so you’ll see a very, very much a continuation of that idea into Alpha one. But Alpha one starts. In a way that I think people are not going to anticipate and it’ll punch you in the gut. At first, you’re gonna be like, oh, I don’t really like that. This sucks. Right? And, but it’s real.

From a, you know, non-story perspective, the big takeaway for Canadians first is that we have a, a special forces and intelligence capability. They kick ass. They’re very good at what they do.

They are some of the best in the world. We don’t get to hear about them, but we have every reason to be proud of them and we can stand toe to toe with the best.

Mark: Yeah. Moving into characters a little bit, one of the things that I don’t see explored a lot, but I hear about in the US as far as like the darker, I’m a psychological thriller, mostly writers, so I think about the psychology and we don’t see a lot of sort of the darker side of the military and like things like drug abuse and, and special operations and things, which is kind of a darker story.

I have no idea what happens in JTF, but I don’t know if, I’m curious if you chose not to include that, just to stay away from the PTSD and, and the how, the coping mechanisms, because that’s not the story you’re trying to tell.

Michael: Yeah. So, I didn’t actually choose to stay away from it. I, I, I did the opposite. It’s just that you don’t get to see it yet because it’s coming in alpha one. And so, but with that said, you know. Drug addictions, alcoholism, things like that you do see, you definitely see that in militaries.

There’s no doubt about it. , And it exists in hours two. Does it exist in JTF two? I couldn’t tell you that. I, I honestly don’t know. The handful of, uh, JTF two operators that I’ve interacted with, I just, it, knowing what I know about them, it, it would be very difficult for me to imagine them being that way. But I don’t, you know, it’s not like I’ve known these people for 20 years and stuff, so I don’t know that. But that said, um, what, what we do know is a very real thing is mental health, right? And PTSD and all that kind of stuff, it is in your face, right? One way or the other. It’s hard to get around it. And again, we come back to that theme that I mentioned earlier, which is to say every day is selection all over again. It doesn’t matter that you saved the world from nuclear destruction last week. What can you do for me today? Because if you can’t do your best today, I don’t care how much of a hero you were yesterday, you’re in some trouble, right? And. Now, if you wanna look at a parallel, you look at Delta force in the US right? And, uh, there’s a lot of operators that have talked openly about this. They say the same thing every day of selection. All the tier one units are gonna say that, right? Canadian ones are saying that too, right? And in Delta force, um, it doesn’t happen often, but guys have talked about this, right?

If you’ve been found lacking, right? You show up to work, you’ve got a security card that you gotta use to get through the gate, then another gate into the building, into the team cage, whatever, right? This is, this card is your life. You don’t exist without this little card cause you can’t get into secure environments. And if you’re found lacking, you know, the next day you show up to work, your card doesn’t work. That’s it. You’re done. Goodbye.

Mark: Okay.

Michael: No one’s gonna come and talk to you and worry about your feelings or whatever. It is brutal. When you think about what these men go through and how much they give to get to that point, nobody’s infallible, nobody’s perfect. And anybody can find themselves in a situation like that for any number of reasons, right? And knowing that that’s your fate, think about what that’s like as a motivator.

Well, first, I mean, it’s a very effective motivator, right? You’re going to, you know, do your job and kick ass and take names because you don’t want that to happen to you, right? Like, you lose your whole life, your identity, your brotherhood, everything. So you don’t want that to happen. But at the, so, so it’s a very effective motivator, but it comes at a cost, right. And those costs are significant, and you will see those costs in Alpha One. They are inescapable and it’s tragic, right?

And when I say that, I’m not saying that as an activist who’s trying to say we have to do it differently. Because if you were to ask me, how do we do this instead? I don’t know. I mean, ’cause I understand why you have to have these people at that level, right? I understand it, but I mean, do we really have to break them? We don’t see it, uh, in the first book just because we’re, we’re just not there yet. You see the beginnings of it, right? Rocky is struggling because because of Matt. Right. And the team is too. And is that PTSD? No. It’s understandable. It’s just a normal human reaction to, to, to what’s happening at that time.

But. So what? It doesn’t have to be a formal P-P-T-S-D diagnosis to say, Hey man, there’s something wrong and these people are struggling and, somebody needs to give a shit and, and whatever. And you see a little bit of that. Now the question for me will be after Alpha one, am I gonna keep dragging it with the story everywhere I go? I don’t know yet because, you know, how often do I need to do it?

I can sort of get it out there and it’s, it’s a, it’s a very real and valid part of the story. So it, it’s, and that was always designed that way from day one. And, and so that stays that way even through the revisions. But then it’s like when we get into book three and book four, um, you know, maybe there will be different challenges and different aspects that we, that we look at. Or maybe, you know, that now that the characters have been established in a lot more depth. Do I, do I just go more plot heavy and stuff? So I, I, I don’t have the answers to that, but, um. What I can say is Alpha one will, if you thought that there was a lot of good characterization in this book, you’re gonna see even more of it in alpha one. And unlike this book, like everybody, you know, when you look at the reviews, there’s, it’s a page turn or very fast paced. Can’t put it down. That’s not alpha one. Alpha one’s gonna start slow and heavy, right? Uh, before it gets fast and hard. And a lot of that is because of what we’ve just been talking about, right?

There there are things that, you know, need to get sorted out before you can go down range. Uh, and in popular fiction you will have a retired operator who is all kinds of screwed up in the head for whatever reason. And he doesn’t fix himself ’cause he doesn’t have to. He’s a badass and he’s gonna go take on the world by himself. And he might take things a little too far because of his struggles might freeze up here and there, and at the end he’ll kinda learn a lesson and then move on and then rinse and repeat. That’s not realistic, right?

That’s just not how it goes. Might be a fun read, not at all realistic. And that’s not the style that I’m presenting in the quiet war. There are examples of bad leaders, there are examples of good leaders everywhere. Alpha one’s gonna show you what it is to be a good leader, and not just from one character, but from many characters. And then that’s one of the reasons why, like a guy when, you know, he’s struggling hard, he’s not going down range, right?

And if he’s got integrity, and most of these people do they’re going to stick their hand up and say, I’m not good to go, because then they’re putting everybody else at risk, right? And you can’t really have that either. So I’ve written this chapter a very heavy duty chapter, and it’s like, I don’t write it, I don’t write a thing again for another month, right?

I’m like, I’m done. I, I don’t wanna be an author anymore. And it, like, it literally like, you know, it can take a while before I’m ready to get back in there and stuff. And this book. Has more than one chapter where, where that’s in your face, right? if I’m successful, you might feel the same way when you’re reading it, right? And so then, then that would be an interesting question is did the reader have to put that down and take a break and before picking it back up and, and stuff, because it, you know, it can get pretty depressing, right? But there’s some bright shining stars as much as there are the not so bright parts that basically pull one out of the darkness and stuff.

Mark: Are you gonna put a content warning in your book for the next one with those deep chapters? Or you

Michael: no, uh, c it’s not necessary ’cause, uh, we’re not most of it is not necessary because you’re not gonna be introduced to anything new, uh, in the sense that PTSD is out there, moral injury is out there, right? And pe people know about these things now. In the author’s note i’ll have a blurb on mental health to, to sort of set the stage right. And, and stuff. And so I don’t know if maybe that serves as a trigger warning, but I don’t think it’s necessary. ’cause we’re not, it’s like I don’t tend to go for super graphic details. Right. Uh, because I don’t think it’s necessary, just like if there’s gonna be a romantic scene, right. Like, you know, yeah. Okay. So they hop in the sack, we know that they did their stuff right. But we’re not gonna get front row seats to that sort of action. Right.

Typically in a military thriller that that part is, is is very obviously implied right. And stuff, but, but we’re not writing, we’re not writing explicit sort of material. I’m trying to think of how I can frame it without giving too much of it away because the central problem behind the darkness there is, is not something that gets, you get bits and pieces of it throughout, but you don’t really get the full idea until we’re deep into the story. And uh, for anyone who’s read book one by the time we get to you know, book two in that full reveal, it, you know, it, it’ll hit you hard, I think hits me hard every time I look at it and write it. But maybe I, I don’t know, maybe I’m just a sap, God help me.

Mark: Was hangman your version of comic relief and kind of taken a breath in

Michael: a little bit. But the comic relief, and you don’t see this, maybe you see it a little bit is Mark Trombley he, you see a bit of it with him, but, he really comes to life in, in Alpha one. He is, he’s quite something. And you know, and, and a lot of it is just, you know, the language thing, right? You know, the, the, the ability to, to to swear, you know, voraciously in both languages and, and stuff, right. And so these are, you know, he’s a, an, he’s a, you know, a senior colonel who starts off as a private, right? He works his way up through the ranks. He, he’s, he’s the first alpha one. He’s the godfather of jtf too, right? Uh, he’s, he’s, he’s a, you know, a gruff dude, and he commissions and he’s very smart, very strategic and, you know, as good of a leader as you’re gonna find. But he is not sensitive to things and doesn’t give to flying Fox the things that come out of his mouth are very you know, authentic, let’s say for him. And, uh, and they’re quite, I think they’re quite funny. And so, and that, I think what makes it work with him is that he’s really not meant to be a jokester, right?

He’s a serious character. He’s a deadly, serious character, but he’s still fucking funny. Uh, just because, and, and I’ve met so many people in the military that were exactly like that for the same reason, right? Like, they were not clowns, but they just were hilarious just because of their, you know, some of their mannerisms and stuff.

So, and Hangman was meant to be, he hangman is representative of a young man in the army who is having a blast doing what he does, right. But he’s also a JTF two operator, so he knows when to shut the shut up and get serious.

And we see that that happens, right? In c certain instances it’s go time and, you know, the clown is gone and it’s, you know, mission focused and whatever.

But this is your, this is your quintessential very young man with energy. And, uh he’s, you know, he, not to say that he’s not disciplined because you don’t get to be there without being disciplined, but he’s creative, right? And he’s, you know, sometimes he gets himself into trouble, but you can count on this guy to deliver at the end of the day, right?

He’ll piss people off too along the way but, uh, he gets the job done. And the original version actually in the jungle sequence, uh, he had even more heroic moments and very different ones than what you would’ve seen in this book. And it was quite something, but I just had to take them out because I had to redo this to make it. A bigger story. Uh, so for example, Seesaw was not part of that operation in the first iteration when it was, when it was part of the larger novel, fast roping through the jungle canopy in the middle of the night, that wasn’t a thing right. In the original version. Uh, and so, so when I brought all that in, then Ma Hangman was busy doing other things, so he wouldn’t be in a position to do some of the other stuff that I had him doing and, and, and whatnot. But yeah he definitely is that, but, and, and, and by design a bit of comic relief. But not only that, but the funny thing was, like I said, with Mark Troley, he was never meant to be comic relief, but he, but it just turns out that way. But you never know what you’re gonna get from him, right?

Because in one chapter, you know, you, you could be pissing yourself laughing, right? And, but in other chapters you’re just you won’t, right. It’ll be, you know, very much down to business. And I think that is very real because like. Soldiers are like anybody. Right. You know, like they goof off.

They, you know, they get bored. They say dumb things, they do dumb shit, and not seriously dumb shit but you know, everybody’s got a softer part of that personality for entertainment’s sake because it’s a rough job. It’s hard, It’s stressful or whatever. And so everybody’s got that, that version, right?

And, but then everybody switches it on when it’s go time too. That’s one thing I would say to people is, um, when you’re reading a guy like Mark Trombley he’s very, he’s very uniquely designed, but in a more broader general sense, it’s a very realistic portrayal of what a guy who spent his entire life in that universe might look like,

Mark: Yeah,

Michael: maybe not on tv, uh, but, but you know, when he is giving an interview, but, uh, in a different kind of setting.

Mark: yeah, yeah. Leading to the final wrap up, what advice would you give someone for the writers that are listening, what advice would you give them if they just published their first or second book?

Michael: Well, I am just there myself, so, you know, uh, I’m not an expert by any means. Um, so if we’re talking advice for people that have now published a book as opposed to in the process of writing it. ’cause I would’ve said for writing, just my biggest piece of advice is don’t be like me, don’t do what I did. But, um, after you’ve published your book, and, and really I think this advice is honestly and frankly too late for after you’ve published your book. ’cause you have to think about this beforehand. I’ll bring you back to the, that old adage, if a tree falls and there’s no one there to hear it, does it make a sound? And you know, people, that, that question’s been around for a long time. And I can tell you when it comes to books if you write a book and no one knows that it’s there, it does not make a fucking sound. No one’s gonna buy it, no one’s gonna read it. And you are not entitled to free advertising. You will not sell your books if all you do is post about your books on social media. And here’s why. So social media does not let content about your books go out there. So case in point, I have 7,300 followers on my Facebook. That’s a lot of followers, right?

If I make a post and it’s just about my book, I’ll be lucky if a hundred people see it. Facebook will not show it even to my own followers.

It just won’t. It will not. I’ll get maybe 10 likes and a couple of comments and that’s it. 7,300 followers, right? And so if, but by contrast. I’ve made a couple of posts on my Facebook page about the Iranian conflict particularly before the war started. And those went viral. They went all over the place.

I had a post that got, like, it was the, the biggest post I’ve ever made, and I never thought it was going to be, but it got like, what? 12,000 likes? Hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of comments. And oh my God, it just, I couldn’t, I was like, what the hell have I done with this thing? Right? But no one’s gonna buy my book because I expressed an opinion on the Iran situation, right?

Nobody’s gonna like, that ain’t gonna happen. They don’t even know I’m an author. Right? It, it gets shared to the whole Facebook stratosphere now, and, uh, they just see some guy named Mike with an opinion and then, then they’re responding to it, and that’s that, right? But you’re not gonna sell any books because of it. So I’m on these platforms in author communities, and every day I see authors whine and cry all day long. I put my heart and soul into this book. Nobody’s reading it. I shouldn’t have to be performative.

I shouldn’t have to do this, and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Well, I’ve got news for you. You want people to read it there how many books are being published every single day, especially in the self-publishing universe, right? If you don’t stand out and people don’t know that you’re there, they’re not gonna know to go buy your book, and they’re not gonna know that you’re there unless you put some money into it.

And it’s a sad reality. I know that a lot of authors don’t have that money. They just don’t and that sucks because if you don’t have a lot of money and you don’t get lucky with some viral post on TikTok or something like that, and there are people that do, but like. There’s like 99% that don’t, right?

So you’re only seeing the ones that do, when you’re on TikTok, you don’t see the fails, you only see the ones that go. So a lot of people are like, why can’t I do that? Well, ’cause most people don’t do that, right?

So, so you need to go into that with your eyes wide open and be prepared to spend. And there are people that will disagree with me there and say, no, I didn’t have to.

And that’s wonderful if you found a way, but just because you found a way doesn’t mean that I can copy you and do it exactly that same way and I’m gonna be successful, right? Because every book is different. The genres are different, the readers are different, where they hang out are different and and that kind of stuff.

So that would be my advice is be, you know, have, have some spending capacity and self-educate on how best to do this because it’s not easy. Like it’s, it’s not straightforward and simple to run an effective Facebook ad. Most of mine were not at first, and I wasted, uh, outrageous amounts of money for no particularly good reason. And I’ve, I think I’ve figured them out now for the most part. Amazon ads are still a mystery for me. I hired a company to do that for me because I just could not figure it out. And they did it. And they did it well and it worked. So my book hit number one bestseller in multiple categories within a week of it being published, right?

It did very well and it, I’ve sold over 4,000 copies, uh, as of a couple days ago. The revenue I’ve brought in, yeah, thank you. And so the revenue I’ve brought in has been astronomical to be quite frank, but the amount of money I’ve spent to advertise has been more astronomical. So I’ve spent more on advertising than I’ve received in royalties, right? So I’m still in the hole. Most people are in the hole with Book one, and that’s normal, right?

so so that’s the other thing is don’t be surprised if you’re gonna be in the hole. But if you publish a book and you publish book one, it only has three reviews and you might sell one or two books a month or so, or whatever. Something’s gone terribly wrong. That’s not it is normal because people have no idea what they’re doing. Like they might know how to write a book, but once they put it out there, they dunno what the hell to do with it to get it out there. So it is the norm, but it’s a norm. It’s a normalcy of failure.

And so if you’re in that universe, you have to say something’s not right. It can’t be that your book sucks because no one’s read it yet, so nobody can possibly know that it sucks. Right. So, you know what I mean? Like, like let’s say you sold a bunch of books and you were getting really terrible reviews. They all really hated it. Then you might say, okay, well maybe, maybe I didn’t write a great book but if it’s not even selling right it can’t be because of that. Uh, it just cannot be because there’s no way to know that it’s no good until until people start to read it, right? So that’s the advertising part I think for most authors is, is very difficult you know, I was fortunate enough to be in a situation where I could put money into advertising and I, honest to God, I don’t, had I not spent on advertising, that would not have been a, a bestselling book and it wouldn’t have sold 4,000 copies.

So, so I know that’s like a long-winded answer, but that’s the thing, right? And even if you’re traditionally published, and I’m not so, take what I’m saying with a grain of salt. This comes from research, not from me being an expert. It might sound that way ’cause my opinions are forcefully presented but the bottom line is from what I have learned is that, you’re some. Guy or gal you wrote, you wrote a book, you sent it to an agent. Most of ’em are gonna tell you to get lost. Eventually someone says yes, maybe, you know, and then they take it to a publisher. They’re gonna tell that agent to get lost. And then eventually the agent lands a deal. And now you, bravo, you’re traditionally published, right? But they’re not gonna advertise for you. They’re not gonna spend any money. ’cause ad you know, like, look at the money I spent, like, I spent a lot of damn money, right? So they’re not gonna do that. If they did that for every single author, they would go bankrupt, right? So they’re not gonna do that ’cause most of, most of their new authors fail too, right? Traditionally published authors, right? And I know it, you know what I’m saying, can sound fairly harsh in the way I’m presenting it. And it’s just because I really believe that you gotta know this, and if you don’t know this, you are gonna find out the hard way. And that’s gonna be worse than listening to a jackass like me being direct in a podcast, right?

Mark: the truth. Yeah, yeah, definitely the truth. I have a question for you from, cam Torrance, he was the last author on the show. He wants to know what’s the most important characteristic of the Canadian military that we don’t know about? Other ti militaries around the world, or they don’t know about us.

Michael: The most, so, okay, so the most important characteristic about our military that other people don’t know.

Mark: Yeah.

Michael: I’ll draw back to my experience with NATO here I was in the, the military for a long time, right? And I didn’t have my first experience interacting with NATO personnel from NATO countries until at least halfway through, right? So I’d spent years just being a Canadian, working with us and, and whatever, right?

And I could see everything that goes wrong. Everything that we sucked at, I bitched and winded and complained just like every other soldier does. It’s like every soldier’s God-given right? To complain, right? And, you know, uh, I was no different. Uh, when I became an officer, I, I, I did a lot less of that for obvious reasons.

 so when I started working with our NATO allies. I had no concept at the time for just how big of a deal we are within nato. Because when you think about it, in nato, you’ve got the United States, you’ve got the Brits, the French, Germany, and now Poland, you know, to a big extent, right? And these are big budgets, big players and, and that kind of thing.

But, um, then you’ve got all these other NATO countries, right? And, and they’re, they’re tiny, uh, or tiny budgets, even smaller than ours or, or whatever, right? And so when I was working at the NATO school in Ober, ergo, I was, uh, blown away by how far advanced we were as, as the Canadian military, certainly within the realms of intelligence, military intelligence, compared to, uh, our NATO peers who, many of which didn’t even have a milita military intelligence discipline at the time, Germany did not have a military intelligence discipline.

It wasn’t an occupation in the German army, which really surprised me. ’cause they’re a major landmass army. And I don’t know if that’s still the case or not. That may have changed that. So, ’cause we’re talking circa 2012 maybe and, and stuff. And so that was kind of an eyeopener, right? And the other thing that I, you know, that. Is different about us, say from, at least from the American perspective, maybe not everybody else, but is because we’re smaller we can’t afford to train exactly the way everybody else does, right? So if you look at, say an American artillery unit on a Howitzer say a, we’re talking about a towed gun, and maybe we don’t use a lot of those anymore, but in my day we did.

I started off as an artilleryman. Uh, you might have seven positions on a gun, on a Howitzer to operate this giant canon that launches bombs out of it, right? And as an artilleryman in Canada, you would be trained on all seven positions in your, in your basic artillery qualification. That wasn’t the case.

Americans would would say, okay, well you’re gonna be a number three band on the gun and we’re gonna train you that and, and whatever, but there’s enough of them to do that, right? And so, that’s something I think that’s unique. But again, my information might be dated, right? Because I, I’ve now been out since 2017. But the other thing I would say that comes across as a surprise to just about anybody I’ve had experience working with internationally is how decentralized we are. And what I mean by that is that a corporal in the Canadian army has an infinitely. Um, higher level of responsibility, um, vis-a-vis an equivalent rank of another army.

Right. And, uh, and, and equivalent is important because a corporal in the UK army is not a corporal in the Canadian army, right. A corporal in the UK army is much more of a, like a senior NCOA corporal in the Canadian army is a very, it’s like the second rank.

So there’s an example that I cite, like when we had some guys working with the British, or not the British, sorry, the Brazilian army uh, when we were, doing a lot of op peacekeeping operations in Haiti and, you know, they, they were just flabbergasted that we would have, you know, very low ranked ncms managing a vehicle park and where to park vehicles and how to organize them all and stuff, right? Whereas, like, you know, in a, in a very large army, from a different nation, different cultural background, they, they would need a senior captain in that vehicle park. To make those decisions. Nobody else was allowed to make a decision like that, right?

Mark: Sure. Yeah. Thank you. can listeners find your book about you?

Michael: everywhere right now. If they wanna learn more about me, the best place to go is my website. So it’s the easy website to remember. It’s michael j lon.com, and it’ll bring you to my website. It’ll have all about me, all the books that are, you know, either out or coming out very soon and or planned.

So you’ll get to see a lot of the type of stuff that I’ve been talking about here in terms of buying the book. So Amazon, of course, uh, uh, is, is a primary point and it’s available in ebook audiobook. And it’s been professionally produced by a professional narrator paperback and hardcover.

So it’s available in all the additions. If you are inclined to Cobo, then you can get the ebook in the audiobook, on Cobo, in the Canadian sphere. If you want to buy the physical book and not go through Amazon, then you can get it through Indigo’s website. It is not available in Indigo stores.

 

Mark: So we’re gonna jump into a, a couple of spoiler questions. For those listeners who don’t want to have the book spoiled, go grab the book. Now you know where to get it. You can check the, the show notes for the link and then come back and listen, uh, to the rest of the show. The ending of this book, was this the original way that you wrote it, where Rocky tells Nathan, go find Matt. Essentially the collapse of the Canadian healthcare system is this, the vision in the first, the first way it was written.

Michael: Well, yes, in so far as. When I was writing it, knowing that it was gonna be its own smaller book. Right? But when I, when I was writing that main novel, like I, I discussed, uh, Nathan and Kira didn’t exist. They were created to make this story work, uh, on its own. And, uh, and, and there wouldn’t have been any go find Matt Lyon stuff because, um, chapter one starts with Matt Lyon very much there.

So the reader knows where he is. Alpha team does not know where he is. That was always the case. And they’re upset about that. But in the main book, um, you know, he’s not very far away, basically. Right? , He, so, so I changed that around afterwards. So when I, when I repurposed, uh, the Canadian front to be, the, the Belize arc, Nathan and Kira got brought, got conceived.

And uh, you know, as I mapped that story in my mind, I knew that that was gonna be how it would end. Because again, the, because I know that my protagonist is Matt Lyon. The whole purpose, other than writing a good book, was to ensure that you want to read more about matt. Right. Um, and now that’s created a little bit of a problem, right?

Because what do I do with Nathan and Kira? Right? ‘Cause they don’t exist right in, in the new, in in Alpha one. Uh, they do Now I’ve, I’ve, I’ve written them into the story, but, uh, I’m still at a point where I’m trying to decide how big of a role that they play

and, uh, you know, they may play a big role, maybe they won’t, and they’ll get sort of in the story shuffled off so that we, we were setting them up for book three where they’ll become front and center again because it’s a bit more of a British, book, uh, if that makes any sense.

So, so there’s a, you know, so, so there’s a couple of things there, but, but in terms of the ending and the healthcare stuff, yes. Or, or, sorry.

No, uh, and the healthcare thing wasn’t a thing, uh, when I wrote the original book, because I already have a big premise and stuff. And, and so in Alpha one, the, the big inciting incident, and, and this will will be in all the promo material, is that a Canadian ambassador gets kid kidnapped in broad daylight. Right. Well, that’s a, that’s a very. Textbook JTF two operation, right? Like if there ever was one is to go and rescue this woman. And so, so the book opens with that happening, right? Uh, and then it’s like, well, why, why the hell did you know somebody abduct her? This doesn’t make any sense. Like, why would you abduct a Canadian ambassador? And, uh, you know, that’s, that’s more for the book that’s coming up, but the logic that’s built around that is, well, you wouldn’t unless it was part of something much bigger, right? So is it really about her or is it about something bigger?

Right? So that was very much the case. So when I had to repurpose the Belize Ark into being Canadian front for the book that just came out I don’t have a kidnapped ambassador anymore.

Right? And the original intent for that Belize mission was simply to introduce Alpha team. Uh, while we have Matt going through his stuff, we, well it means more to be, to understand Matt if we understand Alpha team too, right? And so that, that was their whole purpose in, in that part or act one of the main story. And so, so their mission to Bel, to Belize was actually to go and it was a kill capture mission to take out Khalid Al Rashid, right? And, uh, that was it. That was the mission. And in I had to repurpose it all to make it more interesting. So now we have Nathan and Kira who are getting the, of the story going, if you will, because reading about JTF two could be exciting, but well, why are we deploying them?

What happened? What’s, what’s going on in the world? We have to have all that context. Otherwise it’s not very interesting, right? So I bring them into being, and then I was like, I could have them killed off, or, you know, that I could keep the mission just the way it was, or I can keep them alive, and then they get kidnapped and let’s rescue them.

And then I decided with the ladder. Uh, and so they, so it starts off as a rescue mission, and then when we see them interacting with the cartel, and that was always gonna be part of the original scheme, then Rocky makes the call to say, okay, well we’re gonna, instead of killing the sky as a secondary objective, now we’re, we’re gonna capture him. So we’re doing a hostage rescue and a capture, which is a big deal, right? That, that, that’s, that’s a, like, you know, that, that’s not, that’s no easy to ask even for the, for the best of them. So, yeah. So some of, some of that was in, some of, uh, was in the original scheme and, and a lot of it was not.

Mark: What about bam, bam, getting his, the, the frag he took and his injuries?

Michael: that’s

Mark: set up? Was that set up for a moment for Rocky as a reader to know that he’s like taking, okay.

Michael: No, no, not really. It was, it, it, it be careful because it’s a, it’s more of a spoiler for alpha one now, but, it’s, it’s more of a reality, right?

You, you’re gonna take casualties, right? And, uh, and to, to, to present that as such, uh, even though JTF two has never lost a guy yet, thankfully it’s still a reality. So, but bam, bam, we don’t really get an idea or a sense of who bam bam is and why he might be important, right? And he is important. We just, you just can’t know that yet. ’cause Alpha one hasn’t happened. And in Alpha one, you’ll see, uh, how he does have, you know, a little bit of a, sort of a backstory that will endear you to him, which will make learning about, you know, his, his difficulties, all the, you know, all the worse, right?

I don’t think that I’m giving away any massive secrets by saying that a bam bam does not die. Because the entire premise for Vanguard Ranger, which is already on my website, and it talks about that, is an old Army ranger going into the hospital while bam, bams in a coma and telling bam, bam, his life story while bam, BAMS in a coma trying to, you know, coax him out of a coma and eventually he will succeed in, in, and whatever. And that’s the, that, that’s very much a side story in the quiet war called Vanguard ranger. So that’s coming later, and you’ll get introduced to the Vanguard Ranger in Alpha One, who is a very small character.

He, he doesn’t play a big role, a very important role, but not a big role in Alpha one. And so, you know, I, and when I created that character, it was just some old washed out ranger that was feeling bad about not being a Ranger anymore and lonely and all that kind of stuff, right? so Jason and Bam bam are coming together, uh, essentially, uh, in Vanguard Ranger. You know, because of, you know, I, I basically foreshadowed a lot in, in terms of by saying, Hey, this is the premise of book three.

This is the premise of that Vanguard Ranger. A lot of authors don’t really do that, but I did that and I put my website. I filled that with stuff so people would realize and know that I’m a serious author, that this isn’t gonna be just a one hit wonder that there are books all along the way and at various stages in development. And so that I made that strategic decision. And so it, to some degree. A little bit of spoiler sort of gets leaked, but I think overall it, it, it kind of works out. So, but bam, bam is important. Not for any of the reasons I just said. Uh, I mean, he is important for that, but you wouldn’t know that because that happens in a later book. He will be important in alpha one, uh, in alpha one. It’s a small thing, but, but, but still, it, it, it makes everything matter more. Right. And it’ll just make what he’s going through it a lot harder, especially for the characters who, who don’t have the benefit of knowing how things are gonna turn out the way, the way I do.

Right.

Mark: yeah, yeah. You’ve certainly set up a series with, even with the, with the answering of the questions that you could tell, how it all links together and how much thought that has gone into all. This is very well done. I’m, I’m looking forward to it.

Michael: Thanks. Yeah. I just have to survive long enough to put all the pieces together and stuff.

Mark: So finally, what’s one question you can ask the next author you’d like to ask the next author who comes on the show and the next author coming up next on two weeks is Brittany Butler. She is a former CIA who wrote the Patriot’s daughter. It’s an espionage.

Michael: oh, wow. So, I mean, I’d have like a million questions I’d want to ask a, a former CIA officer. So, uh none of which she would be able to answer either. Right. Uh, I’m just trying to think like, ’cause I, I would really like to understand how a CI, a officer or anybody, you know, be it, uh, you know, MI six or Mossad or whoever, gets into, you know, a nation that is, you know, denied territory.

For example, you know, Russia, China, not Iran now, but before the war. Right. Like, like how do you get in there and, you know, stay there and do your stuff. And especially now with, you know, the, the, the surveillance state, where, you know, especially China, you know, has got like video cameras on like in every single facet of society.

So they, and they’ve got facial rest recognition, right? So how the hell do you, can you even be a spy

Mark: Yeah.

Michael: And operate in a place like that? ’cause your face is gonna be picked up. Right. And, and to what degree has that, you know, changed things? And I, I would not be surprised if she can’t answer that, uh,

Mark: She may answer it in context to her book. ’cause I’ve, I’ve already started her book and there are, you know, those kinds of things come up. Well if you don’t mind sticking around for a couple more minutes. I know we’ve gone well, well, well over time. I appreciate you not just cutting it

Michael: That always happens. I’m long-winded, but yeah, no, I’ve got some time.

Mark: yeah, I’ve got a couple after, uh, after rapid fire after show questions for you.

Michael: Sure.

Mark: Thank you so much for being here and for taking the time. Michael alone, everyone, the quiet war. Check it out. Thanks for listening, and have a wonderful day.

Michael: And thanks for having me.

The Waveforce Affair
by Robert A. Adamcik
Season 2 Ep. 5

Navy veteran Robert A. Adamcik puts real people, real names, and real shipmates into his spy thrillers.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Robert Adamcik is a Navy veteran and defense contractor who writes spy thrillers populated with real people, coworkers, shipmates, and friends, by name and by personality.

We talk about his Martini Squad series and the second book The Wave Force Affair, how he approaches getting permission before putting someone in a novel, and what happens when a character based on a real colleague doesn’t make it out alive.

If you write fiction and have ever wondered how far you can take real people and real experiences in your storytelling, this is a conversation worth hearing.

Robert Adamcik’s book The WaveForce Affair: https://a.co/d/0cEQQN9T

Follow Robert online: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61552185593381

Get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments with guests, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. You’ll also be able to support the show and help me keep bringing on great thriller authors: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Today’s Sponsor | Mark P.J. Nadon’s novels: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon: https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Mr. Robert A. Adamcik was born and raised in Cleveland, Ohio and graduated with a degree in History from The Ohio State University in 1989. Upon graduation, he was commissioned an Ensign in the United States Navy and served for 20 years as a Surface Warfare Officer, serving on six ships during the course of Operations Desert Storm, Southern Watch, Stabilise, Enduring Freedom, and Iraqi Freedom.

He retired from the Navy as a Lieutenant Commander in 2009, but still serves on board a ship as a volunteer tour guide at the Battleship Wisconsin Museum. He resides in Norfolk, Virginia with his wife Kate and their several dogs and cats.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Season 2, Episode 5 with Robert A. Adamcik

Bob: [00:00:00] Hey guys, how would you like to be brutally murdered? And they’re like, okay. They end up victims of, the bad guys with their permission. One of the characters in my fourth book grand Prix Affair, the character did not meet a pleasant end. So i’m like, sorry, you had to go. He’s like, I don’t know how to take this.

Speaker: Hello and welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, the director’s cut of the thriller book world. I’m your host, mark Nadal, and joining me today is Robert Adamic, author of the Espionage Thriller, the Wave Force Affair.

Mark: Bob, thank you so much for being here. Welcome to the show.

Bob: Thank you. Thank you for having me.

Mark: I’m excited to talk about your book, the Wave Force Affair. Let’s start with the pitch

Bob: All right. Well, white Force Affair is a thorough and espionage novel, and this particular one has a bit of a family twist as my team of agents [00:01:00] led by the epitome of the gentleman’s spy. Charles Bryce Acts where the attempts to find a missing husband that’s a friend of a friend of theirs.

He encounters something that he shouldn’t have seen and nefarious forces are after him.

Mark: All right, so where, what sparked the idea for this story?

Bob: Well, this particular addition of the martini squad adventures was based on a lieutenant. I used to support. I’m a my day job. I’m a uh, defense contractor. I’m a test engineer. And one of my lieutenants who I support is named Molly’s, like the character in the book. And she told me how she met her Costa Rican husband at the Naval Academy.

They were he was one class behind her. He was an exchange student, and he’s one of those classically handsome Latin American, dark skinned and you know, tall, dark, handsome kind of guys. He was, brown-eyed, blonde, All-American looking girl, and I’m like, oh, this could be interesting. So I kind of took that and ran [00:02:00] with it for this particular book.

Mark: What about the tech and stuff that, that you had in the book?

Bob: Oh, that’s, that’s lots and lots of research. I’m like you know, weapons, cars, especially the cars. My previous series the Guard Oil series, I was notoriously hard on my cars. I, I, well, my second book, I dropped a, a body on top of a Bentley Continental GT Speed. Ouch you know, things like that.

But yeah, all, all weapons, everything else. Researched extensively. And also Google Maps. You, you asked a question about rabbit holes. I get on rabbit hole on Google Maps between tracing routes for potential car chases and things like that. And also I find hotels, I could, I could tell you the best hotels and the best restaurants Andorra right now based on the research for this particular book.

Mark: Okay, so when you wrote this book, this is book two what was the process like writing this book? You,

Bob: once I got the idea from my conversations [00:03:00] with Molly, I just sat down. I was like, okay. Her husband’s job is actually a aviation consultant in this case for the real company. That’s so, which is what way force is based on and like, okay, what would, what, what would the so have that would interest a adversary party?

And I’m thinking, okay. Drones because that’s the the big thing right now and took that and just ran with it.

Mark: And the process itself, do you. Are you just writing? Do you wake up in the morning, particularly with this book and just start writing to figure out, or are you doing research at the same time? How does that whole process build for this

Bob: Oh, I, I write, and then if I’m like, okay, I need to, you know, research a weapon, or I need to research, you know, someplace for the team to stay, then I’ll stop, do the research, take some notes, and then get back into the writing.

Mark: And was this book like it has a kind of classic spy thriller because you’re talking about the cars, the feel, the characters, and the [00:04:00] jokes they tell. It has a very classic feel in a modern environment with modern technology. How did you balance that when you were writing it?

Bob: I said one of my favorite authors is Ian Fleming, and one of the things I learned reading his books is the sweep, and that’s what I attempt to recreate with my books. Very fast moving, but also very detailed as far as the, the who’s, the what’s and the wheres. And I just keep writing and, that’s ba basically until I’m done.

Mark: okay. What kind of challenge did this particular story present for you? If at, if you felt challenged along the way?

Bob: Making sure I got the technology right for the uh, for the drones. ’cause my background in the navy l was a ship driver, surface warfare officer. I wasn’t an aviator or anything like that. And the programs I support now. Are more on the command control, communications information technology types of thing.

So doing all the research for the drones and things of that nature was probably the biggest challenge for this book. Plus my. [00:05:00] Publisher was like, Hey Bob, you may not wanna mention people’s real last names and the company’s real names. I’m like, okay, fine. I had to come up with new, a new last name for the characters and the new name for the company.

’cause the original title was the Dasso Affair and the publisher’s like, oh, you better not use that name. I’m like, okay, fine. But other than that. I think this is one of the funnest books. I of the, of the five I’ve written so far on, on my fiction side. Obviously because the characters are based on friends of mine and all that.

But I think this one’s probably the most fun I’ve ever had writing a book.

Mark: Do your other books also bring in real world characters and people, or was that unique to this book?

Bob: It, it depends. One of the characters in my fourth book grand Prix Affair, he, the, the name was based on somebody I work with and the, the character did not meet a pleasant [00:06:00] end. So I gave, I gave the gentleman a copy of the book. I’m like, sorry, you had to go.

Mark: Yeah.

Bob: And he’s kind of he’s like, I don’t know how to take this.

Hey, don’t worry. Just just friendly. And he, he was, he was good with that. But yeah, I like to use names of people that I know and I like met the character Angel. She is based on a person I worked with when I was uh, supporting Commander Naval Air Force Atlantic. Her name was Angel Brown. Yam.

And in her particular case, she was a retired navy lieutenant commander like me, but she was a administrative what we call a limited duty officer. She rose up through the enlisted ranks as a yeoman and got her commission and then retired as a senior administrative officer, and she received her call sign Angel when she was a admin officer for a fighter squadron.

Mark: Squadron.

Bob: And I’m like, Ooh, that sounds cool. So yeah, I borrowed her name and put it second in command of my team.

Mark: And how do you approach [00:07:00] telling someone, or I guess you ask them, is it okay if I use your name, which I would assume you do. What about the likeness? Are you thinking about their personality and what you know of their personality, or is it just I’d like to use your name. I want you to know that I know this is not you, the person. This is just you, your name.

Bob: Again, except for that one character I just mentioned, all the characters I base on real people are really nice characters. So, none of ’em have had ever had a problem with me using their particular name. But yeah, if, I can, I’ll say, Hey, I’d like to use you in a book. Okay,

Mark: I’ll

Bob: may I? He was like, oh yeah, sure. Uh, in fact, um, my sixth book I’m writing right now that is tentatively titled The Incel Affair two of the victims are two lieutenants that I work with, and I approached the bro. I’m like, Hey guys, how would you like to be brutally murdered? And they’re like, okay. So yeah, they then they end up victims of, the bad guys in this, in this expert with, with their permission [00:08:00] and black wise, yeah. Pretty much describe ’em as as they’re in real life.

Mark: Awesome. So fans of this show will recognize if they read The Way Force Affair. A few people that have been on this show, Andrew Warren, Brian Drake uh, Aiden bailey, who uh, met an unfor, or I shouldn’t actually, sorry, I won’t include spoilers, but poor Aiden.

Bob: Yeah, I’ve used, I’ve used Andrew, I used Andrew’s name in, my third book, which was the, let’s see, final Strike was the third book of my guard Girl trilogy. He promoted me to ameral in, code Green, so I returned the favor and made him a aircraft carrier commander in that book.

Mark: Awesome.

When readers finish the book, what do you hope they’re thinking or feeling as they, as they

Bob: I just, I just hope he had fun. As much as I love Andrew’s, Thomas change series and it really exciting, sometimes can be a bit of a downer ’cause he, you know, Logan Wolf kind of guy, you know, same with Aiden and trigger [00:09:00] Man and Brian and you know, Sam Raven. You know, they’re all lone wolf lone wolf guys.

And uh, I’m like. Okay, that’s cool. But I want, you know, I might be able to have fun. I want the characters to, you know, like the end of the classic bond movies bonds with a girl having a drink. Good to go next. Bring it, bring on the next guy.

Mark: Is that part of all, is that how you write with all your books is bringing that like team environment, that fun,

Bob: Yeah, that’s, that’s the, at least these first five that I’ve written, the current one, it’s a little darker. Just because of the subject matter. So, you know, readers, if they pick up my, my next book, I’m about halfway done with it right now, and, and they’re gonna notice a slight tone shift only because of the nature of the, the criminals, the nature of the threat and is just a little bit darker.

Mark: Do you feel like your military experience and having that, you know, that team dynamic from the [00:10:00] military is what kind of pushed you to, in these books, not pushed you to, but inspired you to create that team dynamic from

Bob: No, absolutely. I served on six ships in my 20 years of commission service of the Navy and all the wardrobes i’ve worked with the Chief Petty officers, mass, all the enlisted crew. Everybody I’ve worked with was just awesome and I tried to, you know exemplify that spirit of, you know, you’re a crew, you’re a family in, into the into my books and like what the expression says, write what you know. So I know how to be part of a team and part of a crew.

Mark: Were there any points in the book that you changed uh, in in later drafts?

Bob: No, not really. The way I write, I tend, you know, I, I write, I start thinking, okay, okay, well what next? What do I need to do next? And I might have a two or three courses of action running through my head, but I’ll decide [00:11:00] on the course of action that I wanna use before I put finger to keyboard. So, unless there, unless my publisher wants me to make, any serious changes, like in my first book nautical Strike. The two ma, the two villains are father, daughter, and I had their relationship a little bit more intense than what is acceptable in the general mass market book. So I had to kind of tone that down a little bit. But otherwise I run the potentials through my head and then I put it down on paper.

Mark: paper. After this book, there’s an afterward at the end where you or you think a number of people, when I see like family members or wives or kids think, I always like to ask what their role was ’cause I think it’s so crucial that people crucial and interesting how different people are supported in this author journey from wives and children and how that experience plays out. [00:12:00] So what was that ex, how was that, did that play out for you? Is your wife, let’s say your biggest cheerleader. Is she reading your books? How is that play?

Bob: I’m not sure if she reads my books ’cause she’s not a big thriller, espionage person. But, she definitely indulges my, this particular hobby of mine. And, pretty much along that line, my siblings are always awesome. They read everything. I write,

Lot, lots of encouragement on the siblings side, both my siblings and my in-laws.

In fact, my late, brother-in-law was always a fan, and I dedicated my second book to him, personal strike, just before He passed away back in 21. So, yeah, de definitely the encouragement helps. And of course, a lot of my friends out there, not just thriller writer, friends, but you know, high school acquaintances, old shipmates, they’re they just love my work.

Mark: Do they ever, when they read your, do they read late stage work or early stage work? The people that your family.

Bob: Oh, I’ve never had any a family member actually look at a draft.

Mark: Okay.

Bob: It was, it [00:13:00] was always after, after it’s been published and out in the world.

Mark: What was the hardest part of writing this book from the idea to publication?

Bob: Well, like I said, this is one of the EAs funnest and, and actually one of the easiest, I, again, I think just the idea of trying to figure ’em out to the geography of where they’re gonna be. Because I’ve never been to endra, which, and after my research, it would be a really cool place to visit, but I had to figure out, okay, how do I, how do I get the, the heroes from the states to endra?

What’s, you know, what’s the roads and all that? And also part of the book takes place in Tokyo. So I had to do a little bit of research on hostess clubs. ’cause that’s where, where big portion of the story takes place. And it’s because I’ve never been to one of those before. So I’m like, what’s, what’s going on here?

Okay. And, so yeah, basically it’s just, just research, making sure I get the details right. Because if I don’t, I know I’m gonna hear about it. ’cause that’s how I, I kind of hooked up with Andrew and Brian. I’m like, Hey guys. Yeah, I’m retired [00:14:00] Navy. By the way, if when you did this, this was wrong and if you please have any questions about Navy stuff, let me know.

And, that’s how I got to be friends with Andrew and Brian.

Mark: Awesome. That’s helpful to have a team like that behind you, I imagine.

Bob: Oh yeah.

Mark: So research was one part. What about characters? How do you build characters? Because now you, instead of the lone wolf, you actually have a team. I imagine they come back throughout this series. How do you separate their voices when you’re writing them? How do you start a character and build them into the story?

Bob: Let’s see, four Grand Prix affair. I had two characters, the last name of Vaughn, McKayla, and Connor. One of them was the IT guy and the other one was the team sniper and like, okay. They got the last same last name. Obviously their call sign’s gonna be the twins, but what’s gonna make them a little different?

Well, the way I made it different was the computer guy was tall, blonde-haired, blue eyed, and the sniper [00:15:00] was a petite African American woman. So the, uh, call sign twins is obviously something very, very oh, what’s the word I’m looking for? Senior moment here. Sorry. Yeah. Something very contrary.

All and, you know, you know, little inside puns like that. Again, when I created Angel, again based on the very nice person I worked with, but her background was okay, what if I took one of the Dora Mage from the Black Panther movies, made her a Navy Seal and put her in here, and that’s what I based angel’s appearance and demeanor on.

I can’t remember the actress’s name, but she’s one of the not the lead dorm, but like the number two person with the really intense eyes. I can’t, I can’t remember.

Mark: I’m not good with names.

Bob: Yeah. And I saw her in, in Black Panther, civil War and I’m like, Ooh, she’s kind of cool. What, what could I do with that? And I put Ya’s name to that actress and [00:16:00] the background of her being the first, woman to graduate from Buds. And there you go.

Mark: you go, do you do this before you start writing the book or do you do this as you’re writing or as need characters? You develop them?

Bob: As I need as I need ’em. I’m, I’m not gonna, you know, spoilers for our Grand Prix affair, but the computer guy doesn’t survive that particular book, so I needed a new guy for way forest affair. And I, I have this great website I go to that helps generate names if I’m not using somebody I know know and I’m like, okay, I’ve got African American characters, white guy Puerto Rican. Okay. And looked up Puerto Rico name and there you go. And his, this computer guy is not exactly our average guy in the chair with the glasses and the energy drink. He’s a former Air Force PJ pair of rescue guy. Guy The team doesn’t know that at first, they just think he’s another guy in the [00:17:00] chair and all of a sudden he starts, you know. Showing marksmanship skills above and beyond what a normal computer guy would have. And it reveals that, yeah, he’s a Air Force para rescue, which is, for those who don’t know, there’s, that’s the Air Force contribution to the JSO that’s Air Force Special Operations and some of ’em are pretty close to tier one operators for their particular mission.

Mark: Mm-hmm.

Bob: So I, I went ahead and did that, and that idea came to me based on a conversation I had. Wow. About 20, over 20 years ago. my my wife and I were in Nassau at sandals Resort and one of the people we had dinner with one night, he was a, the guy was a pj and he mentioned that during dinner, and I’m like.

Whoa. Because I, no one else around the table knew what an Air Force PJ did, but I did. So I figured, okay, let’s have that same sort of reaction drop the course of the book.

Mark: what, what about their characters in the backstory? Do you build a backstory for the [00:18:00] character, things that they’ve been through? And

Bob: Yeah,

Mark: personal side.

Bob: Yeah, like for Charles, my, lead who also is by the way, based on a real person fellow bond fan who I’ve actually met in real life. Great guy. Again, the epitome of the, gentleman’s spy and he, he has you know, a sibling and things like that. So I kind of incorporate that into the story and eventually I’m building to a point where that background is gonna be become part of, if not the main story for one of my books. Further down the line.

Mark: Okay, so you’re already, you’re already well ahead.

Bob: Oh yeah.

Mark: How far ahead do you plan your, like ideas are, you just like jot down ideas and you’re like, Hey, book five, book six, book seven.

Bob: Yeah. Yeah. Actually there’s I’m working on jotting down ideas for book six. Let’s see, I think I actually answered that, question. Let’s see. Oh yeah. I heard about this place called Bohemian Grove. It’s this retreat [00:19:00] where the rich and powerful the world hang out for, for some form of retreat every year. Heard about that on some YouTube video I saw. I’m like, Hmm, that could be the setting for my next book. You write, wrote that down. Think, you know, things of that nature. So, so yeah, if something strikes me that could be potentially be interesting for a book, write it down, file it away, and, try for the next one if it, if it doesn’t relate to anything I’m working on right now.

Mark: Do you feel yourself as you’re going, like for a walk or something where you just see something you’re like, that makes a good idea, that makes a

Bob: Yeah, yeah, unfortunately I don’t have anything to write it down with, so I, I gotta make sure I remember it because I’m, I just turned 59 last week and my memory is not the way it used to be, so I, I gotta make sure I get, get home and jot it down before I forget it, and then remember it for next time.

Mark: Alright. I have a question from Susan Walters who was the last guest on the show. She asked, do you have any unsold novels sitting in your [00:20:00] desk and is there a plan for it?

Bob: Um, Hi Susan, and no, I don’t because I pretty much, since I’m, I have a day job, I just basically write one book at a time. I, I don’t have, you know, a, a draft, you know, halfway done, and then another draft, like, you know, 10% done or anything like that. I write a book, get it to my publisher, get it out the door. Did I start working on the next one? So at least for my particular case today, Susan, no.

Mark: And this book is the second book in the series, but this is the fifth book that you’ve published. Are there books that you’ve written prior to all that?

Bob: Actually before I started doing the fiction thing about, 10, 15 years ago, I was doing the nonfiction thing ’cause my degree’s in history and I have a a big interest in the space program. So my first two books I ever had published were Histories of the Space Shuttle, orbiters, discovery, and Endeavor.

And it, when those, when those first [00:21:00] books came out, it was just at the right time. It was right at the end of the program, especially the one on discovery. After I released a book on the Endeavor in 14, the interest in the program was to the point of no one was really interested in, the third book. I, I had started on the the history of the Atlantis. So my writing kind of took a backseat for a while. Then during the pandemic is when I picked it back up again, ’cause had a lot of time on my hands and I was reading a lot of books. That’s how I started with Andrew and Brian during the pandemic and like, well, wait a minute.

Maybe I, you know, I’m reading a lot. Maybe I should try writing one. And actually the one turned into three. The the Gargo Trilogy and the characters of the Martini squad, I spun off from those first three books.

Mark: Do you approach research when, because you mentioned research, you mentioned you do Google.

Bob: Oh,

Mark: Is that, are those like the main, do you, is it like, is it just a Google rabbit hole of research that kind of goes from website to Website to website?

Bob: That’s where I start. I’ve also [00:22:00] found some great YouTube videos on like the Mark six patrol craft that I use in the final strike. Found some great videos on that. Also, the, in my first book I used the sock sock car boats that, the riverine boats that the what we call the dirty boat guys.

The swix use for riverine. They carry a crew of four and eight seals. And found some great videos on that and also some my, personal connections with the Navy. For final strike, I had two mark, six boats in the well deck of a, LSD 41 class of wood be island class, amphibious, ship. And one of the per people I work with.

In my day job was First Lieutenant on one of those, and he turned me onto the Well deck manual that explained how those boats are stored in A LSD class, well deck and how they’re tied up and how they, exit the well when they launch and all that. and I took that information that he provided and put in the book.

And then I also included him as another [00:23:00] character. He was the ship’s boon you know, on the I think it was Carter Hall. It was the ship I used for that book, and he was the guy who actually controlled the weld deck and launched the, launched those craft for me. So,

Mark: How do you balance when you’re, when you talk about these things in your book, making it clear to the reader what it is without overwhelming them with the technicalities? I know part of the genre is the technicality, so there is an element of that in the genre.

Bob: That, that’s a balance. And if if somebody’s doing a beta read for me. I’ll get the feedback back, Hey, you may wanna tweak down, turn down the, the technical jargon of a little bit. ’cause I always prided myself in that I could write these things and in a way that the average person could just can understand it.

Even with my nonfiction work on the shuttle, I tried to scale back the the, acronyms and the the lingo and everything else as best I could.

Mark: Mm-hmm.

Bob: But you know. Somebody, if I have it a little too much, my beta readers will tell me to back off a little bit. I’ll, I’ll do a little tweaking and I’ll carry [00:24:00] on.

Mark: Okay. What advice would you give someone who just published their first or second book?

Bob: Beware of marketing scammers. I’m serious. My inbox gets flooded with them. I usually tell ’em to bugger off and block ’em and carry on.

Mark: Yeah, you’re talking about the book club. Well, Book clubs, I guess are the most, currently the most popular

Bob: and people like, Hey, we can help you boost your good read score and things of that nature. Just give us money. I’m like, no, I’m not. You know, if you, if you don’t wanna do it, you know, help me do that for free. Don’t, don’t bother. Get outta here.

Mark: What about on the advice on the creative side?

Bob: again, just write what you know. That’s, that’s the best advice I can give anybody. Don’t try, don’t try to do something, out there. Unless you really wanted to spend the time in doing the research, you just write what you know.

Mark: If you can pick one thing that you felt has led to your success so far, what would it be? [00:25:00]

Bob: Oh, wow. Just persistence. Sometimes, you know, I read my, I read the reviews. All of ’em are great, and some of them are not so great. And I just put the not so great ones behind me. Take the lessons learned from ’em and apply ’em as necessary. But just, Just just keep going.

Mark: Just keep writing the next

Bob: Just keep writing.

Mark: And where can listeners find your book and hear more from you?

Bob: Oh, okay. Well, all my books are on Amazon. The Barnes and Noble, both the hard copy and, Eco available, all the various outlets. And I have a Facebook page. It’s Robert, a Adam check dash author. That’s, I can find me on, on Facebook and my if you want to email me regarding book stuff, it’s gargoyle.Morgan@gmail.com.

Gargoyle was the call sign for my protagonist in my first three books, James Robert, Bob Morgan. And he got that call sign because of [00:26:00] a conversation I had with my commanding officer on the baton. Captain Howard was an one, an amazing captain. Probably the best COI ever worked with, and I worked with over a dozen.

In my career, he was a former F 18 pilot, so eight six intruder and F 18 pilot went from the intruder to the Hornet, and I’m on the bridge. I was his navigator and I’m on the bridge. I’m wearing a set of gargoyle wraparound shades. Of course Captain Allard being the aviator. He was, he was, you know, RayBan guy, and he sees the, the brand of sunglasses I’m wearing.

He is like. I said, call you guard oil. I’m like, skipper, that’s an outstanding call sign. Thank you. And he’s like, ah, nevermind. I was just calling you a gator because I was just not a gator. So, but I remembered that conversation and used that for the call sign for my the hero of my first book. And so hence carvilleMorgan@gmail.com is the, email Addie for all my book stuff.

Mark: Okay. Thank you. [00:27:00] That’s great. You must look at like, if you reread some of your own books, even like 10 years from now, it must be like a blast from the past where you think you get to think like you have an experience and nobody else has when you read your books. Because of the way, I love that, because of the way you’ve added these, you know, people and

Bob: Oh yeah.

Mark: Where you, you just, you can remember these people. They’re like

Bob: Yeah, there, there

Mark: in time.

Bob: Yeah, people I’ve served with the Deputy Director of operations for CIA, or excuse me, deputy Director of Intelligence for CIA in both my first three books. And the first book of the Martini squad was, based on an actual, Marine Corps retired Lieutenant General. I served with when I was navigator on Baton, he was then Colonel Bailey, commanding officer of Second Marine Regiment. And we, we took him and his, marines to Iraq and back in 2003, and again, one of the best, finest officers I’ve ever served with.

When I heard he retired a Lieutenant General, I’m like, Hmm, not surprised. [00:28:00] Right guy, smart guy. Guy. And I remember him really because one day just out of the blue, I’m walking, walking by his cabin and he’s like, Hey commander amk, come on over here I go, yes, sir. You know, not often. I get called into a marine colonel’s cabin and he presented me one of his regimental, t-shirts, had the regimental logo on the front and on the back was a task force. Tara Iraq, 2003 on the back. And he is like, Hey, commander, I think you’re a really professional guy.

Love working with you. He’s a memento of our time onboard the ship and it, it just struck me as like, wow, nobody’s ever really done that before. Yeah. So in fact, I still have that t-shirt, it’s framed in my office. And so when it came time for a very senior agency person, yeah, general Bailey was top of my list to make, make that character. And of course I actually tracked him down and talked to him on the phone and sent him a copy.

Mark: That’s awesome. I [00:29:00] love that story. I love how you do that.

Bob: And also same with the deputy director of operations was named for my commanding officer on John F. Kennedy Dennis Fitzpatrick, who is now a retired wear admiral and again, outstanding commanding officer, and I’m like, okay, I got, I got put him in the books as well.

Mark: Yeah. Well, Thank you so much. I really appreciate your time. For those who are listening, we are about to go into the spoiler section. So I am going to ask a couple of spoiler questions. So if you don’t wanna know what happens at the end of the book, you may not wanna listen to the next the last yeah, yeah, yeah, You can pause, read the book, come back, and then you won’t it won’t spoil it for you. So was there any inspiration to one of the, at the end of the book, essentially what the main conflict ends in this ma in this big kinda airplane, stunt airplane, parachuting the PJ comes out and this whole stunt sequence. What was the inspiration behind that?

Bob: I just, the idea just came to my head. It [00:30:00] is like, what would be a great set piece in a movie? What would I wanna see in onscreen to happen to, to rescue, poor, uh, Rafa from the Russians? And I’m like, and of course again, I got a PJ working here. I’m like, and a seal. I’m like, okay, let’s do a little air to air. Plus, Molly she is a former naval aviator and she flew the P three Orion, maritime patrol craft as a large multi engine, prop, maritime patrol plane. So I’m like, okay, let’s get Molly into the cockpit. Now. Why would I want Molly in the cockpit for something skydiving? Okay. And then I just kind of progress progress that way.

Mark: I don’t know a lot about planes and, and, you know, aerodynamics and the, and the odds of things. Do you look at like the plausibility of, I kind of see Tom Cruise doing the end of the, the end of this movie, so to speak you know, That Mission impossible jumping plane to plane. Do you think about the plausibility of such a thing? I don’t even [00:31:00] know how plausible it is or isn’t what happened there, but do you consider those things or are you just this is a thriller, this is fun.

Bob: yeah. This particular case, I tried to get it, keep it as real as possible, but yeah, there’s, there’s some dramatic license I, I took. On that one, I have no idea. If you, if you’re jumping from one plate to the other, could you actually hold onto the side of the f fuselage, long enough to plant the little baby explosives to blow the door so you can actually climb on board? I have no idea if that can happen. If it can’t, sorry. If it can’t. Outstanding.

Mark: Yeah. Okay. I, I’m, I do, I rock climb. So I’m trying to think of some, how hard it is to hold onto things. ’cause people sometimes underestimate when I see Tom Cruise do it, I’m like, yeah, there’s no possible way he’s holding something like he does in some of the situations that he does. ‘Cause you know, he has this rock climbing stunts. But

Bob: Yeah, well, RO Rogue Nation, when he took off on that Airbus, a 400 he was definitely holding onto that to the side of that aircraft. But they had a shield in front of him to help deflect the wind. So he wasn’t quite getting buffeted as hard as he would be if he, if it didn’t have [00:32:00] that.

Mark: Yeah, true enough. Yeah. I don’t know if I’m pronouncing her name. Zena. Is it Zena? Is that how you pronounce Zena? Zena the, the, antagonist in the book.

Bob: Oh,

Mark: I said Xena when I was reading it in my

Bob: no, that’s, that’s, that’s cool. I,

Mark: okay.

Bob: you are good.

Mark: Okay. When she dies. At the end, Bryce reacts by saying he mourned the loss of his former lover ’cause they have that history together. Then he’s quoted as saying, burn in hell, more or less. Was it always written that way? And in your view, what does it say? Were you trying to say something about Bryce’s as his character

Bob: Yeah. I mean, when Bryce first met the later Russian agent, he, he knew her as somebody completely different. She was Polish, not Russian, and she was an engineering grad student at USC while he was in in school. So that’s the person he mourned. But the person, he later found out she was [00:33:00] and, you know, turned out to be, that’s the bit she was burning in hell.

Mark: Okay.

Was there any moments that you found hard to write in this, book?

Bob: In this, in

Mark: Like any scenes that were like emotionally impactful, I guess would be a better question.

Bob: Yeah. The stuff about Bryce Discover first discovering that his former girlfriend was actually an SVR operative. That was a little bit, hard to write because, I mean, he knew her forever. As you know, this hot Polish girl at, you, you know, came close to actually marrying before she went back to Poland.

And then all of a sudden he’s on a, he’s on an op in, Slovakia, and brought to s Slava and he sees her on a monitor, shooting a guy in the head. I mean, that’s, that’s, that doesn’t make give you pause. Nothing Will

Mark: yeah. I can’t imagine what well, I guess I can’t imagine what was going through his head because you talked about it in the book, but it’s still hard to imagine how I might react to seeing someone you were just, you were in love with at one time. Suddenly assassinate [00:34:00] somebody.

Bob: Yeah. In cold blood then steals his, take, takes the money back that he she just gave him. And then her, her thugs steal his wallet and his watch. I mean, like I said, that’s VR very, very cheap.

Mark: Well, Thank you so much. That’s all the questions I had for the show. If you don’t mind sticking around for a few more minutes for the after show the rapid fire questions for our Patreon

Bob: standing by

Mark: All right, thank you.

The Murder Mind
by Brian Drake
Season 2 Ep. 3

35 Books and Counting: Consistency, Character, and the Reality of the Churn

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

35-book veteran Brian Drake joins Mark P.J. Nadon to reveal a brutal industry truth: If you aren’t publishing fast, the algorithm will likely bury you. In this episode, we deconstruct how Brian maintains a prolific pace and why he uses a manual typewriter to stay in the zone.

Inside the Episode:

  • The 90-Day Churn: The modern algorithm requires high-volume production to stay visible to readers.
  • The Typewriter Strategy: How Brian uses a manual typewriter to force focus and eliminate digital distractions.
  • Character Mastery: Moving past “flat” characters to create stakes that actually make readers care.
  • Technical Research: How Brian researched nuclear security for The Murder Mind.
  • Featured Book: The Murder Mind (Sam Raven Book 11).

Brian Drake’s book The Murder Mind: https://a.co/d/8nPvNqG

Follow Brian Drake online: https://briandrakebooks.com/about/

Get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments with guests, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. You’ll also be able to support the show and help me keep bringing on great thriller authors: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Today’s Sponsor | Mark P.J. Nadon’s novels: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon: https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Brian Drake has been a writer of mystery, crime and adventure fiction since his first publication at age 25. As a troublemaker in high school, Drake was once accused of contributing to the delinquency of his classmates; now, as an internationally-selling thriller writer, he can contribute to the delinquency of the whole earth. He is lifelong resident of California, but keeps running out of reasons to stay. In his spare time, Drake can be found racing through Sacramento County in a bright red hot rod. Someday he may get a dog.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Season 2, Episode 3 with Brian Drake

[00:00:00] Coming up on the Thriller Pitch podcast.

Brian: if you don’t keep the churn up, the machine forgets about you, and now I have to retrain the machine by releasing more material. if you wanna be successful, you gotta write a lot and you gotta write fast. There was a brief moment where I was doing them every four months and then my publisher was like, look, we need ’em faster. And it’s like, okay, well, you know, let’s go back to 90 day.

Mark: Hello, welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast. I am your host, mark Naau, and today I am sitting down with Brian Drake, author of The Murder Mind and 35 Other Novels. He is prolific. He is trying to put out four books a year, and in today’s episode we talk about how the Amazon algorithm will forget you if you are not publishing often enough, and how that impacts the number of books that he’s writing a year, aiming for four, sometimes three, sometimes less, and we get into all of that. We also talk about his use of a typewriter, which is [00:01:00] very old school, and how he finds satisfaction from putting more ink in and resetting the paper.

I thought that was really cool. It also helps keep him focused on the work that he is doing rather than jumping on social media or getting distracted by other things.

One of the biggest takeaways from this episode for me was when Brian talks about just hanging in there, that hit home for me because he talks about how difficult this industry is, and I know we’ve heard that from other authors on the podcast.

I like the way Brian words it, and of course, sometimes it just comes at the right time. When someone says, Hey, hang in there, you’re doing your best. Keep going, so that is something you’ll wanna listen to. I apologize we had some connection issues, so the sound quality is not that great but the insights Brian brings about the industry and his writing process and how he’s accomplished so much in so many books is worth the listen.

[00:02:00] Brian, welcome to the show. Thank you so much for being here today.

Brian: Well, thanks for having me on.

Mark: I am very excited to talk about your book, the Murder Mind book number 11, which is very impressive.

Brian: Yeah, I didn’t think we’d get this far. Um, but yeah, it’s, it’s, it’s out . It’s, uh, it’s there.

Mark: So let’s get into the pitch. Pitch me your book, the Murder Mind.

Brian: All right. Well, the Murder mine features my, uh, series Zero, Sam Raven. He’s a former spy who’s involved in a personal war against predators, wherever he finds them. This particular book is about a young, a, a group of young terrorists who have been sitting at the feet of an old terror master and kind of taking notes and, and they want to continue what he started. The twist is the mentor is not approving of this. So he would rather, you know, [00:03:00] after spending time in prison, et cetera, et cetera, he would rather bring about change peacefully. But his students are not so inclined, and Raven and the mentor have to team up and stop them. There is a character not unlike Elon Musk, who’s building his own rockets and maybe using them for nefarious purposes. And it’s, it’s, an exciting story.

Mark: Awesome. Yes, it was. I enjoyed it. To anchor this conversation. I did read it. Yeah. I really enjoyed it. Yeah,

Brian: Yeah. Okay. Okay. Well,

Mark: so. So to anchor this conversation, because some of the questions I have relate to writing a series, can you give me just kind of a quick rundown of when you started writing, maybe what year it was in the books you’ve written? Because I was looking up your bio and it like, you have written a lot of books, you’ve been working really hard.

Brian: Yeah, I think, uh, I’m finishing up my 35th, book right [00:04:00] now, uh, which I’ll be turning in in a couple of weeks. But boy, I started way back in my teens. I started out drawing my own comics and then that eventually became, short stories, which eventually turned into novels. Started reading a lot in, boy, the seventh grade, which would’ve been 1988 ish, 87, 88, and it’s all Ian Fleming’s fault.

You know, I started reading the James Bond books and, just got very excited for that. The espionage subject matter and then just began reading everything else I could get my hands on. And I read somewhere along the way that Stephen King had signed a contract for a great deal of money to write books.

And I was like, oh, you can get paid for this. And that says, well, you know, maybe this could be a job. So that’s kind of been the one constant effort in, in my life, is to have some sort of writing career. [00:05:00] And so far, far, so good . I mean, it took, it took a long time to get here, though, mostly ’cause I started so young.

Once I hit my twenties and I was actually writing stuff that was publishable things picked up quite a bit. I, I was able to, sell or place a lot of short stories and that got me going. And I just never stopped after that.

Mark: Okay. Thank you. So let’s talk about this book specifically. Where did this idea come from?

Brian: It came from one of those random research moments. My wife and I went to the local library and they have a bookshop there where they sell the old books that they’re trying to clear out. And I found a book called The Terror, the Terror Network, written in 1980, written by a lady named Claire Sterling.

And it was an overview of how the, terrorist groups of the sixties, seventies, and into the eighties, started operating. And it was [00:06:00] fascinating because what you had was a bunch of, fascists and communists left over from World War II that wanted to keep the fight going. And they’re like, well, we’re, we’re kind of old.

What do we do? It’s like, well, we need to hit young people, we need to recruit them. We need to start visiting the college campuses and spreading the word about the revolution. And that’s how they got their first recruits and started building their various networks. One fact of the story of the book that was interesting, you know, later in the eighties we knew that the Soviets were financing a lot of the European and Middle East terrorist groups, but they didn’t start out that way.

It started with Cuba. So these guys went to Cuba and said, can we have some money and some training, et cetera. And Castro thought it was a great idea. He tried to get the Russians involved in early on, but they’re like, you know, we’re busy invading Czechoslovakia. Come back later. You know, they weren’t interested.

But as, as Castro and several [00:07:00] others, in the Middle East mostly, started building these various networks and preparing these young people for this fight, the Russians were like, hey, we should get into this. And then they kind of became the dominant force, and, and that’s how modern terrorism began.

Mark: And how did that relate to the concept of your book? Did you just, when you read this, I imagine you read this book ’cause you know a lot about it. Did you read it and then just drop Sam Raven into a situation to see what he, well, I guess you open with Tracy, so not necessarily Sam Raven, but did you just drop characters into a situation to see what would happen? Or did you outline it? Having written so many of these books,

Brian: Well, it didn’t, it didn’t start as, as a story idea. I was just gonna read the book and add it to the research and I thought, you know, I’ll get something out of it. But seeing the parallels to today where the, you know, where the university campus is still a breeding ground for [00:08:00] revolutionary thought, I thought, well, this is stuff applies as much as today as it did in 1980 and before. And that’s what gave me the idea. So that, yeah, that’s when I thought, well, let’s have a group of young terrorists who have, you know, learned stuff from the old masters and, and now they’re carrying on the fight, and then, well, how Sam Raymond fit into this. So I just kind of dropped him into the plot and it just went from there.

Mark: At this point is that how a lot of the books go in a series for you where you’re, you have an idea and then it’s kind of like, how do I get Sam or even to mess with with these people and mess with

Brian: well, I guess, I mean, I don’t really think of it that way. Raven is the, my focus right now. So it’s like everything I’m planning to write, I’m, I know ahead of time that he’s gonna be in it and yeah, I, I guess I just get whatever the idea is, it’s like, how does he [00:09:00] fit into it?

How can I realistically get him involved? That’s usually the tough part is like, what’s the, you know, motivating factor for him to be on scene. So he has to, there, there has to be a way in for him. And once I figure that out, then it’s just, you know, the bad guy’s caper, what are they doing? And then how does Raven stop it?

It, it’s always easier for me instead of starting with, how does Raven stop X, it’s how do the bad guys accomplish X? And then I can get Raven in to the middle of that.

Mark: Okay.

Brian: yeah, if that makes any sense. But yeah, I always start with the caper first and then figure out how Raven gets involved.

Mark: Okay. And do you track Raven as a character from, these are the things I’ve done to him and that he’s been through, and then in this next book I have to remember, he’s had this trauma, he’s had these relationships, he’s had this happen,

Brian: Not really. Each book is written as a standalone, [00:10:00] so you don’t have to read the whole series from the beginning. You can just pick up anywhere. So there’s always, usually some reference to things that have happened in the past, but nothing specific. Unless I’m burning back a character or a situation from a previous book, which I, I’ve only done a couple of times, I really try not to then I could tie it in that way.

But when you meet Raven, it’s always, you always get a background on, on his fight and the crusade and what, what, you know, what he does. But each book is kind of written as if it was the first one. So you kind of meet ’em fresh each time.

Mark: Okay. Yeah. What kind of challenge did this story present you as a writer?

Brian: Hmm.

Mark: If it was challenging at all,

Brian: Well, it, it, I mean, there weren’t any specific challenges. It’s usually figuring out the plot points and how do you get from beginning to end. That’s usually the challenge. I did have to do [00:11:00] a lot of research on, the nuclear stuff that’s involved in the book several people I spoke with actually did not want me to use their name or mention them in the acknowledgements or anything.

It, it’s not that they told me anything secret. They just didn’t want it known that they were talking about this. But the McGuffin in the book, the device that everybody’s chasing after, in the beginning started out as, as one thing, and then as I learned more about how nuclear weapons work, it became something else.

And that was a tough part because my original idea for the device, when I talked to somebody about it who knew his business was like, yeah, that’s not gonna work. You know, and this is how your plot is falling apart page by page, because what you’ve selected here is, is not realistic. And it’s like, okay, tell me more.

So he helped me figure out a more realistic device based on his experience as a scientist. And that was a great help. And I mean, the rest of it is just, [00:12:00] you put a lot of thought into it, a lot of trial and error. What if we did this? What if we did that? And eventually it all comes together somehow.

Mark: Yeah. At at what point in the process. Did you reach out to an expert in the field to look at the book, and then how much rewriting did you have to do in order to accommodate, like just what you were saying about the nuclear

Brian: Uh, very, very good question. It came about by accident. When I was writing the opening, there’s always, whenever I, I know something is wrong, when I end up with a nagging doubt in the back of my mind where it’s like, I don’t know why this isn’t working, but something tells me this isn’t, isn’t right.

And that’s when I just happened to send a note to somebody and I said, here’s what I’m doing. What do you think? And that started a phone conversation and then he sorted me out, you know, and then the, the rewriting wasn’t tough. I just had to change [00:13:00] the name of the device because it, it wasn’t specific in the, you know, it wasn’t specific enough in the opening to require a lot of rewriting.

I think I changed the name of, of what was in the case, and a couple of paragraphs about what it does or what it, you know, what, what the device is used for, which wasn’t in the opening to start with. So that really wasn’t rewriting at all. I was just adding to it, and it was a very simple process to get it going. But, and after that, the doubt went away and it’s like, I, I had enough information to understand what I was talking about, and it worked much better after that.

Mark: Do you feel like that nagging feeling you got after this many books is something that you’ve learned over this many books? Or is that, have you had these nagging feelings in the past? In earlier books

Brian: All the time. It, it, it doesn’t, it doesn’t happen with every book, but it’s usually when I have some sort of technical [00:14:00] thing to, to talk about, whether it’s a weapon system or even even something as simple as, a city infrastructure, you know, how the sewer system works or something like that.

And I always go to, you know, you read a lot of stuff, but sometimes it doesn’t always answer the questions. And then that’s when I start wondering, well, do I really have this right? And I, if I don’t have someone to talk to who I have to read some more and look up. YouTube is great ’cause you can find all kinds of stuff there. And people talk about it in very general terms that are easy to understand. And I mean, especially if you’re not a scientist, or a city engineer. And usually if I have that nagging feeling, it just means I don’t know enough and I have to go learn some more. And that’s served me well. I mean, nobody’s complained about those things. They complain about other things, but, you know, but nobody’s told me I got my nuclear stuff wrong. Or there was one book I did, one of the stiletto books that had to [00:15:00] do with radar that could detect stealth aircraft and which is a thing that some countries are working on.

And the science behind that was pretty tricky. And I, I did manage to get it into some sort of understandable language that I could communicate to the reader. And no one ever dinged me for that. So I must have done sun, right.

Mark: Yeah. When people put this book down, they finish the book, what are you hoping they’re gonna be thinking or feeling?

Brian: It’s just that they’ve read something exciting and wanna read the next one. I don’t, I don’t set out to have any big message in each book. Each book does have a theme. Something that’s important to me. It doesn’t necessarily matter to me if the reader gets the theme or not if they do great. But mostly I just wanna put out something exciting then that gets people reading something else, hopefully something else in mind.

Mark: Have you ever been bogged down after reading all these books? Like moments [00:16:00] where you’re like, I need to take a year off, or I guess you could use the term burnout might be the right term if you felt burnout.

Brian: For sure. My normal schedule is 90 days, you know, for a book, and you put out enough of them at that rate that it does kind of wear you out. Murder Mind is my first new release in two years mostly because I needed it a break and then also because my publisher was making some changes and the Murder Mind and the Next Raven, which is called the Dark Passage, were actually turned in almost a year ago.

And then they were held back until the publisher made their new arrangement and now they’re coming out. It was not supposed to be a two year gap, but it turned out to be, and it was a good time to recharge and read other people’s books and going forward, I expect there’ll be, the level of productivity will be much higher than it has been.

Mark: What was the productivity like for this book?

Brian: yeah, I try to do about 2000 words a day. That [00:17:00] doesn’t always work out. The minimum is a thousand, and at that rate, I can do about a chapter a day. And I mean, it usually takes, you know, if I’m on a 90 day schedule, it’ll take maybe a month to work out the plot and the outline and then two months to write it and edit it.

And if there’s time left over, I give it to some beta readers who check it over and look for errors and just gimme some general comments. There’s not a lot of time for rewriting, so it kind of has to be right the first time. And there have been some moments where, in several books where it’s like, well, I wish I had more time to, to do this part better or that part better and I’ve just kind of learned that, you know, good enough is good enough and, it’s not parts, it’s whole. If they, if readers enjoy the whole, the whole book, they’re not gonna ripe about certain parts that might not be as good as they could have been. And, that’s kind of proven true.

Mark: [00:18:00] That’s a really fast turnover. Do you normally try and turn over three books? Is it three books a year, I guess? No, you could do four books a

Brian: Three to four. Three to four actually.

Mark: Wow.

Brian: And it, it, it was great in the early days, like when I was doing stiletto in the early, in the early Ravens because I had so much material already pre-planned. So I could just go from one to the next to the next. Once I had to about midway through the Ravens after maybe book five, I, I would’ve to take time before to work out the plot and then do the writing. So that kind of cut the writing time down to two months and made for some pretty tight schedule issues. But man, I managed to get them done. It’s, you just gotta sit down and work every day. It’s really the only solution.

Mark: Yeah. Wow, that’s impressive. I cannot put out that kind of, that kind of production.

Brian: It’s, it’s tough. I would rather have a little bit longer. There was a [00:19:00] brief moment where I was doing them every four months and then my publisher was like, look, we need ’em faster. And it’s like, okay, well, you know, let’s go back to 90 day. They even wanted to argue with 90 days. And I’m like, no, I can’t do 60,000 words in less than 90 days.

And that’s, and there have been moments where I won’t sign a new contract until I have some ideas worked out. I don’t want the stress of having to come up with new stuff when the clock is tick.

Being prepared as much as possible ahead of time has really helped out there.

Mark: When you are writing your books, do you think about the balance between, between geopolitical description between character and action and how that all plays out? One of the things I really liked about this book, which is why would probably why it sat well with me, is that. I felt like the characters and the action [00:20:00] a lot, and even though the geopolitical and all that stuff was there, it, it wasn’t heavy handed, and I really enjoyed that about it.

Brian: I know doing a lot of geopolitical stuff is popular now. So much of it that I don’t understand, and it takes so much to read and there’s so little time to get it organized. I actually try to avoid it. And in this case, in this one, I don’t remember having a lot of it. There was the Elon type character that was involved with the president and we had a few pages of that background. But yeah, I really, I really do do try to avoid it unless I can’t, you know, and, and I can’t think of any specific books where it was there, where there was a greater amount of it. But also, you know, the temptation is to use stuff that’s actually happening right now. And then by the time the book comes out, the news is old. And so it’s just, there’s just so much to keep track of. I just really try to avoid it.

Mark: Okay. [00:21:00] Well, I, I really enjoyed not not reading it, regardless of if it is popular. I like, I liked your I really liked this book, so I was, it,

Brian: Well, well, thank you. Um,

Mark: for me. Yeah.

Brian: very good. I’m glad to hear that. Our next book is called October Blood, which starts a three book series with a new character. That book in particular is a little heavier on politics , and stuff. Um, but it, it’s, it describes a situation that has happened several times in recent years.

So it’s not anything that’s gonna be immediately outdated. But it, it’s also, I don’t think it’s too heavy. I think there’s a pretty good balance there where it’s mostly just a support structure for the action. But we’ll see what readers think.

Mark: Yeah. Is that something I guess if it’s a popular thing to do, then it’s not something you’re concerned about.

Brian: Well, not really, but if it’s important to the story, yes, then I’ll do the work and try to figure something out. But for every [00:22:00] book, no, I, I don’t think it’s necessary. Usually when you’re reading somebody else doing those things, it’s a bunch of people in suits in a room talking about stuff in,

Mark: I.

Brian: Really isn’t interesting to me. So I really try to leave that stuff out.

Mark: Yeah. Okay. is your support network like while you’re writing these books in the background to balance it all?

Brian: What do you mean by support?

Mark: If you have like someone asking you how it’s going, bouncing ideas off

Brian: Oh, oh, okay.

Mark: like, you know, a publicist or somebody that’s what’s, how does that all look for at this point for you?

Brian: well, it’s mostly other writers. We will talk shop when we’re working on something, or if we’re having problems, we’ll discuss plot points and, if I’m stuck on something, usually those conversations are enough to shake things loose. But no, mostly it’s just me in a room. I got some music [00:23:00] going and I use a typewriter, manual typewriter.

Mark: Wow.

Brian: so it is just, it’s just, yeah, it’s just me and the, and me and two fingers, you know?

Mark: You’re following the old Stephen King method then?

Brian: Yeah. Yeah. I got into typewriter a couple years ago. I inherited a few from grandparents, and I just thought, I’m gonna start writing books on these. My publisher scoffed. He’s like, I’m not taking, I mean, a stack of paper and extra manuscript is done. It’s like this thick

Mark: Yeah.

Brian: And he’s, and he’s like, no, we’re not, we’re not taking a big stack of paper from you. They gotta be submitted electronically. So, I look at the type typewritten version as like a first draft, and then when I’m typing it into the computer, that’s when I can take the time to improve a few things, and do like, make it the second draft. And it, it’s been a pretty pretty good process for me.

Mark: That’s very cool. I didn’t know anyone, anyone used a typewriter anymore.

Brian: A [00:24:00] lot of authors do actually. There, there’s, I mean, well, Frederick Forsyth was the one that jumps immediately to mine and he passed away recently. Jack Higgins, another one who, who died a couple years ago. So there’s still a few of us around.

Mark: That’s awesome.

Brian: Well, you can’t hack a typewriter, you know,

Mark: That’s true.

Brian: you know, it’s, it’s, uh, I, I, I just have to make sure the pages don’t catch fire or blow away in the wind. It’s not a bad process.

Mark: I imagine that’s good for avoiding the social media clicking too. ’cause I know when I’m on my computer I could be writing and something pops into my head and then I go to look it up and then next thing you know, I’m somehow on social

Brian: It’s a rabbit hole. Yeah. I, I, I get it. Yeah. If I, if I have to look something up, I have a computer that I can research something very quickly. Uh, but again, most of my research is done before I start, so I usually don’t have to do that.

Mark: Okay.

Do you set out to make your characters likable? Do you [00:25:00] think about the process of are people going to like this person and care about them? And the reason I ask is because when I was reading, this is not really spoiler, ’cause it happens in the first chapter too. I’m reading Tracy and what’s happening with her and she leads this, this team, and she, as I’m reading and she gets into some trouble, I won’t spoil it.

I’m thinking that I actually care about what happens to her. And in a lot of action thrillers, I’m more interested, like it’s all about the action. I don’t, you know, like if the end, if the character dies at that point. So early in the book, I don’t necessarily care. So I actually went back and read the first couple of chapters to try and find what you did that made me actually care about her character.

And there were two things that stuck out. And the first one was she admitted that she makes mistakes. She was, she had an earpiece that she was, uh, thinking about and she admitted like, she makes mistakes, just not rookie mistakes. So [00:26:00] that was one line. ’cause that was, she, she became then, not just this, you know, team lead, super spy, she became human.

And then the second thing was when she mentioned how tall she was, six feet. And then she said, but men, a lot of men don’t like tall women. I don’t remember exactly how you put it, but I think those two things really humanized her. And I thought it was, I had to go look it up to see like, why did I care?

What did I read? So I’m just curious, coming all the way back now, full circle to the question, did you, do you put those things in there intentionally or does it, you’re just kind of writing the scene and, and you, you just, that’s what you do?

Brian: boy, that’s, that is a good question because I don’t remember putting that much thought into it. Um, this, this book is actually Tracy’s second appearance. Uh, she was in book four called The War Business, and I had to go back to that book to remind myself how I described her. And [00:27:00] it’s okay. She’s tall and yada, yada, yada.

Um. So then I thought, you know, and then I just, well, I knew a lady who was tall and was having trouble dating, so I just kind of dropped that in. And I mean, the other stuff you just, you just make shit up. I mean,

Mark: Okay. Yeah, that’s fair. But

Brian: um, yeah, yeah, I, I, I just, I, I wanted to give her some sort of a description so you could visualize her and, the lines about mistakes. I don’t remember them. But I, I do recall something about having to learn from this instructor or that instructor about this, that, and the other.

So I, that, that, that’s, it’s, again, I wrote this a year ago. So it, it’s just me trying to, to build the character and hopefully yeah, you do like them. But I, I’m not, I don’t sit there thinking, gee, to make this person likable, I’m gonna do X, Y, z. It usually doesn’t come out that way. I should take that back because with Raven it [00:28:00] did. But with the other characters, not so much. I just look for one or two things to one or two traits or motifs to hang on them and then, uh, and, and go from there.

Mark: Okay. And I guess that just shows your skill and that you’re doing it without, without thinking that you’re building

Brian: Well, it, it,

Mark: at least I cared about.

Brian: it’s, it’s nice to hear you say that because really when I was learning, being able to create a character in that fashion and be able to get that reaction was the biggest challenge for me because one of the most repeated note or lines in a rejection letter was the characters aren’t synthetic.

The characters are flat, you know? It, it really took a lot of effort to get around that and, and learn how to put a character together. There was a writer named Michael Bracken that I will champion for the rest of my life. He bought one of my short stories for an anthology and, invited me to submit more to some others that he [00:29:00] was doing.

But then he turned down every other story I sent. So finally I said to him, what worked in the first story that’s not working in the second? And he says, well, the characters are flat. I said, well, here we go again. I said, okay, I get that a lot. Can you give me, you know, what am I not that I should be doing that would make these characters better?

And that turned into probably one of the best writing lessons I ever had over a series of emails. And from that point forward, I’ve been able to at how other authors characterize and bring their people to life and have apparently succeeded in duplicating that.

Mark: Yeah, ’cause the one thing I struggle with when I read, I don’t read, I’m more of a psychological thriller. So character matters more as for me as a reader. As far as like my first go-to, I like the action spy, but I’m usually anticipating that I’m just getting a lot of action and guns and I’m probably not gonna care. So that is why I ask, because in your book, [00:30:00] I did care. And that’s, and then when I do care, I always ask myself, ’cause I write too. I ask myself, how did he do that? Because that is something that I wanna make sure my readers feel as well.

Brian: Well,

Mark: thank you for sharing that

Brian: characters are, oh, you’re very welcome. Me, the characters are more important than the action because the action doesn’t mean anything without the characters. It’s a, it’s a point. Dashell Hammett made decade, time ago. Where if you just kill off a cipher, there’s no emotional reaction to it.

But if you, if a character dies, then yeah, people are gonna react to it. So you have to build a strong character and then put them in danger. And if you like the character and you’re anxious to see what happens, you’ll be more involved. But I mean, if I, back in the old days, you know, before I learned how to do a bit better Tracy just would’ve been a name.

There wouldn’t have been much of a description. I had the idea that, oh, you’ll build the description in your mind. It’s like, well, [00:31:00] the result of that was your characters are flat. And so yeah, there, there, there was a time when that would’ve just been not in those descriptions, wouldn’t have been included at all, and you wouldn’t have had that reaction. It just would’ve been the shoot ’em up stuff and you wouldn’t have cared.

Mark: Yeah, a question from JL Hancock. He’s the last author that was on the show. So we have an author ask an author, a question you get to ask the next author one

Brian: Okay.

Mark: he asks, how do you balance when you’re telling story, giving too much technology information and, and bogging down the story, which is kind of what I had asked you

Brian: oh,

Mark: I, I don’t do a good

Brian: no, but that

Mark: prefacing

Brian: that’s okay because, no, I understand. We can, we can, we can riff on that. You never want to show too much research, at least I don’t, I mean, some authors have a different point of view and that’s fine. But for me, when it, when it comes to that if something is of a technical nature, I only want to explain it so [00:32:00] much that you can understand it. And then the rest of the time I’ll just show you how it works. I’m not writing a technical manual on, sorry, Tom submarines, you know,

Mark: Yeah. Yeah,

Brian: the hunt for red October, for example. It worked, but it was a real, it was a little too much on the, the technical stuff which of course was fascinating at the time, but for me, it, you know, it’s just enough to get the point across and then let it go.

Mark: yeah.

Brian: ’cause really, the, well, you’re, you cat’s outside, so he’s now roaming around. He might make a guest appearance, but, yeah, j just enough so the reader understands what’s happening and then show how it works and, I don’t try to get bogged down too much into it. I’m really more interested in how the characters interact with it, how they feel about it, and, yeah. So, yeah. So for me it’s, it’s keep it to a minimum and then make it understandable.

Mark: Yeah. Okay. What advice would you [00:33:00] give to someone who just published their first or second novel?

Brian: There, because it’s a tough racket whether you’re going traditionally published or with a small press or independent, it’s tough. Um, I know with self-publishing everybody thinks it’s great there’s no more barriers. We can, you know, no more rejections, uh, sort of, you know, ’cause now your rejection is coming from readers and people who are either buying it and, and leaving comments or not buying it and getting your work out there and circulated is tough and just hanging in there. It, it, it, it can pay off. But you, you have to learn it like a business and that, that’s been a tough lesson. To where I spend a lot of the time doing business stuff like this and social media and running, paying for ads is almost more than I do writing. And that’s [00:34:00] what you have to do.

You can’t, you, if you just wanna write stuff and put it out, and if they sell, great, and if not, then it’s a fulfilling hobby, well then do that. But if you’re trying to make some sort of a living at it, then you’ve gotta work it like a business.

Mark: Yeah. Is that why the desire to have your publisher to have four books from you a year, does that come from producing books that they can continue to market?

Brian: Well, that has a lot to do with Amazon and their algorithm and how Amazon will sell stuff to people. For example, this two year gap has actually hurt the murder mind quite a bit where sales have actually been pretty low. And then that’s because if you don’t keep the churn up, the machine forgets about you, and now I have to retrain the machine by releasing more material.

Mark: [00:35:00] Okay.

Brian: So yeah, so they’re, so, they’re like, if, if you wanna be successful, you gotta write a lot and you gotta write fast. I envy the guys who can do a book a year, Brad Thor, Jack Carr, that crowd, but they’ve gone on a different route and you know this is where I’m at. So it’s,

Mark: Yeah.

Brian: But yeah, you gotta learn everything about, or everything you can about the publishing business and what works, what doesn’t work, and there’s all kinds of resources for it. And then you just gotta apply yourself to it.

Mark: Yeah. Thank you. Hang in there. I like that. I like that advice a lot. ’cause there’s a lot of readers, especially book one and book two, where hang in there even for me is, is really, really, I feel that advice,

Brian: Well, there’s, you can blame who’s the Game of Thrones guy? George Martin. Yeah. For not completing a series and making excuses about it. The unintended consequence of that [00:36:00] is some readers will not start a series until they know there’s a certain amount of books and they want to know the series will be finished, or if it’s gonna be something ongoing that they can come back to often. So usually by book three, they’re willing to give somebody a chance, and then, but then you have to keep the, you have to keep the production rate up. To keep them engaged.

Mark: Yeah.

Brian: So it it, I mean, the days of a one book bestseller, okay, if you’re going trad, you might, you might get that if you’re going through the independent route and going through Amazon or going wide with other sellers, you’ve really gotta feed the machine.

Mark: Yeah. Where can listeners find your book and what do you have coming up next?

Brian: Well, Amazon, of course, we, my publisher keeps us in the Kindle Unlimited program. So you can, so it’s Amazon exclusive. You can buy it or rent it [00:37:00] through ku. We have another Raven that’s actually out today, the Dark Passage. And then in the coming months, I’m not sure when yet, there’ll be a three book series featuring a new hero named Jack Slayton. And he’s a CIA guy. It’s the usual nonsense. But three, three books there that I think are, are pretty good. And, and after that we’ll see.

Mark: And that’s a three book series or a three book trilogy.

Brian: It’s a three book series. The each book stand is a standalone. But there’s, yeah, there’s, there’s not gonna be any anymore after that. I think I’ve pretty much used that character up and so we’ll see what happens after that.

Mark: Okay. Thank you. All right. We’re gonna go into the spoiler section of the show, which is new in season two of the podcast where we are now gonna talk about the end of your book. So if you are a listener and you wanna read [00:38:00] this book and do not wanna know how it ends, now is the time to pause and come back later.

Or of course, if you wanna listen to it, you can, it will be spoiled for you. So, well, my first question, I think you answered right at the beginning when I, I was gonna ask was Harrington Hunt meant to be Elon Musk because of our current political climate and everything.

Brian: Yeah. Yes, he was, because I was looking for a big bad guy. It’s like, who, who is in charge of these young people that are doing these things and who’s, who’s paying them and who’s organizing everything. And I, and I, I didn’t have that right away. And at the time, I mean, my goodness. See, the November, you know, the election had just happened. Elon was doing his thing,

Mark: Yeah,

Brian: with the president, and everybody was upset. It’s like, we didn’t elect this guy. Why is he so involved? Why is he doing these things? All the controversy.

Mark: yeah,

Brian: And then I thought, you [00:39:00] know, Elon builds rockets.

Mark: yeah, yeah,

Brian: What if he gets, you know, got kicked out of Washington but still wants some influence? What would he do? Oh, he could be, we could have the first individual nuclear power, and that’s how that came about.

Mark: yeah. Cool. I love that.

Brian: It’s a ridiculous concept, but I mean, because there’s, the, the nuclear scientists I spoke with, I didn’t tell him that part of the idea because the details he gave me about how nuclear parts are relegated and, and whatnot there’s no way that that scenario could work in reality, but it was, so, it’s a little over the top, but I liked it too much to ignore it.

Mark: Well, hey, you know, when I was reading it, it was, it, there was close enough to reality to be very scary because of what just happened. So [00:40:00] it, it, it doesn’t seem that far. I mean, I don’t know anything about nuclear, nuclear, anything but I still felt that, you know, there’s this character who’s trying to regain power after losing that political position or political influence. And yeah, that was, you

Brian: Well, I, I can guarantee you, I can guarantee, that the, the security and regulation of nuclear components is very strict and you just, you can’t build a bomb in your garage. It’s, it, it will not happen. There are some parts that are easy to get. The main parts are not, and if you are attempting to acquire them a load of bricks is gonna fall on you so fast. I’m actually quite impressed with what I’ve learned about nuclear security.

Mark: Okay, well, it makes sense. You would hope, but then when you get enough money involved, you never really know.

Brian: It’s not so much the money. I mean, there, there’s, there’s [00:41:00] a reason why we haven’t had, an Al-Qaeda type try to set one off. ‘Cause you can’t stay undercover and stay in secret and try to acquire these components at the same time. It’s not just one country policing this, quite a few countries around the world are policing this to prevent exactly that. I don’t wanna go into too much detail. I’m not sure what I can say based on what I was told. But yeah, it is, it is, it, the security is very tight.

Mark: Okay. That’s cool to know.

Brian: Mm-hmm.

Mark: So did you naturally write the knife fight into this story, or did you have to come up with it as a new way to kill the villain in the end?

Brian: That’s a good question actually. I think I was looking for a new way because usually it’s a gunfight and, you know, a shot to the head or whatever. And I had done that [00:42:00] actually in the previous book, blood Mist, which was book 10. And yeah, I think I wanted to do something different and, part of that actually is, as I recall now, came from a video that somebody sent me a, about knife fight training. And there was some exe or whatever it was who was on YouTube and, and going through his routine, this is how you hold it, it, this is how you, you know, all, all the stuff. And I remember thinking, oh, well that’s nice. Oh, I might use that somewhere. And then it just, stuff like that sits in the back of your subconscious and then you get to that ending point and it’s like, why don’t we have a knife fight? Let’s watch that video again and describe the describe the motions and do something different than we did in the last book.

Mark: Yeah. Cool. Okay. And my last question in the, in the dark tunnel, when they’re in the dark tunnel, they’re armed [00:43:00] and they know, I think it was hunt that comes on the speaker or something to say you’re in trouble, surrender essentially, and they choose to surrender. Was there a moment where you wrote that they didn’t surrender and that they went into, into a gunfight? Or did you just have them choose to give up their weapons from the get go?

Brian: Oh, I don’t remember. I probably thought about it, but based on where they were at and what they didn’t know about the other side, about the, the opposing force, I probably would have rejected that idea very quickly. Just as not being realistic. And I made the choice. I did because I thought it was the best one. Also, it got them into the enemy’s lair to do their thing, and yeah, I guess that’s how it went. It’s like a, I don’t, I don’t think I put as much thought into this stuff as you think I do.

Mark: What goes through my [00:44:00] mind probably from just, being invested in, in like the whole Delta Force Navy Seal thing is when they talk about speed and violence of action, and when they’re winning gun fights and they’re in, a line and they’re winning the firefight and keeping an enemy head down, and that’s their objective. Go fast, go hard, fire lots of bullets, enemy can’t fire back, and then that’s usually how it goes. And that’s what I was expecting. So when you decided to get to surrender, I was like, oh, wow, that’s very interesting because I, that’s not common in these, like in these, in those kinds of situations. To me, I don’t read a lot of it. I’ve read most of it recently with the podcast

Brian: No, I, I, I, I can understand Yeah, why, why you would say that, but I, I was, I, I really had to get them into the layer to show the missiles and then have the final battle. And I still have, or there is still too much of a James Bond influence in my work. So, there has to be that moment where the bad guy explains everything and,

Mark: Yeah.[00:45:00]

Brian: it’s, it was, it was like that.

Mark: yeah. Okay. Yeah. Oh, it was good. I liked it and I like when things happen that I don’t anticipate. That was fun. Thank you so much for your time. I, I really appreciate you taking the time to be on here. If you don’t mind sticking around for a little bit more, I’d like to jump into the after show rapid fire questions.

Brian: Well, well, I enjoyed this very much so, so thank you for, for having me on.

Mark: thank you for listening. I hope you enjoyed hearing that conversation with Brian and I. I know one of the big takeaways for me is that production time of four books in a year, which I think is amazing. I’ve wanted to be able to produce that many books, but I haven’t written enough books in order to put new books out that quickly.

So I love hearing how he does it. I love hearing how other authors do it. I don’t think it’s for me at this point in time, but I do hope one day I may be able to get up to three books in a year. But man, is it [00:46:00] tough with my process to try and turn around books that quickly.

Next week I sit down with Susan Walter, author of Murder at 30,000 Feet. Not only is that just a fantastic novel, I really enjoyed it. But we also get into how she uses naming conventions. ’cause she has so many characters in this book and we get into how she helps readers remember all the different characters.

So things like rhyming the names so that it helps readers remember who’s together. Or using more consonants in one name, so it’s easier to remember that the person with a consonant is this person. So really fascinating conversation. Of course, we get into a lot about her book and the history and her love of planes and all that coming up next episode.

If you’d like to go a little deeper and support the show, there’s a short after show available right now on Patreon. It’s where I sit down with a guest and ask [00:47:00] rapid fire questions. Things like what thrillers inspired them to write. The weirdest Google searches, their guilty pleasures, and the note they leave on your nightstand if they had the opportunity, you can access it for free and for the price of a cup of coffee, you can support the show and get many authors novellas and short stories for free. Link is in the show notes.

They Came At Night
by Westley Smith
TPP EP 25

Westley Smith talks about writing thrillers shaped by lived experience and blending psychological tension with action.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

What happens when a thriller is shaped by lived experience instead of research alone?

In this conversation, I’m joined by Westley Smith, author of They Came at Night, to talk about writing fiction rooted in personal loss, blending psychological tension with action, and how trauma influences character choices on the page.

We discuss how They Came at Night took shape, why some stories resist outlining, and how emotional authenticity can matter more than technical precision when building tension and momentum.

Westley Smith’s book They Came At Night: https://a.co/d/aGFreg3

Follow Westley Smith online: https://westleysmithbooks.com/

Get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments with guests, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. You’ll also be able to support the show and help me keep bringing on great thriller authors: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Today’s Sponsor | Mark P.J. Nadon’s novels: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon: https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Westley Smith is the author of two crime thrillers, Some Kind of Truth and In the Pale Light. In the Pale Light landed on IngramSpark’s #1 pre-order charts in the mystery, thriller, and hard-boiled detective category.

Writing since he was ten, his first short story, “Off to War,” was published nationally at sixteen. His short stories have recently appeared in On the Premise and Unveiling Nightmares. He was the runner-up contestant in the Alfred Hitchcock Mystery Magazine’s Mysterious Photograph Contest, and his short story Winter Reflections was chosen as a finalist for Crystal Lake Publishing’s Shallow Waters short story contest. He also had a short story, The Security Guard, in the horror anthology Hospital of Haunts, which hit #1 on Amazon.

Westley also authored two self-published horror novels, Along Came The Tricksters and All Hallows Eve.

He lives in southern Pennsylvania with his wife and two dogs

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Episode 25 with Westley Smith

Mark: [00:00:00] Coming up on the Thriller Pitch podcast.

Westley: Stories are my fuel. They’re my therapy. They’re my outlet. You know, it’s just, that’s what I do and that has got me through so many hardships in my life.

Mark: What makes a great thriller tick, and what does it take to write one? Welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, where bestselling award-winning and emerging thriller authors share the craft research and real world experiences that power today’s most gripping stories. I’m your host, Mark P.J. Nadon.

Whether you’re writing thrillers or can’t get enough of reading them, this show takes you inside the minds of the authors, behind the twist, characters and moments that keep us turning the page.

Before we get started, I wanna say thank you to everyone who’s been listening since the show launched this summer. Your support, the messages, the enthusiasm has kept the show alive and it really means the world to me. This episode wraps up the [00:01:00] podcast for 2025.

This week I’m joined by Wesley Smith, author of They Came At Night. We talk about blending psychological thriller in action building characters shaped by trauma and why some stories aren’t written for research, but from lived experience. Wesley shares how personal loss and resilience inform this novel, why dark fiction can be a form of survival and what he hopes readers carry with them after the final page.

If you’re interested in stories that explore trauma, endurance, and what people are capable of, when everything is on the line, this is the conversation you want to hear.

Wesley, welcome to the show. Thank you so much for being here

Westley: Thank you for having me.

Mark: I’m excited to talk about they came at night, which is your latest book that we are here to talk about.

Westley: Yes.

Mark: So let’s, let’s hear the pitch. Let’s get into it.

Westley: they came at night as about a traumatically injured woman who sequesters herself at a place [00:02:00] called the Compound. And then she decides she wants to rejoin society, and when she does, she’s going to a retreat with her family and she’s trying to rekindle her life with her family. And what, what she had lost in this traumatic ex because of this traumatic experience.

And they go to this small little town and this town’s kinda weird. The house they’re gonna be staying at, it’s kinda has these weird little things about the house. She starts noticing all this stuff going on around her. And things go from bad to really bad, very fast.

Mark: Yeah. Thank you. So where did this idea come from?

Westley: The idea actually came from a true crime story called The Watcher, which happened a few years ago. There is actually a, there’s a Netflix movie about it, I believe now, but that was the case where this, the, this couple had bought this house [00:03:00] and this, this, someone kept sending him a note saying, I’m watching your house.

And they just kept, they don’t know who ever was doing this. So that’s kind of where the idea percolated from. And then it just kind of grew from there because I knew I couldn’t, I, I knew when that would, when that happened, I couldn’t rate that story because somebody else was gonna be on it who had much bigger clout than me to be able to do that.

So I was like, no, I gotta tweak that idea. But that’s, that’s actually where it came from.

Mark: And how did it grow from there?

Westley: It just. always wanted to do kind of a home invasion type story, but I wanted to put a twist on it and not do like just a home invasion story. I wanted to twist that, that screw a little bit. So that’s kind of where I was kind of looking at it from and not having a protagonist, your normal protagonist in those kind of stories

Mark: are, do you consider yourself a plotter or a pants? Do you, you [00:04:00] write it as you went or did you outline the whole thing and then build

Westley: I, I do a little bit of both. Um, I like to have kind of my character back stories down. Because I find when I’m writing, if I don’t have that, I have, I start to have problems with the plot. The plot is usually, I’m usually pretty good with, ’cause I know what I want to do in the plot, but like when the backstory start to come in and needs to be interwoven, that’s where I start to struggle.

And if I have all that figured out upfront, I’m pretty good to go. So I do both. I do a little plotting, little, little work on the upfront, but I’d leave, I always like to leave myself a little wiggle room so I can, you know, do some fun stuff and not have to be so locked into the the plotting of it.

Mark: Yeah. So how long does it take you? How long did it take you to write they came at night.

Westley: Two months.

Mark: Oh wow. That’s a good, that’s a short time.

Westley: I started in June of 2023, and I was done by September. I’m sorry. I started in July of 2023 and was done in [00:05:00] September of 2023.

Mark: And what’s the process like for you from there?

Westley: From there, it’s like extensive editing. When I’m writing, I usually do 3000 words a day. Now with they came at night, I was, I put myself on a deadline because we were going on vacation in September and I wanted that book done before I went to on vacation, so I didn’t think about it. So I was up to like 10,000 words a day to, if not more than that, just pounding that book out.

After that, I usually give it about a month, month or so break because I need to walk away and just let everything’s settled down, calm, you know, get away from it so I can come back and read it and with fresh eyes. And then I start my editing process and I’m a pretty vigorous rewriter and editor. So I’m, I’m pretty critical of myself.

So I start, I start chopping stuff and taking it out. And then after I get to a point where I’m comfortable with it, where or when I read it, I don’t see the errors. [00:06:00] there. I just don’t see ’em. So then I send it to my editor and then she reads it and then gets back to me, and then this process starts all over again for another round.

Mark: And then after that, you’re going to publication

Westley: I usually, yes, I usually take it around to, to publishers to see if anybody’s interested. I had already pre-sold, they came at night to my publisher who I did worked on. They came at, or I’m sorry, in the pale late with, so they already wanted it, so I had already pre-sold that one to them. So I was already, I was already good with this one.

Mark: Nice. So at its core, what would you say this story is about? When I read it, and I’ll do my best not to give any spoilers, there’s. It almo, it starts almost like a domestic thriller with kind of that, you know, the, I know something’s coming vibes, and then it turns hard. So what, at its core, what, what would you say is this genre that you feel it is, and how did you go about nailing

Westley: I would [00:07:00] say it’s psychological thriller action hybrid,

Mark: Okay.

Westley: because I don’t, I, I did definitely wanted to blend two, two genres together. I love movies and books like that that do that really, really well. And that was something I really wanted to do with this one. And, I knew if I could pull off the first half, the second half of the book ’cause it’s, it’s, it right in the middle of the book’s the book changes it, it’s psychological thriller for the first half of the book and then action, suspense, whatever you wanna call it for the second half. ’cause it completely changes because tone and, you know, just the way everything happens. So it was just so I wanted to just capture, capture that kind of feeling and really dig into this just a different way to tell a psychological thriller. ‘Cause you know, I, I, I, I read those and I was just like, I was kind of bored with reading the same kind of psychological thriller. So I really wanted just to do [00:08:00] something completely different. So that’s what I set out to do.

Mark: Did you see it happening the way it did from beginning to end? Or did you have the domestic, or not domestic, the psychological side kind of mapped out and then it turned? Or did you just have that whole thing from beginning to end in your

Westley: Now I had it, it was always the, the, the whole thing was in my mind, the whole way. The only thing I didn’t have down while I was writing, and I never even had it in my, in my outline of the book was what the reason actually was. The whole, the whole story in a nutshell and why it was happening. I never, I never settled on that until the very end.

Mark: Okay, so it’s kind of like you, you’ve discovered the

Westley: Yeah, I had a couple different ideas in mind of where I wanted it to go, but I didn’t settle on any of those right ways. In fact, I left, the ending kind of opened when I did my first, my first draft. ’cause I was like, nah, I don’t know if I want to go that way. And then, you know, I, I just didn’t, I didn’t [00:09:00] settle on it.

And then, you know, I finally did settle on something so.

Mark: To you, what makes it go that way? Is it, is it like the characters, you just feel this is the situation that characters are in? Or is it the environment coming together? Like how did you know when you wanted to make that final decision? Is this is the way I want it to end.

Westley: True life happened. The how, how it, where it actually went. I, ’cause I don’t wanna spoil it for people who haven’t read it. But real events in the real world is what actually convinced me to go with the ending that I have.

Mark: Yeah, I guess without going to a spoiler, we can’t

Westley: Yeah. Yeah.

Mark: Okay. That’s fair. And when readers put this book down, what are you hoping they’re gonna feel?

Westley: I really hope they walk away with the feeling that the main character really loved her family and was willing to do what she had to do for them, especially her niece. know, ’cause my, the [00:10:00] book is dedicated to my aunt, who I was very close to. And, and in the story, it’s, it’s an aunt and niece relationship.

I had an aunt and nephew relationship, but my aunt was very, I was very close to my aunt, so I wanted that kind of relationship in my, in the book. And I wanted to show that an aunt can be just as, just as much of a mother figure to someone as their mother actually can be. So I, I, that’s, that’s what I want people to take away from it more than anything. And that trauma, trauma, how, and, and how trauma affects not only the person that it happened to, but those around you.

Mark: Which was well done. Which was well done in the

Westley: Thank.

Mark: I was gonna ask about that dedication, because at the beginning I, I noticed it to your end. What is the support structure for you in your writing when you’re putting a book like this together in the background?

Westley: My [00:11:00] wife is always very supportive of my writing. I talk stuff out with her sometimes, if I, if I’m particularly stuck on something, I’ll be like, I need to run something by you. I need to talk this out. ’cause it’s just like you get stuck in the wheels, get spinning up here and you can’t get off that hamster wheel to try to figure it out.

And, you know, I’ll talk to her about it. I talk to my editor Kristen, a lot about problems that I’m having, especially when I’m in the editing part of it. She’s very good at helping me figure out, figure out problems that I’m having with the story. Yeah, just basically that, you know, I do a lot of walking.

For like any, every, every hour I work on my writing, I go out and walk for 10 minutes. And that actually really helps me work out stuff. ‘Cause I’m, I’m big into believing physicality equals really good creativity. So I like to do a lot of physical stuff with, but with my creativity. So going out and walking or chopping wood or something is really, really gets my, thoughts going.

Mark: Okay, so you’re a physical, your physical break, [00:12:00] it’s not a break. It’s not a mental break. You’re actually getting, by being physical, you’re getting more active in almost a creative way in the backgrounds.

Westley: yeah. I can’t just sit at, I have trouble sitting in the same spot for hours at a time. ’cause before I was riding full time, I worked in factories and you know, I slung steel for eight to 10 hours a day. So I’m used to moving all day. For me to sit here for 10 to 12 hours a day is extremely hard.

And my back started bothering me and stuff like that. And when I was doing it and I’m like, I can’t, I can’t keep this up. So I got up and started walking and moving around, and then I just noticed the change in me and I was like, oh, that’s the ticket. I gotta get up and do something. So I just started doing that and that, that’s been a lifesaver.

More or less, you know.

Mark: Is that time based for you where you’ll write for an hour and then. On, almost on a timer, or is it just a feeling, oh, I’ve, I’ve done so much now I’m going at it.

Westley: No, no, I don’t usually use a timer. I [00:13:00] just, you know, I have the clock in the side of the computer here. I just, I watch that. I’ll look down every once in a while and be like, okay, it’s about time. ’cause you know, the time gets off and, you know, I’ll get into writing and be like, oh, I miss my miss my hour.

I don’t, I’m not that strict on it. But like I try to get up and do it every hour or so.

Mark: Nice. I have found sometimes when I, when I stop, so when I get to the, to the page, so to speak, and I start writing, sometimes it’s 15, 20 minutes before I can really get into writing ’cause my head has to get back

Westley: Mm-hmm.

Mark: And then once I’m into it, if I step out, like for that physical activity, my brain just goes completely somewhere else and I sit back down. I have to try and find that space again. So that’s really interesting that you’re able to process while you’re doing the physical and then come right back to the

Westley: Yeah, because when I walk away, it’s usually the, that’s my point. To think, to stop, to stop the actual writing and actually think about how I wanna continue or where I want to fix stuff or, you know, it’s, it just gives my brain that moment [00:14:00] to pause and, and actually think, ’cause I gotta, I gotta focus on something else.

I gotta focus on walking, you know, I gotta focus on whatever I’m doing. And then that is like. I can, I can finally think, because I’m not typing and thinking of the, the actual words that I need to put on page to the pros and, you know, how good did this sound? How bad does that sound? I’m not thinking about that at that point.

Mark: In writing this book, what would you say was the most difficult part of that journey from from initial thought to publication?

Westley: Probably for me, just trying to get it done on my personal deadline,

Mark: Okay.

Westley: You know, just 10,000 words a day was a lot of words, and I was tired after those days. That was probably, you know, and that was my own, that was my own doing. But I, I just really did not want this book hanging over me going on vacation. ’cause I would’ve thought about it all vacation and my wife would, wouldn’t have liked that. So I was like, nope. Getting that out of the way.

Mark: do [00:15:00] Future books that you are writing. Do you give yourself more time to give yourself more breathing space, or are you still able to output that kind of words in order to get that and book out it?

Westley: I could, if, if I want to. I, I honestly could. I don’t do that all the time. That is an unsustainable, way of writing in my opinion. I’ll burn out doing that kind of work every day, and I, I don’t. I don’t know if like every day, every day I do try to sit down at the computer and write 3000 words.

That’s my daily goal to get 3000 out. Monday through Friday I take the weekends off ’cause I like to think about stuff. But most of the time I hit that goal and then I’ll walk away. If I go over that, I’m even, I’m happy, you know, I always try to have the first draft of a book done in about three months. So depending on what size it is if it’s getting a little on the longer end, you know, it might take a little bit longer, but most of the time I try to [00:16:00] keep it to about three months so I can have this book done in that point so I can have it at least ready to go out to wherever it’s going within eight months or so.

Mark: Do you find pressure from day to day if you don’t hit 3000, like you get 2,500 ’cause you’re just not having a great day, or you get interrupted by something. Do you feel pressure the next day to do 3,500 or do you stick to 3000 a day and hope for the three month deadline?

Westley: No, not, not really. I’ve dealt with a lot of things that are unexpected in my life and I don’t, things happen, you know, it’s just things happen. And I think to put that kind of unneeded pressure on you is, is, now I will say if I had a deadline, like a, or strict deadline for a publication, I would probably put the extra work in and it wouldn’t be a problem.

But when I’m just, when I’m working on a new book that has no publisher yet, or I am just still, you know, in the early stages of it, no, I [00:17:00] won’t do that. I do have the weekends off, and if I want to come back, I can catch up on the weekends. That’s why I write Monday through Friday.

But most of the times I’m gonna write over 3001 of those days. So I’ll catch up anyways. It’s going, it’s bound to happen, you know like if I only did 2,500 on Monday, I’m definitely doing 5,000 on Wednesday or something. It’s gonna happen ’cause I can’t help myself. So that’s why I don’t worry about it too much.

But, you know, I try to get to that 3000 majority of the time it’s kinda like working out you, you can’t hit the gym every day, but you want to hit the gym the majority of your days out of the month. It’s kind of how I look at it.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. That’s a really healthy approach. I like that. Let’s talk about research a little bit. What research went into this book from the trauma to. Well, I don’t know how much we can talk about the second half of the book as it [00:18:00] materializes, but I guess let’s talk in general about research and how much went into it.

Westley: So the trauma aspect, I, I get asked this question a lot. How did you research the trauma aspect of the book and the trauma aspect. I didn’t do any research. That’s just lived experience. Now my trauma is completely different from Sandra’s trauma, which I won’t go into. I won’t go into Sandra’s trauma, but my trauma, I’ll go into it a little bit of, I lost my dad when I was 12. I helped him through a lot of medical issues. He had diabetes, he lost his legs, he had gangrene. I was running IVs at 12, catheters at 12, insulin shots. And then my mom got sick in 98 or 90, 97. She fell ill, I took care of her at 18 and then had to shut her off of a ventilator.

At 18, I was still in high school, so I deal with a lot of trauma from all these lived experiences, and I just kind of brought all that into [00:19:00] Sandra and just how, how I felt people viewed me. You know, after, after I went through this experience, I was a different person than what I was before the experience, especially after shutting my mom off a ventilator. So people viewed me differently. I viewed the world differently. And it was just this, this something that I wanted to share with people and how trauma does affect affect yourself and affect those around you. And how, how it, not only it hurts you personally, but it hurts other people too. And how they want, they want you to be the same person you were before this, but you’re not the same person you are you are a changed person. And that’s really what I wanted to write about and talk about. And again, going back to your earlier question, that was what really excited me about this book. Not everything that happened in the book, but talking about Sandra’s trauma and how everybody around her just views her now.

Mark: I imagine that’s quite [00:20:00] therapeutic to get out onto the page as well, even when it’s fictionalized from someone else’s

Westley: Yes. Yeah.

Mark: I from a character. ’cause I have found that too. Yeah.

Westley: Yeah. It, it was a, you know, a long time coming of just things I have dealt with over the years, and it was like, I need to get this off me and let it be lived, you know, in a, in through a character, which is mostly how I deal with everything through, through writing.

Mark: Wow. I’m glad you have that outlet. That is a lot to take on for a young person in high school now. And all good for you for, for finding writing in books and, and having

Westley: Thank you. Yeah, it’s been my lifesaver, stories just in general, you know, whether it’s coming from books, movies, comic books, audio books. I don’t, whatever stories are my fuel. They’re my, they’re, they’re my therapy. They’re my outlet. You know, it’s just, that’s what I do and that has got me through so many hardships in my [00:21:00] life.

Mark: That’s awesome. I want to talk about characters a little bit, and I’m curious with Janice, which is the mother who comes on the scene and is almost our first antagonist, was she meant to be almost the villain of the story until we meet the villains of the story.

Westley: yes, she is absolutely meant to be the villain of the story. Yeah, I don’t wanna say too much that I’ll get myself in trouble.

Mark: Okay, because I found her quite a difficult character to, to almost process in what she was saying. And it was just like eating me up and I’m like, oh, how could you say that? And then her poor daughter

Westley: Yeah.

Mark: just trying to cope with it. I mean, she had her reasons, I suppose in the end. Like, well, we discover her reasons for sort of, but I still, did you try to build empathy into that situation? Because I could almost feel that we were trying to understand her mom, but at the same time I [00:22:00] couldn’t feel like what she had done was the right thing.

Westley: No, I did not try to build em empathy in for her because I wanted you to hate her. As much as you could. No, I didn’t. I didn’t want her to redeem herself at all. Because I know people like her and that’s why I didn’t, I did not want there, there is a little redemption arc for her, and it’s really, it’s really subtle.

But it does happen but I didn’t want it to be, I didn’t want it to be like this. Oh, everything’s great now. We, we, we talked, we’re, we’re happy. ’cause that’s, that’s not real life And that most of the, most of the time that’s not how things are resolved, you know? And I, I didn’t want to do that. I wanted her to be what she was just as nasty as she was,

Mark: Yeah. Okay. Yeah. Oh, that’s fair. She was. Did you at any point, adjust the [00:23:00] trauma that Sandra had been through, given the trauma that she eventually went through? When you’re looking at this, almost like a scale of trauma, because halfway through, like you mentioned, halfway through the book, things get really dark and she still uses her original trauma for processing what she’s going through then but at the same time, what she’s going through at that moment is so much

Westley: Mm-hmm.

Mark: or it seems like it, even though we don’t, you know, have a exact play by

Westley: Yeah. Y Yes and no. I knew she could only have so much trauma in what happened to her originally. Like, you know, I couldn’t go too far with it because if I went too far, I felt she wouldn’t have ever come back because she’s on the verge of coming. You know, she’s, she’s like, when she goes to, she goes with her family she’s, she’s still on that, she’s still walking that tightrope of where she’s at in life. And I, I had to keep her there [00:24:00] for as long as I could before, when the event happens and things get really bad, she needed to have a complete collapse at that point. So I wanted her right on that tight rope the whole time until then, because when everything goes down, she almost becomes animalistic.

There’s the scene in the kitchen where she’s eating and she’s not tasting anything. She’s just eating for fuel. And I was like, she, when I was writing it, I’m like, she’s an animal. She is, she’s, she. That’s all she is now. And I had to, I took her even further and my editor is like, you have to pull this back a little bit you have to pull it back because she’s too far gone. And, you know, like I, I was losing her humanity and like that that’s still in there she almost still loses it as the second part is going on there’s a couple quotes in there where she’s, she’s, she doesn’t care about anybody else.

And it’s only about the niece. And that’s her mission. That’s what she’s gonna do. And there’s nothing else. And my editor was on my butt about that. She’s like, you’ve got [00:25:00] to back this up. She is, she’s completely the void of humanity. And so I was like, okay. So it was just a little bit of a tweaking there.

Mark: And the compound she visits where she gets a lot of that care after her trauma. Is that based on anything

Westley: It is not. No, it is not. It was, it’s all a fictional place. I didn’t go and do any research on compounds or anything like that because I wanted it unique to this story. So it’s all just completely made up. There is no, there is no place like this that I’m, that I’m aware of. Yeah.

Mark: Okay.

Westley: Because I, like I said, I wanted it completely unique to this story, and so I did, I didn’t do much research.

Mark: Okay. I got a question from you from Joel Ecky, who was the last guest on the show. Technically, he’s the next guest on the show, but because I was sick and we ended up postponing this, he was, I had talked to him two days ago, even though you’re up at this episode, comes up first, but I, anyway, it all got kind of mixed up in the order.

[00:26:00] So his question for you. Is, has getting older helped you become a better writer?

Westley: Yes. Yes just lived experiences has helped me become a better writer. Yeah, because I, most of my stuff is set in, pretty real circumstances. The, this book gets a little, a little a little farfetched at times, but it’s, it’s supposed to be. But like my, my previous two books in the Pale Light especially, is about a cancer patient someone who’s dying of cancer trying to solve a murder. So that was a really heavy book to write about.

Mark: Mm-hmm.

Westley: So I, I would, a lot of people say, when they ask me about they came at night, was, was how was this to write? And I said, oh, it was great. I had a lot of fun. They’re like, you had a lot of fun with this. I was like, my last book was about a person dying of cancer who was trying to solve a murder. Yes. This was fun in comparison to talking about dying of cancer. [00:27:00] Yeah. This was fun.

Mark: Are these the kinds of stories that you plan to tell like you enjoy telling you and you plan to tell these darker psychological where people are really testing their personal limits?

Westley: I love, I love dark stories, not, not horror stories per se, but just really dark, nasty stories. I love getting into why people do things, how people react to situations. I love anti-heroes. That’s like one of my favorite tropes is an anti-hero. I just, I, I love that kind of. That kind of grittiness and just getting into like what makes people do certain things. So all my books are really dark like that. They all have wounded. Traumatized protagonists, you know, that that’s just it, I guess. Kind of like me. That’s what I like. Hey, you know, I, and I like movies like that.

I like books like that. That can do it. Well, you know, I, I love like the Matt Scutter series. ‘Cause he’s, [00:28:00] he’s a recovering alcoholic and I just, I eat that stuff up. I just, I just like that, that, ’cause it’s like there’s personal demons that you’re working through, but yet you’re going to do the right thing and it’s just like, ugh. It’s just that. I just like that.

Mark: yeah. It feels very

Westley: Yeah.

Mark: As you’re, you’re doing all this writing and reading. Is there anything you do to build your, your pro skills as you, as you get older or do you feel that just the reading and this and the act of writing and the editor, I guess

Westley: Yeah. Yeah, pretty much what you just said. The reading, active writing, and the editor. Between those three has been my, the, the best thing that’s, that’s helped me, you know, and I do a lot of rewriting, so like, I might, you know, the first draft, I’ll write it down and it, it’ll be fine. It, it’s serviceable.

But then I go back and I really like to punch it up and give it more than what, what I had originally. And I do that all the time, you know, it’s just like, oh, I can do this better, I can do this better. And it’s just like trying to make it better [00:29:00] without making it wordy.

That’s the thing I try to avoid. ’cause I don’t wanna be too wordy. So I try to, I call myself a, to the point writer. I like to give you just enough, but not so much that it’s becomes just all these words on the page. I, because I don’t like reading stuff like that when it’s really wordy like that.

I just find it really hard to concentrate and I don’t, I don’t care for it, so I just, I, I write to the point and like try to get what I’m trying to say across, in as few as words as possible, but, you know, to make it still enjoyable and well written.

Mark: Do you find in your editing process that you end up cutting like the 10% that a lot of people talk about? Or do you find yourself almost putting things back in?

Westley: It depends. This book they came at night. It’s pretty much how I wrote it from the beginning. There. There’s minor changes. There’s some stuff that I did take out but I had a, the book I have coming out next year. That was almost a page one rewrite [00:30:00] just because of what I did.

And then the editor caught me on it and she’s like, no, no, no, no, no. And I went back and had to almost do a page one rewrite. I had too many characters. I had too many plots going on, too many of all of everything happening at once. And she’s like, you’ve got to take some of this out. So that was almost the page one rewrite. So I’m gonna say it depends on each book.

Mark: Do you find when you’re writing, there’s something, I don’t know if I would wanna say a weakness in the writing, but almost like something that you look for in the rewrite that, you know, you have a habit of like, not doing enough. Like for me, when I write, sometimes my characters spend a lot of time in their heads. So I know when I go through, I have to cut a lot of that internal dialogue because it just starts to bog down. Or I know I don’t, may not describe the scene enough. ’cause like you, I like to think, keep things moving. So I only want, you know, I might say a thing or two and then I’m out. But I, I could use more.

Do you find anything like that with your writing in this book?

Westley: I have a tendency to stop what’s going on To tell you what something looks like [00:31:00] instead of intertwining it with the action.

Mark: Hmm.

Westley: that was just something I learned through the editor. I didn’t know I was doing this, which is, this is a great thing about having really good editors.

Mark: Yeah.

Westley: I didn’t know I was doing this, but she’s like, you, you described this town. I did it in my second book into Pale Light. I have this the town is part of the story, so I wanna describe the town and what it looks like because it’s so integral to the story. But I just stopped the entire story just to tell you what the town looked like, and she’s like, wrap that around the, the story.

And like, I didn’t understand what she, what she meant at first. And like that, you know. And then like as I’m working on the Rera, I’m like, the light bulb goes off. I’m like, oh. Have them doing something so it doesn’t seem like you’re information dumping. Yeah that’s probably my biggest fault is that I’ll end up doing that and I can catch myself now doing it, but I, I couldn’t before having her help.

Mark: Nice. So you actually catch it in your first

Westley: Yeah. [00:32:00] Yeah. And they came at night, Sandra gets outta the car and she sees the town. But I was able to wrap that and I wanted just to get the town, what the town looked like, what she was seeing. I think I did it in one paragraph and kept moving. So you know it, but I got, I did it with her getting out of the car with, all the other things going on and, at the gas station and all that, and had the kids walking up the street. So there was all these other things going on, but I could quickly describe the town.

Mark: Yeah. Nice. What advice would you give to someone who just published their first or second book?

Westley: It is a lot of work. Be prepared for a lot of hard work and self-promotion. No matter, even if you’re traditionally published, independently published, self-published, be prepared to work your butt off because it’s never ending. It’s, it’s a lot of work to, to the, when you’re done writing that, isn’t it, you, you’ve gotta promote, which is, I feel the hardest part of this

Mark: [00:33:00] Yeah. Absolutely. Is there anything you’ve found that has worked best for you so far?

Westley: for promotion.

Mark: Yeah.

Westley: I’ve never went viral or anything like that. I just, I try to be in all, all the groups I can be in, try to post my stuff when people are asking for suggestions. You know, like, Hey, I am looking for a new author, or I would like a new book. I always like to throw my hat into the, into the ring.

Just, you never know. There’s some people who will see that and be like, oh, great, I’ll give this guy a try. That. Works. Sometimes it doesn’t work. It’s all up in the air. You, you can never really tell. I do do a tour with a group called Partners in Crime when I release a book and they always get me out there.

They help get readers and our reviewers and get me booked on podcasts and blog interviews and stuff like that so that it gets my name out there. It gives me a little extra help [00:34:00] that I wouldn’t have the reach for just being a independent author.

Mark: Is that for thrillers mostly? Is that why It’s called

Westley: Partners in crime. Yep.

Mark: they help promote, they help promote thriller

Westley: Other writers, they, they do a little bit of horror, a little. They do, they do just a bunch of different stuff. They’re, they’re really good. Gina’s great. I’ve worked with her all, for all three of my books. And I’ll be working with her for my fourth, so she’s great to work with and they hook you up with all kinds of different things and places and it’s pretty awesome to have that little extra help in your corner to help get you out there and find places that you can promote your work to other readers and stuff that you wouldn’t have a reach to.

Mark: Yeah. Nice. Oh, cool. I’ll have to check them out. Last question. Where can listeners find your books?

Westley: You can find my books on Amazon, at my publisher@watertowerhill.com, Barnes and Noble. All the links to these places are on my website, wesley [00:35:00] smith books.com. If you wanna follow me, I’m on Facebook and Instagram at w Smith Books.

Mark: Great, thank you. I will link all that to the show notes. Thank you for your time. This has been

Westley: Thank you.

Mark: loved learning about this. Thank you for sharing all

Westley: Absolutely. Thank you for having me on.

Mark: If you don’t mind taking a few minutes, we’re gonna jump into the after show for our Patreon members, ask some rapid fire questions. Thank you.

Thanks for listening to the Thriller Pitch Podcast. If you enjoyed this conversation, make sure you’re following the show. The next episode features Joel Nki, author of the Broken Detective. We talk about writing morally complicated protagonists, using place as character, and why some stories are less about redemption and more about understanding who people really are when the pressure doesn’t let up.

If you’d like to go a little deeper, there’s a short after show available right now. It’s where authors answer rapid fire questions. They don’t get asked anywhere [00:36:00] else their favorite thrillers, creative habits, uncomfortable choices, it’s free to listen to and you don’t need to support anything to access that. You’ll find the link in the show notes. Thanks again for being here. Happy New Year. I’ll see you in 2026.

White Tiger by Andrew Warren
TPP EP 21

A conversation about danger, strategy, and the villain who tests Thomas Caine in every way.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

In this episode, Andrew Warren joins me to talk about how he created White Tiger — a villain who’s as tactically intelligent as he is physically dangerous. We dig into writing action that’s fast but clear, how to use strategy to shape a fight scene, and why a smart antagonist raises every aspect of a thriller.

Andrew also talks about returning to the Thomas Caine world for Book Six, keeping a long-running series fresh, and the choices that help each story feel different without losing what readers love.

If you’re writing thrillers or looking for a deeper look at how villains and action scenes work together, this is a conversation you won’t want to miss.

Andrew Warren’s book White Tiger: https://a.co/d/j6QRo5f

Follow Andrew Warren online: https://andrewwarrenbooks.com/

Get early access to episodes, bonus after-show segments with guests, and my free novella Cognitive Breach. You’ll also be able to support the show and help me keep bringing on great thriller authors: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Today’s Sponsor | Mark P.J. Nadon’s novels: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon: https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

I’m Andrew Warren, author of the international bestselling Thomas Caine thriller series. And ever since I saw the movie Goldfinger as a child, I’ve been addicted to action-packed tales of spies and espionage.

For me, the allure of the spy thriller is the drama of a lone hero, working on their own in the shadows. Struggling to walk the razor’s edge between right and wrong, never knowing who they can trust. Or who might betray them at any moment.

In each of my books, I try to take readers on a “virtual vacation”, an imaginary journey to spectacular International locations filled with fascinating characters, heart-stopping suspense, and explosive action scenes that rival Hollywood’s biggest blockbusters.

I was born in New Jersey, but I currently live in Southern California with my wife and Loki, our intrepid dachshund companion. Decades of experience in the film and television industry have given me a love for cinematic storytelling, and I’ve been lucky enough to work as a writer, story consultant, and post supervisor.

When I’m not writing, I feed my creative process through extensive travel—both for pleasure and research. I try to stay fit with an active lifestyle of hiking, skiing, kickboxing, and the occasional attempt at surfing (I’m terrible at it, but I love being in the water.) Yet even during these adventures, my mind often drifts to Thomas Caine’s next high-stakes mission.

I hope you’ll come along for the ride. You can learn more about me and my books at andrewwarrenbooks dot com. And you can dive straight into the action with Tokyo Black, book 1 in the Thomas Caine thriller series…

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Episode 21 with Andrew Warren

[00:00:00] Coming up on the Thriller Pitch podcast.

Andrew: I envisioned the scene where the white tiger fighting someone. But as he’s fighting this guy and doing these martial arts he’s also calling out these numbers and you’re not really sure what’s going on. Why is he calling G eight and G nine. And then when the scene’s over there’s this reveal that the whole time he is been fighting this other guy, he has also been playing this very complex chess like game with a computer.

Mark: What makes a great thriller tick, and what does it take to write one? Welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, where bestselling award-winning and emerging thriller authors share the craft research and real world experiences that power today’s most gripping stories. I’m your host, mark p Jay Nadal.

Whether you’re writing thrillers or can’t get enough of reading them, this show takes you inside the minds of the authors, behind the twist. Characters [00:01:00] and moments that keep us turning the page.

This week I’m joined by Andrew Warren, the author behind the Thomas Kane Action thriller series. We dig into how he created the white tiger, a villain who’s both physically dangerous and tactically intelligent. We talk about balancing action with strategy, writing fights that are fast, yet informative, and the challenge of keeping a long running series fresh without repeating yourself.

If you write thrillers or wanna deepen the way you handle action and antagonists, this is a conversation you’ll want to hear.

Andrew, welcome back to the show. Thank you so much for being here.

Andrew: hey man, thank you for having me. It’s always, always a pleasure. Excited to, to be back.

Mark: You are officially the first guest to be a repeat guest, and you were the first guest on the epi on the podcast. So you are hitting all the All the check marks. Yeah, yeah, exactly.

Andrew: Alright. You know, that’s actually really funny because some of my readers may know, and some of your viewers may know, like I signed a a with a publisher for my Thomas [00:02:00] Kane book. So they’ve been re-releasing the series and when I first came on, they had just rereleased the first one, and now that I’m back, they’ve, we’ve published the first brand new one. So it’s, that’s sort of interesting that that’s the way the timing worked out. So.

Mark: Yeah. And we are here to talk about it. Have it over the camera. A white tiger. Thank you for the copy. We both have our copies here. Yeah, thank you. I’ve, really enjoyed it. I haven’t been able to finish it as always it’s can be challenging to read a book in a week or less between guests, but I have halfway through or so a big, pretty intense car chase, long car motorcycle, intense chase about halfway through that. I absolutely loved. It was a lot of fun.

Andrew: as long as you’re enjoying the ride, that’s all that

Mark: I am. Thank you. So let’s get into the pitch before I talk too much about your book.

Andrew: Right on. Well, like I said, so we’ve been republishing the original series all leading up to White Tiger, which is the first brand new book in the cane series in a while. So I wanted to do something a little bit different. And so White Tiger is actually kind of a [00:03:00] spiritual sequel to Tokyo Black, the first book in the series.

So in White Tiger Cain has kind of come full circle. He is come in from the cold, he’s working with the CIA and he is working on a mission in South Korea that goes sideways and things go pretty disastrously wrong. So he’s recalled to the United States, but before he can leave the country, he gets a message from a character that we met in Tokyo Black.

And I don’t want to give anything away, but you know, it’s a very sort of vague message. But Kane knows this person well enough to know that this is a, a call for help. So he sort of goes rogue, ignores his orders, and travels to Japan to help this old friend of his, where he becomes embroiled in a much larger conspiracy, dealing with a rival yakus, a clan, which connects back to what was happening to him in South Korea.

Mark: Awesome. So where did this idea come from? And this is book six. So this is a series. Let’s talk about not just where this, like where this idea came from first, but then how you build this entire [00:04:00] series because there’s so much that goes into an action thriller series like this and keeping readers interested and motivated.

Andrew: man, it’s, it’s tricky and I don’t think, I’m gonna say this a lot in this interview, but I don’t think there’s any one answer, there’s no, like, I’m sure if you ask 10 authors, you’re gonna get 10 different ways of approaching it. But for me, the way I kind of looked at it was I always knew I wanted it to be a series.

I didn’t know if readers would take to it, but my intention from book one was that it would be a series, but I, kind of always tried to do two somewhat contradictory things in a way. So when I was writing Tokyo Black when I got to, maybe midway through, I would start to think, okay, what could the next book be about?

How could this series continue? And, Tokyo Black was set all in Japan and another country that I visited and was really fascinated by was China. And it just seemed like a natural fit. Well, okay, maybe at least for the first few books, maybe there’s a focus on East Asia, which isn’t something I thought had been done to death.

There’d been a lot of books set like [00:05:00] in the Middle East, or a lot of books set domestically. And I thought Asia, which was a con, an area that I’ve traveled quite a bit. I was like, maybe that’s kind of, could be sort of my niche.

So that was the first thought so as I was writing Tokyo Black, in the back of my mind. Was like, okay, well if the next book’s in China, what could that be about? And I knew that there was this partner character that had been mentioned. I was like, well, maybe his partner needs help or something like that.

And that idea morphed and changed quite a bit by the time I got to book two. But those were still kind of the basic seeds and you can see it there. However, one thing that I always try to do, no matter what book I’m working on, and I’ll get a quote. I, have you ever seen the movie Gatica?

Mark: I don’t think so. I may

Andrew: It’s a, it’s a, yeah, it’s an older. movie. It’s like from the nineties. It’s a sci-fi movie. The story of it isn’t important, but there’s a line in it where there are these two brothers that always race. They swim out to rock and swim back. And the swim back is really treacherous ’cause it gets very foggy and the water’s rough. And so the one brother who is like [00:06:00] physically superior, but he always loses the race. And he is like, why, how did you always beat me and the other brother’s? Like, I never saved anything for the swim back. He just like all out both ways. And if he lost his energy and drowned, that was that.

And so I feel like when you’re writing, you can’t save anything for the next book. You’ve gotta put all your love and all your ideas and all your attention into the book you’re working on. So don’t hold anything back and be like, oh, this is a good idea. I’ll save it for a later book. Put everything you can into that first book, and then when you get to the next book, you’ll have new ideas and fresh ideas. But obviously something, like a location, I wasn’t gonna suddenly shift Tokyo Black to China so I felt that was fine. I just wrote that down, wrote down a couple things, but that’s kind of the way I do it.

The things that really inspire me for books are usually either locations or characters so for instance, the Red Phoenix that was inspired by the location, I was like, okay, I’ve written about Japan, now I wanna write a book set in China. White Tiger though was very much inspired by the characters.

Both Cannes Allies and the villain, I thought it would be [00:07:00] cool, since this was the first brand new book since we’d started the re-release, I thought it would be interesting to circle back, to book one and maybe revisit some of those characters and see like, how have things changed for them?

How are they the and Kane himself going on this journey of being like a kind of rogue outsider at the beginning to being back in from the cold and working for the agency. And I wanted to see how other characters we had met had changed. So that was part of it. And then also the character of the White Tiger himself came about I was, just researching ideas for a villain, and I came across this condition, the cat’s eye syndrome, where a human being’s eyes can have cat-like pupils. And I just thought that was such a fascinating physical quirk. I’m like, that’s gotta be a, that I gotta use that for a villain.

How could I make this work? And so originally White Tiger wasn’t planned to be the next book. I was, the book that I’m finishing now was going to be the next book, but as soon as that villain came into my head and I just pictured him I couldn’t, I was, [00:08:00] I just was off and running. I couldn’t drop that idea. It was just, I loved it so much. And that’s where White Tiger came from. As a long answer to your question.

Mark: So when you’re building this book six, do you have a wall of everything that’s happened in all of the people or is this in your brain?

Andrew: No.

Mark: How do you keep track of all this? Because I think staying true to this story, like staying true to the characters must get hard over time. The downside to a series to me is that you don’t get to start fresh.

You have these people that have, you’re trying to develop them. You’re trying to give them a story arc every time. That’s how do you keep track of it all?

Andrew: It is tricky and honestly, up until White tiger, I would say most of the cane books, there’s a, kind of background through line, but they are all standalone stories. Even White Tiger, I think is a standalone story. The main plot is wrapped up at the end of each book. So the connecting tissues are little things like there’s only a few characters that go through all the books, so for White Tiger, for example, going back to [00:09:00] those, the characters from Book one, a lot of those characters had not been seen since Tokyo Black? So there wasn’t a ton of stuff to go into, but it is tricky like characters like Rebecca, who are in every book, and how her and Kane’s relationship, where’s it at, what stages it at, how are the pressures that they’re both under affecting them? How to make that both dramatic but also kind of natural and realistic, that is very challenging. And in fact, on the book I’m working on now, I’m sort of looking at that, like how much should Rebecca be involved in this story should I dial her back a little bit? That part is complicated. But for a white tiger, it was actually really fun because the characters you’re spending most of your time with haven’t been seen since book one. So I of had a free canvas, like what would happen to all these people and so I was free to play around and some of them are very similar to last time we saw them, but some of them are very different. That was kind of a blast to come up with the different trajectories that they went off on.

Mark: And someone like Rebecca how are you building her arc throughout all these stories from someone who, ’cause it’s like [00:10:00] she’s a love interest. In the first one we’re kinda like a former love interest. And then now we’re, now they’re, well, I don’t wanna give away my, should this, I guess you could, yeah.

I don’t remember. Hasn’t read the stories. I don’t wanna give it away, but

Andrew: Yeah. They’re together in a book before this, so that’s not new.

Mark: How do you make that Because one of the things about action pillars that, or I guess I think more like James Bond, where he’s a ladies man, right? Whereas Thomas Kane is he is almost conflicted, even in this book where there’s moments where he’s conflicted about that, where he’s oh, I don’t wanna do this.

I’m not into this. And then there’s a moment where he is like, well, I can get into, you know, why not? Yeah.

Andrew: Like he’s, he’s a human being, but he is definitely not a ladies man. And one of the things I kind of tried to do with Kane when I, when I envisioned the character was I definitely did not want like a kind of cookie cutter copy of James Bond. Even though I love Fleming’s writing, Fleming’s writing is a huge influence on me. But that character’s been done and I didn’t want to do that character. And Kain to me, when I imagine someone like Kain, when we first meet Kain, he’s been betrayed. He’s very [00:11:00] bitter. He doesn’t trust anybody. He’s paranoid almost there’s hints that he may even have PTSD from what’s happened to him. That is not a guy in my mind that is going out and hitting on chicks at bars, or like trying to sleep with every woman he meets. It’s almost the opposite. He’s suffering massive guilt. He kind of subconsciously sabotages all his relationships in my opinion, in those early books. So I just tried to approach everything from that lens. So when he would hook up with somebody in an earlier book, it was more like, these are two people who are both damaged in a similar way. It’s not a fun fling. It’s more like, this is the only little bit of solace these two individuals are gonna get for a little while.

And really all he wants, like in those early books is to, to rekindle his relationship with Rebecca and get back to that, you know, that’s kind of what he’s craving. So that was sort of the arc up till then. But I kind of feel like any of these things, you can only keep them going for so long and then you have to introduce a spin or a new element, so the book that I’m working on now, kind of, and I don’t [00:12:00] wanna give it away ’cause it’s new, but it throws a new kind of wrench into, you know, the relationship starts out. They’re former lovers, they’re not together. There’s some bitterness there.

They come around over several books, they’re able to rekindle that relationship. But the, the job and the demands of the job and the two different sides of the jobs that they represent, where Kane’s like out in the world, in the field, and Rebecca is in a more kind of political bureaucratic side of it, that puts stress on the relationship.

And then this new book I’m working on now, there’s a new instant that happens that twists that wrench a little bit and sends things in a new direction. So I don’t, I, I don’t have a like, grand plan of here’s where they’re going to end up. It’s more just what’s believable. You know what? I don’t wanna just like change things for change’s sake, but you also need to kind of keep things developing in an interesting direction.

So I, it’s, I just play it by ear, like book by book.

Mark: And with your characters, how do you avoid repeating personalities when you go from book to book?

Andrew: Oh, wow. Hmm. You mean [00:13:00] like in terms of secondary characters or

Mark: yeah. We know, yeah, we know Cain and Rebecca and they’re, let’s say the villain of a book one versus the villain of a book six, it’s easy to almost fall into what are their motivations and what are like, there’s a lot of villains later. How do you avoid oh, this villain sounds a lot like villain six books ago.

Andrew: I mean some of that, I think some of that just comes from their personality. Everyone’s got their own backstory and that kind of colors their personality. So, for instance, for this book for the White Tiger, I kind of thought, when I looked at the other villains in the past that I’d put in the books, they were all either physical challenges for Kane or intellectual challenges for Kane. They tended to fall into those two groups. And so I was like, what if there was a character that was both? And so when that idea came into my head, I instantly, for whatever reason, this is just one of those writer things.

I hadn’t outlined it. I don’t know where it actually, I do know where it came from. We can get into that later. But I, I envisioned the scene where there’s this guy, the white tiger. ’cause I already had a kind of physical idea of what he looked like, fighting [00:14:00] someone. But as he’s fighting this guy and doing these martial arts and he’s defending himself and blocking, he’s also calling out these numbers and you’re not really sure what’s going on.

And I thought that would be a kind of cool just visual and audio scene. Why is he calling G eight and G nine and all this stuff. And then when the scene’s over. There’s this reveal that the whole time he is been fighting this other guy, he has also been playing this very complex chess like game with a computer. And he’s so intellectually superior, that he’s able to keep this game in his head and play it well also fighting this guy and being a martial arts expert and to me I was like, that is a powerful villain. Once you see that, you’re like, oh man, this guy could actually threaten Kane someone with those physical abilities and those intellectual abilities. And then once you have that idea, their personality derives from that. So, this character, he plays this game called Oggi, and he sees his plots and sees the people around him as pieces in Oggi game, and that’s how he relates to the world, I don’t think there’s an easy answer and sometimes when I’m revising, I [00:15:00] do look at dialogue and say, this sounds too much like a generic villain, or, this sounds like stuff I’ve done before, and I’ll try to change it up or introduce a little more personality into it to make it different.

So it is something I think you have to be on the lookout for, but I don’t think there’s no one set way to do it, in my opinion. You just try to come up with the most interesting character you can. And then when you’re doing your revising and editorial, just be honest with yourself, is this as unique and interesting as I can make it, or does it feel like I’m kind of settling into a familiar pattern?

Mark: Okay. I wanna take a second. I didn’t know this in our last interview, but you also write in a different genre, right? Science fiction. So you have a whole other thing going on over there.

Andrew: I do. Yeah.

Mark: I’m curious about the differences between the two. When you consider the Thomas Kane series, you consider a spy thriller action thriller, right?

How do you move from that spy thriller, action thriller where we’re always moving very fast? Kane doesn’t spend a lot of time in his head. He is often more [00:16:00] reactive that’s just the genre it’s not like a psychological book where they spend a lot of time like, oh, why is this happening to me?

And stuff. So you write things move fast as the action thriller, but then you go to science fiction and now you have world building and it’s almost, I wouldn’t say it’s opposite, but it’s very different. How do you wear

Andrew: Well, my, well, first of all, my science fiction is, I mean the one commonality I would say with all the things I write is they are all fast-paced, action kinds of books. Those are just, what I enjoy writing and that’s my style. I was thinking about one of the other, you had sent me some questions you might ask, and I was just trying to think, because, a lot of my process is more instinctive.

It’s not like I’ve ever really sat down and be like, here’s how I approach things. And I realized, I think I look at the role of author. So I have an entertainment background and I’ve, I’ve done screenwriting and other kinds of production type stuff. I actually look at the role of an author as closer to a director than a screenwriter because when you’re a screenwriter, the screenplay is really more equivalent to an outline than a finished [00:17:00] product.

And then when you’re a director, you make the movie and the movie is the finished product. So as an author, I look at the books I’m writing, almost like movies I’m directing in my head, and I love fast paced action packed movies, so my sci-fi is much closer to something like Star Wars or Guardians of the galaxy than something like 2001.

In terms of the pacing and the, the action that’s not very different. But what is different is that, whereas I think someone like cain it’s much more grounded. It has to take place in a plausible world, and certain books may stretch that, and other books are more gritty and realistic, and other books get a little bit bigger and more bombastic, but they’re all still taking place in the real world.

So there’s research and trying to make these real locations come to life. Whereas for the science fiction, it’s much more like, that’s where I like, get all my crazy ideas out on the page. Whatever I can think of it, you can, if you can imagine it, you can make it, you can make it make sense in this kind of world.

So that’s sort of my chance to just really cut loose and kind of vent all my just [00:18:00] insane, crazy ideas.

Mark: Do you find yourself like taking one half off to put another hat on when you go between, or they’re just close enough to not have to

Andrew: just different. Not, I know it’s not, it’s not really hard for me to switch because they’re just, like I said, the process is still the same. I’m still directing the movie in my head. It’s just that what I wanna see in a spy thriller movie is different than what I wanna see in a space opera sci-fi movie.

And so there’s just different, just different ideas that can come into play, but I don’t find the process much different between them. Like, and I don’t really have any trouble switching between, so the sci-fi, there’s two sci-fi series I have. One is the Talon series, and that is kind of like a Conan and the Barbarian space is the elevator pitch. And, much like I love Fleming’s writing, I also love Robert e Howard’s Sword and Sorcery Conan writing. And so, that series was sort of a exercise in how could you take these tropes of sword and sorcery, but apply them to a more like space opera, [00:19:00] sci-fi world, and that was just a lot of fun for me to experiment and play around with.

Mark: Okay. So when you go from now you’re setting, when you’re in the Cane series, and I guess we’ll get back to writing this book, how do you go about setting and building, constructing the setting in the world that you have for Cane?

Andrew: It just, there’s, I mean, there’s two, I’d say there’s two like kind of subsets of locations in the world of Cane. There’s the places that I’ve actually traveled to and that I have my own kind of thoughts and impressions of. And then there’s places where I have to depend on research. So for the places that I’ve been to, like a, a big inspiration of White Tiger was my trip to Hokkaido.

I’d been to Japan several times I love Japan. But when I went to Hokkaido in the north, I was like that was a whole different area that I’d never been to. And I was really blown away. Sapporo is probably now my favorite city in Japan.

I really just love that location. And White Tiger was the first book where I actually was able to, sorry, let me back up. So I knew after that [00:20:00] trip that, okay, I gotta set a book here someday, so I kind of, I had photographs, I had ideas, and I filed that away. White Tiger is unique in all the books because it’s the only one where I actually had a chance to, go back to one of these places, like when I knew for a fact that I was gonna write a book there, ’cause so, so I, I signed this deal with Bold Wood and we were going through the RERE releases and I was like, all right, I’m gonna do White Tigers the next book.

And I knew I wanted it set in Al-Qaeda. I’d been there, I had a lot of ideas, I had my own impressions, but we were also about to take another trip to Japan. So I asked my wife, Hey, I know you want to do like new spots, but I’m about to write this book. Would it be cool if we also spent a few days in Hokkaido and went to these places?

And she was totally down with it. So I got to go back and actually look at these locations through the eye of an author about to start a novel. And as soon as we got back, I was gonna start writing. So I was able to do things like go into the Sapporo underground and use my iPhone and measure the corridors. I’m like, okay,

Mark: What vehicle?

Andrew: fit down here? And like, and then, okay, well like a [00:21:00] Mustang can, but, this little cake car could, and so all those spots in the book everything from, I don’t know how well you remember it, but when he is running from the gangsters in the club, he ducks into this little cocktail lounge that’s on this abandoned floor of a building.

That’s a real lounge that my wife and I just stumbled upon. We’re walking through in Japan, because space is so limited, they build up, so a lot of times when you’re looking for something, you’ll be looking for a bar or a restaurant, you can’t find it, but it’s because it’s on the third or fourth floor of a building, like right above you.

And you don’t, you wouldn’t even know it was there unless you already know. We had went to a restaurant in this building and then we’re like, what else is in this building? We just started walking around floor by floor and it’s just very weird. It’s very different than here. ’cause a lot of businesses and offices are closed and the lights are dark.

But then you’ll see this one door and you open it up and there could be anything, like a restaurant or a bar. And in this case it was this very chic kind of jazzy cocktail lounge with this bartender who when he made the cocktails, he would like close his eyes and it was almost like he was doing a ritual and he was really into it.

And so I was like, this is a [00:22:00] cool location. So all those things I was able to find and put in the book, are there, they’re my own experiences. But then sometimes, for instance in Helen Dice, which is the book published right before this one, the second half of that book takes place in Siberia, which of course is not a place that I’ve traveled to, but I just, for whatever reason, I just found it really fascinating.

I would read about it. I saw a documentary about Siberian, I can’t remember if they were hunters or like log like lumberjacks, but they would go, they would lead, they would, there’s like a few towns and when the season for their job comes up, they go into the forest and they build these like cabins or shacks and stay there for the season and then they hunt or cut down timber, whatever they do.

And then they leave when the winter hits and it’s just impossible to survive there. And I was like, oh, what if Kane was, you know, on the run in Siberia and he could stumble across one of these cabins and take shelter there and I just was fascinated with it. So for someplace like that, I just have to do research and you know, I try to find a way to take that research and relate it to [00:23:00] something that I do know.

So for instance you know, I’ve never been to Siberia, but I’m from New Jersey and it gets really fricking cold in New Jersey. And so I’ve been on ski trips and I’ve been in blizzards and so I tried to take that sense of being cold and like that, trying to do all this stuff while you’re freezing and you don’t have proper winter gear and your teeth are chattering and your muscles are seizing up and pick that as something that, okay, I’ve never been to this place, but I can imagine what this must be like. And then I try to bring that detail out in the story, you know? So those are kind of the two ways that I approach building the world.

Mark: Have you ever played music in the background to try bring that to life, like listen to a

Andrew: Oh, I always, yeah, I always, well not a snowstorm per se, but

I always write to music and certainly the music that I choose, I make a playlist for each book. And so obviously of course you can’t like time what track comes up when you’re writing what scene, but I try to pick music that relates.

So for instance, the third book, fire and Forget, which is all set in East Africa. There’s some soundtracks on there from movies that are set in Africa, like out of [00:24:00] Africa is on there. And, blood Diamond is on there. But then I also, I wanted to highlight like the kind of wild savage beauty.

There’s a scene in that book where there escaping this like war Ravage town, which is an awful, terrible place. But then they’re running through this, game reserve and it’s like a kind of unspoiled wild nature, and they’re floating on a raft. And to me like that, I pictured that scene very beautiful in my head.

So I had some music from Avatar on that playlist. And so whenever I picture Cain and, and the, the woman in that story, like on this raft and this river and this natural game preserve in Africa, I always picture the tracks and avatar when the main characters first experiencing the beauty of that planet, and like that world, it’s a very kind of mystical music, you know.

Mark: One of the things I love about your writing is how you can build the place yet, keep the story moving. When Kane, like, let’s say with a, with a photo. So you’ve done your research and you’ve actually been there and you have these pictures, and when you’re doing your [00:25:00] research, Kane walks into a room.

What’s going through your mind in order to keep him moving? Tell us the details that are interesting enough to set place, but not bog us down with the color of everything in the room like an epic fantasy might spend three pages doing it. You’re, we’re always moving. Yet I still feel very grounded in place.

How do you do that?

Andrew: Man, I, and of this also goes back to what you’re asking about the science fiction too, because I do think authors tend to do that more in science fiction. Right? Because your, your thought process is a lot, what I’m describing doesn’t exist so I have to like, describe it in exhausting detail or else they’re not gonna see it. But for both of, for both. I try really hard to, I, again I just don’t think there’s a simple answer, but I think that you have to be, you have to be cognizant of the fact that there is such a thing as too much, right?

You’re not trying to, you’re not writing a technical manual, you’re not trying to describe every facet of what’s there. You’re just [00:26:00] trying to give readers enough for them to build their own impression. Have you ever read Stephen King’s book on

Mark: Yeah.

Andrew: So that example he gives where he’s like, I’m, I am gonna describe like a rabbit on a table with a red tablecloth in a cage. And there’s the number eight on his back.

You can picture that, that’s enough detail for you to imagine that in your head, but he’s like, I didn’t describe like what kind of tablecloth it is and what’s the cage made out of and how, what are the dimensions of the cage? Unless those things are critically important, like if the cage is going to then be used to like wedge open a door and the size of it matters, maybe you want to give a little more info.

So I try to just think like, what’s important, what details would make the place come alive. And then the other thing I always try to do, I don’t always succeed, but I really try to make sure that I’m bringing in multiple senses, you know? So a lot of times I’ll, when I write something, I’ll go back and I’ll be like, oh, all I did was say what it looks like and I’ll try to like tweak it and be like, and it what does it feel like?

Or what does it smell like? Or what does it sound like? And I think a little bit of that can also go a [00:27:00] really long way into bringing something to life without going into exhaustive detail.

Mark: Do you find it easier when you don’t know the place and you’ve done research, or when you do know when you’re looking at this photo? ’cause I could imagine looking at a photo and being like, this is such an awesome room. I need to talk about it, but I can’t.

Andrew: I, well, I think actually when I’ve been there is when I’m more tempted to go, ’cause I feel responsible to really convey, like, ’cause usually nine times outta 10, I’m writing about places that I found interesting. And so I feel this responsibility, like, oh, I gotta like really capture the reality of this place and do it justice. But, I just think you just have to, again, a lot of times I will go back when I’m revising and be like, you know what, I can cut this down a little bit. I went a little bit overboard here and just trying to keep that in mind that there’s a point where there’s diminishing returns. Right. You know, so it’s like if you can get a few details in that are relevant, if you can couch those details in action if, rather than just describing something, if [00:28:00] Kane walks over to something and picks something up like I think that if you’re keeping the description married to the action, like that can help a little bit too. Just look at everything you do critically and ask those questions like, is this too much? Is it not enough? And just try to find a balance. I, It was an interesting experience republishing the original books because they did a new edit on all of ’em.

And so I had to go back and go through everything to approve their edits. And so I had to kinda reread all the books in rapid succession, and I did see my style has evolved. When I first started, I would describe fight scenes extremely intricately, and I still do, but my older ones, I’m like, okay, that’s probably too much detail.

I think I could have made that a little bit more impressionistic, but it’s a balance, right? Because the readers tell me they like that, they like the elaborate fight scenes. But I do think that you can get that across a little bit more efficiently. if I look at a fight scene I right now versus a fight scene in Book one, I do think I’ve evolved a little [00:29:00] bit to where you get the same effect, but with less words in essence. And so that it keeps it moving faster.

Mark: Can you talk about a fight scene for a minute? When you say it’s improved, what does that mean? Is it a difference between like right fist to face, left foot comes up and kicks in the nose and

Andrew: Again, like I looked at these scenes like I’m a director, so I wrote those. My, I write my fight scenes as if I’m directing an action scene. So it’s very blow by blow, and, and to some extent, like I said, I, the reader, my readers have told me they like that, but I do think that, now I, it’s hard to explain, but I feel like if you read one of my fight scenes now, it’s just a little bit more natural.

It flows a little bit more, it’s a little bit easier to envision because I’m dialing back just a little bit of the detail, and letting it be a little bit more impressionistic versus like left fit, pivot, right leg, weight back on heel, but still keeping that sense of because like if you read. Like every author approaches this differently. You might read one book where the author’s like they traded blows on the edge of a waterfall. That’s one [00:30:00] way to do a fight scene. That’s way more general than I would ever get I would definitely get more specific. I might say they traded blows for a few seconds, then came through a right hook knocking the salan off balance.

I, I would put in a little bit more specific detail, but I do think there’s times when if you dial back on the detail a little bit, you can speed it along and just put in the key beats that actually change the outcome, of what you, of what’s happening.

Mark: And you blend the

Andrew: But everyone’s,

Mark: environment too.

Andrew: oh, thanks. Yeah, that’s something I think that’s just something I like from movies, right?

If, like a Jason Bourne movie, I love that scene where he’s fighting the guy and he is using everything in the apartment, like the toaster and the newspaper and a pen. So I feel if you can, if you set up your location properly, then you can pay off all that stuff. When it comes, comes time to use it.

Mark: Yeah. It at its core. What kind of story would you say White Tiger is?

Andrew: White Tiger is a thriller. I mean, its primary purpose is to entertain and excite the [00:31:00] reader in my opinion. But I do try to put in character and themes and I think all that stuff is there. And also, if you like reading about interesting locations, I think you’ll get a lot out of it.

A lot of my readers are people who like to travel or people who wish they could travel. But at the end of the day when I write a book, I always try to remind myself the primary purpose of this book is to entertain the reader. I’m not trying to. Make any, all the thematic stuff is, which I like, is great, but if, if the reader’s not excited, if the reader’s not entertained, if their pulse isn’t racing and they’re dying to see what happens, then I’ve failed.

So that’s what, whenever it’s like, comes into a conflict between well, like, should I spend more time on this idea, or more time on this action scene I’m gonna lean towards the action scenes because that’s what readers are buying the ticket for, to use the movie analogy.

Mark: Okay, so when a reader puts the book down, what are you hoping they’re gonna feel? Is it just they’re sweating and then wipe their brow and like, whew, I gotta go?

Andrew: I’m hoping they’re gonna feel I can’t wait for the next, Caine novel. [00:32:00] You know, like, no, I mean that, but also I think, I, a big part, like I said, because I’m driven by the locations, I always hope that the reader feels like they’ve just taken a really exciting trip. Obviously a kind of a vicarious action kind of thing. You don’t, you wouldn’t want those things to really happen to you, but vicariously you can kind of read through and feel that excitement, but also feel, the sense of beauty and the, the fascination with these places and the different cultures. And I always include, I try to include cultures and the way the people there think, and the way they express themselves. ’cause I find those things fascinating. I try to strike a balance, right? I don’t think you can write wall to wall action because that gets very stale quickly. But I do think that the action, the excitement is the primary thing that keeps people coming to the thriller genre.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. Especially the action spy thriller. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. But within that, there’s plenty of room. I’ve never had a problem in my opinion, like expressing the ideas and themes [00:33:00] that I wanna express while keeping that action, like really fun and exciting and, and propulsive.

Mark: Do you ever find yourself com comparing, ’cause you have like comp titles for all your books with like Trigger Man. Do you ever find yourself asking, am I too close to a Marini trigger man?

Andrew: Oh, the gray man.

Mark: sorry, gray Man? Yeah.

Andrew: No, I, I mean, I, all those things were influences on me. Of course, I loved the Gray Man books too. I haven’t read all of them, but I think that, when I developed a Kain character, I think I developed him to be just different enough.

Are things that in my mind, clearly separate Kain from the Gray Man or from James Bond, or from other characters. And I just try to keep those things in mind. And because of that, I’ve never really felt that, I’ve certainly never copied any of their plots or anything like that I haven’t read enough of them to really do that.

I’ve only read, I’ve read maybe three or four of the, of the Gray Man books and they’re great. Like, I love them. And, and actually I would say that the gray man to me. [00:34:00] Was a great, inspiration for like, ’cause I wanted to write books that were very action packed. And I felt like a lot of the thrillers I’d read were more about the suspense than the action.

And suspense is great, but I had never felt like you could just take one of those books and translate it to an action movie. You’d have to add a lot to make it really exciting visually. But when I read the Gray Man, I’m like, all right, now this is like an action movie in book form.

And I, I really love that. So that was sort of an inspiration to me. But I think we definitely do it in very different ways, you know?

Mark: Okay. So last time I asked you this question, what advice would you give someone who just published their first book? This time I want to focus on, ’cause you talked a little bit about the marketing side and planning ahead. This time. I, if you can answer to the craft side. So what advice would you have regarding someone who just published their first or second book from a craft perspective as in developing more as a writer?

Because the one thing that comes up, especially in the indie world, [00:35:00] is you have all these hats. You have social media, you have marketing, I mean, you still have to do that too. How do you build craft? How do you develop as a writer?

Andrew: I think it goes back to two things which is probably an answer a lot of this is if there’s anything I’m gonna say that I think is universal, this is probably it. Like I said before, I asked 10 different authors, you’ll probably get 10, 10 different answers. I bet you 90% of authors will say this same thing that I’m about to say. You really get better by reading more and writing more. And that’s it. I mean, I just don’t think there’s anything else. And when I say reading, like yeah, you can read a lot of craft books and those can be useful and I certainly do, but I don’t think that’s a replacement for just reading fiction.

If you’re writing fiction, like reading fiction and fiction in your genre fiction out of your genre, the more you read and the more you write. I think that it’s really important, of course, to finish books, but I do think that one of the reasons why Tokyo Black worked when I wrote it was because I had, although I hadn’t finished [00:36:00] any other novels, I had written a lot, I’d probably had like five or six, half finished novels and a bunch of short stories and a bunch of screenplays.

So it’s not like, like Tokyo Black was my first published novel, but it’s not like it’s the first, you know, big chunk of words that I’d written. I’d probably written close to half a million words before I wrote that. And, and still, and then even then, like I was just saying, when I go back and read it now I’m like, oh wow, like my style has changed six books later.

Like I can see the differences. So I think that you just have to keep writing, keep reading, like that’s really how you improve. And, but I also think, a phrase I constantly remind myself of is the perfect is the enemy of the good, right? So, like, if you’ve, if you’ve put your book out, and if it’s, if people like it and you’re getting good reviews, keep reading, keep writing, but don’t, like, it’s a, you don’t need to be perfect.

It’s like you’ll never be perfect. So look at things you might wanna do better, but don’t let it hold you back from just get the next book out and the next boy keep writing. Like, just keep doing it and don’t beat yourself up too much if, for the faults that you see, like you’re [00:37:00] always going to see flaws in your writing, but if overall people are entertained, if that’s, if you’re writing popular fiction and people seem to be entertained, like then you’re doing what you’re meant to be doing, keep going.

Mark: Yeah. Thank you. That’s great advice. I can attest to that with the podcast and even, I read, obviously all thriller, but even in the sub genres of thrillers from the domestic to the action to the supernatural and everything else that I’ve read, it’s been eye-opening as to how all these different authors approach the

Andrew: Totally like

Mark: And plot and speed and all these things even among

Andrew: A huge, a huge, side of my writing actually comes from a non thriller author. His name is Haruki Murakami. He’s a Japanese author and he writes these sort of surreal, I don’t even know how, what you’d call them. They’re sort of, sometimes he gets lumped into the mystery category, but I think that’s like really desperately trying to pigeonhole him. ’cause I, I don’t know that I’d call these books mysteries per se. They’re just very surreal, strange stories. But they’re all set in Japan. ’cause he is a Japanese [00:38:00] author and I’ve read translations of his books and I really loved them. And, and I, when I was writing Tokyo Black, I thought I wonder if there’s a way I could incorporate like some of this element of surrealness, without going overboard and without it diluting kind of the action.

And so that’s why I think in a lot of the Kane books, you’ll, there’ll be, Kane has a lot of dreams and nightmares that sometimes come up. And I think that side of them is me thinking like, oh, I wanna bring in a little bit of this kind of strange off kilter feeling from these other books. Like, that’s where I got that from. So you never know, like what you’ll read that inspires you or triggers new ideas.

Mark: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mark: So if you can pick one thing you felt led to your success so far, what do you think that would be?

Andrew: I mean, success is a relative term, right? I’m not, I’m not buying a yacht on the Riviera anytime soon. Honestly two things, what I just said, reading a lot and writing a lot. I was a huge reader as a kid. I mean, [00:39:00] as long as, as far back as I can remember I was just devouring books I love to read. I read everything I could get my hands on, and I do think that that is a big part of being a writer. Write and reading and then writing a lot but then the other thing I’ll say, and I think some of it is luck. I mean, I do think that. But some of it is luck, in the sense that you never know what’s gonna connect with readers.

You do your best. So we talked about my sci-fi stuff, I love those books, but I’ll be the first to say they’re not as successful as the came books. You know, like for whatever reason, the readers that read them leave really good reviews. They seem to really like them. I think they’re a lot of fun. I think the third talent book, maybe the best thing I’ve ever written, honestly. But they don’t sell, they don’t connect with readers. I think a lot of it just comes down to luck, like what, people just happen to be in the mood for lots of, I mean, it’s, it’s like a cliche, right? Lots of artists and writers don’t become famous until years after they started, and sometimes things they wrote decades ago suddenly explode in popularity randomly. You just never know. But I will say, even when you take luck into [00:40:00] account, the more stuff you write and put out there, the more spins at the wheel you’ve got. If you just write one book, put it out there and it doesn’t become successful, and then you stop. Like you’re, you’re the one cutting off your opportunities at that point.

Mark: Yeah. Okay. Thank you. A question from our previous author that was on the show, ’cause we have like a ask the author a segment that moves forward. Joe Loveday asks, how many characters does it take to write a book?

Andrew: how many characters does

Mark: Yeah. Well this came up because she had her audio book done and because the audio narrator had to try and challenge by knowing all these different voices, that’s where the inspiration for the

Andrew: Had a lot of

Mark: Hearing came from. Yeah.

Andrew: Well, okay. I think maybe my answer might be a cheat. Maybe I think you could, I think you could write a book with only one actual character. Like you could have a person sitting in a room thinking, and I do think you could write a book about that, but their thoughts I think are inevitably going to include other people. you know.

So [00:41:00] are those other people characters. I don’t know I don’t know where the line is, but I do think you could write a book with just one actual physical character but, but of course their, their thoughts and reflections are gonna be intertwined with someone else. Or, I take it back, I think you could write a book like, what’s that movie, Castaway, right?

You could, you could have a guy shipwrecked on an island with no other people, no other characters. And, you could write a story about that. Like just him trying to escape or. Like there’s a, there’s an old, this isn’t quite the same thing, but there’s an old, I think it’s Ray, I think it’s Ray Bradbury’s story about this like planet where the people there only live for a week.

That’s their whole lifespan. They’re born and die in a week. And the whole, the whole story is this guy like, and then a, there’s a crashed spaceship. And I guess if they can get into this spaceship, then they won’t die at the end of the week. Like somehow it changes their biology or whatever.

And so the whole story, I can’t remember if it’s only one person or a couple people, but it’s certainly not a lot of characters. And because their lives are so short, they [00:42:00] don’t really have time to interact with a lot of different people. So it’s mostly this kind of internal journey of this character. A trying to like come to grips with growing up in this rapid accelerated pace. And then B, trying to get to this place where they won’t die. I, I wouldn’t say there’s no other characters, but there’s definitely not a lot so I think it is possible but it’s gonna be a strange book.

Mark: Well, for White Tiger, do you ever stop and ask yourself, do I need another character, or should I bring somebody else in? Like, where’s that? Where do you draw that line for yourself?

Andrew: actually I think I tend to go the opposite. Do I really need another character or can one of the characters I’ve established serve this role? Because I tend to, the characters expand pretty quickly, especially when you’re dealing with books set in foreign countries with lots of foreign names.

It can get confusing for a reader, if they don’t understand. I remember with Tokyo Black, one, the reviews was like, I could, I just couldn’t keep all the Japanese names straight. And too many of them start with K, which is true. There were a lot of K names. So I actually almost as a joke in this book, I did give a character a K name ’cause I’m like, I just remembered that [00:43:00] quote. I’m gonna give this character a K name just for fun for me. But yeah, I think that. I don’t, again it’s not six characters is the perfect amount of character, but I do think you kind of get a sense of, okay, this is starting to get unwieldy not only in the sense of a lot of characters for the audience to remember, but also how many characters can you invest and make them unique and memorable

And when I start to feel like that, that focus is getting just split up too much, that’s when I’ll try to be like, okay, like instead of inventing a new character, how can I have this other character I’ve already created fulfill this role?

Junko in White Tiger was like that originally there were more kind of loyal Yakuza like that were with working with Koichi.

But I just felt like, you know what this is, I’m just splitting up the actions randomly among these different people. I should just make it all this one guy. And that way it’s easier to keep track of and easier for the audience.

Mark: Yeah. And sometimes I think even in this book, you also had like vague references to like the man and stuff, right. To just avoid naming a character where it’s like, this guy’s kind of coming in and out. If I give him a name now I’ve given him agency, so to [00:44:00] speak,

Andrew: Right.

Mark: That because I don’t want

Andrew: The audience is gonna think, oh, I have to remember this guy. When really they’re not, those characters aren’t important,

Mark: Yeah, yeah. So they get those vague, the man, the guy in the suit. I do

Andrew: Yeah. The men in the suit smoking cigarettes,

Mark: Yeah. All right. Well last question for you. Where can listeners find out more about you and your books?

Andrew: Andrew Warren books.com.

Mark: I’ll link. Yeah, I’ll link to that in the show notes so the people can look you up and check out the, check out the books. Well, thank you so much for your time. This has been great. I loved having you on a second time talking a bit more about,

Andrew: Yeah. Man.

Mark: And, you’ve written another great book. So I look forward to the continuing these series. it’s

Andrew: I really appreciate that. Well, yeah, so I’m finished with the rough draft of Book seven and I’m actually in my revisions phase on that now. And that’ll come out early 2026.

Mark: Awesome. Well, we’ll probably have you back on the show again then next year if you wanna be. Yeah.

Andrew: [00:45:00] Anytime, man.

Mark: All right. Well, thank you so much. If you don’t mind sticking around, we’ll, we’ll hit the after show with our rapid fire segment.

Andrew: Let’s do it.

Mark: All right. Thank you.

Thanks for listening and make sure you follow the show so you don’t miss next week’s conversation with Melissa Miller. We talk about cutoff from Sky and Earth, the real life encounter that sparked the story and why she stepped away from her usual legal and medical thrillers to write something more personal.

Melissa also shares how she handles three points of view, builds tension without outlining and keeps emotional weight on the page after more than 50 novels. If you want the after show with the rapid fire questions, it’s free right now on Patreon, that’s where authors open up about their writing rituals, the scene they’d never wanna survive in their own book the weird stuff they Google and a lot more the links in the show notes.

Caribbean Harvest by Steve Stratton
TPP EP 12

Caribbean Harvest is a high-stakes international thriller about drugs, politics, and pursuit. When El Chapo sets his sights on Cuba as the next hub for his empire, Wolf and Parker must use their mix of military and law enforcement skills to stop him before the island becomes another Afghanistan. With Mexican law enforcement, the U.S. president, and ruthless cartel forces all in play, the chase becomes a deadly game of cat and mouse.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Caribbean Harvest is a high-stakes international thriller about drugs, politics, and pursuit. When El Chapo sets his sights on Cuba as the next hub for his empire, Wolf and Parker must use their mix of military and law enforcement skills to stop him before the island becomes another Afghanistan. With Mexican law enforcement, the U.S. president, and ruthless cartel forces all in play, the chase becomes a deadly game of cat and mouse.

In this episode of The Thriller Pitch Podcast, Steve Stratton and I talk about pacing Lance’s growth across the Shadow Tier series, why Cuba makes such a volatile backdrop for Caribbean Harvest, and how his own military and government experience shapes the authenticity of his thrillers.

Steve Stratton’s book on Amazon: https://a.co/d/9G6OPLr

Follow Steve Stratton on his website: https://www.stevenstrattonusa.com/

Join the After Show on Patreon and get my free novella Cognitive Breach, bonus stories from guests, early access to episodes, and the chance to submit your own questions for future authors.: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Today’s Sponsor | Mark P.J. Nadon’s novels: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Want bonus questions not shared anywhere else? Subscribe to the newsletter: https://dashboard.mailerlite.com/forms/…

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon: https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Follow Mark on his Amazon Author Page https://www.amazon.com/stores/Mark-PJ…

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Steve Stratton started his military career at the White House Communications Agency supporting President’s Ford and Carter, Vice President’s Rockefeller and Mondale and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger. After four and half years he transitioned to the US Secret Service. Several years and an election campaign later, Steve left for the commercial sector.

Steve was awarded his Green Beret in 1986. From the 80’s through 2000 he deployed with 20th Special Forces on counter-drug and training missions in the SOUTHCOM region. His civilian contractor time includes DOD and Intelligence Community programs. Today he advises cybersecurity companies that support the warfighter and IC. When he is not working, You can find him mountain biking, trout fishing, or hunting in Colorado.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Episode 12 Steve Stratton

Mark: Hello and welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, where thriller readers discover new, bestselling, and award-winning authors and stay for the story behind their story. If you love finding your next read or hearing how your favorite books were written, follow the show and stick around.

I’m your host, Mark P.J. Nadon, and this is episode number 12. Today’s guest is Steve Stratton, author of the Action Spy Thriller Caribbean Harvest.

Steve, welcome to the show. Thank you so much for being here today.

Steve: Yeah, it’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Mark: I am very excited to talk about Caribbean Harvest, which is your book four in your current series, I believe, and to dig deep into your experience writing the book. We’ll just get started right with the pitch.

Steve: Sure. So if you could imagine America’s most [00:01:00] relentless drug, Lord El Chapo is getting pressured in Mexico so hard that he decides that he’s gonna check and see if Cuba is a great, good place to grow opium. That’s essentially the backstory of the book. He’s looking to expand his empire, uh, right.

The Sinaloa cartel is multinational. But there’s always other places to go, other places to grow crops. And, he teams up with Cuban intelligence and their Chinese partners, uh, to start working this without the Cuban government knowing. My protagonist, Brigadier General Lance Bear Wolf. He’s Crow native by birth and his wife Ellie Parker end up going to Cuba to try and, uh, drop a dime as the saying goes on El Chapo, they don’t have to arrest him, right? It’s a, it’s a police state. That’s not gonna happen. But if they can get the government to see what he’s doing, they’ll arrest him and put him away, which would be a great win for [00:02:00] America, right? And so they infiltrate Cuba it’s treacherous waters on the infill. It’s burning, uh, sugar cane fields when they get there, and soldiers everywhere. So they’re navigating through this police state while they’re trying to connect up with some CIA resources and eventually take down his plans for Cuba. And there’s a, there’s, uh, elements of the love story there. At one point, Lance has to actually, at multiple points, he’s gotta make decisions about do I chase after El Chapo or do I save my wife, my friend? Things like that. It’s going on. And then, um, the book continues and they well, I should, I don’t wanna say any spoilers, but let’s say, let’s say, you know, there there’ll be another book, right?

Because they, you know, it’s a, it’s a job. Drug cartels are a job that’s never done. So I add, [00:03:00] techno elements of technology that they can use. It’s not a techno thriller, but I add that and I keep it fast paced. And if you like Vince Flynn, Brad thor. Brad Taylor, Mark Greany. I think you’ll like my book.

Mark: Awesome. Thank you. And where did this story idea come from?

Steve: Well, I do a lot of, I do a lot of research, also known as going down the rabbit hole sometimes. And, uh, literally got onto cartels and, and fighting drug cartels been part of my history. And so I’d gone down some rabbit holes about changing environmental, uh, aspects in Cuba. What’s it, what’s it like to, you know, try and grow pot on ground for 30 years and uh, chemicals issues and things like farming issues. And a lot of reports out in the last 10 years of the cartels changing their crops. They’re still [00:04:00] growing pot ’cause it’s still a big seller in the United States. But there was more and more conversion of those plots of land to, uh, poppies and opium because heroin and heroin derivatives had come further down, actually grown further up into the ecosystem of, uh, rich American users, drug users. And so they were saying rapid growth, sort of stagnation with pot and marijuana and growth in heroin use. And so being good businessman El Chapo and the kids now adapt to the demand from the US and so they’re growing more opium. So that was sort of the emphasis of that. And it’s like, wow, Cuba is a cool place. Let’s do this. It’s a, you know, it’s a, the, it’s the, it’s like the East Germany of the Caribbean, right? Back in the day in the Cold War, right? It’s a police state, things like that.

So all elements which make it much [00:05:00] harder for my protagonist, his wife, their small team, and the CIA assets to operate, so it’s, uh, combines that kind of spy thriller and story in there.

Mark: And does this all build off of one, two, and three or your stories when you hit book four? Is this like a story all on its own compared to the 1, 2, 3, like is it like a Jack Reacher where you can jump into any book really at any point and kind of get the idea?

Steve: That’s how, yeah, that’s other than the. The three primary books. The, the third book I wrote, which is probably the first one people should read, is a novella called Warrior, a Warrior’s Path. And it’s Lance from the time his father dies of a heroin overdose on the reservation until he’s really in the middle of the fight as a military member working down in, in Columbia and South America, things like that.

So, yeah, they are, they are standalones, they jump years. So it’s not a, it’s [00:06:00] not totally sequential my stories.

Mark: Okay. And just going into your experience and how that impacted the book… you have military experience as a Green Beret, you have White House experience. How does all that impact the book and the authenticity that you’re able to bring, which other authors not necessarily can, ’cause they don’t know what it’s like to actually be on the ground.

Steve: Yeah, it does help. I have to be careful not to get into giving you an info dump about how it, in, in the middle of August, you know, and, and, uh, or, or, uh, I’m sorry, get the seasons wrong since you’re south of the equator. But it that the jungle really sucks and it’ll, it’ll rot the clothes off you if you’re in the jungle too long. It’s just crazy. So, yeah, having that experience lets me add these little elements of authenticity without dumping on the user. And that, that goes all the way from interactions Lance has, Lance Bear Wolf has with the president to [00:07:00] being out in the field.

Mark: Yeah. Cool. Have you been to Cuba and dealt with, I can know the cartel specific if you’re allowed, if you’re allowed to say anything. Does. Is there any like real life experience from that cartel side and the Cuba side that comes into the book?

Steve: Not, not in Cuba, because I had a, a still have a pretty high clearance and I’m do still doing consulting. So, no, I’m not allowed to go to Cuba at this point. I have some friends that, you know, they’re, they’re, they’re, uh. Yeah, I talked with who had been in Cuba, their security clearance has laps. They’re in commercial business now, that kind of thing.

And so, I, I did a lot of research so that I could portray Cuba, off in, in an authentic way without once again overdoing it. So.

And research being some of those friends that whose clearances have dropped, so they’re allowed to talk essentially and research. What other kinds of research would you get to?

Well, certainly, watching videos, you know, I go to sites that like offer tours of [00:08:00] Cuba. One of the easier ways to get into Cuba, if you’re interested going to Cuba is to team up with a charity, oftentimes a religious charity that will go do work down there and they can put you on a team that’s gonna go do work.

And get you into the country for a week or two, that kind of thing. Like that. So that I, I do everything from, you know, state Department economic research. The CIA has their country books. I just, yeah, I go all out for a couple of weeks to do a lot of research and use, you know, six, six line, six things from all that research.

You know, it’s a very steep funnel down to what you put in the book. So.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. The thousands of hours you might spend doing the research and then the one line that gets in there that’s very authentic and maybe, you know, you hope people get it, how cool that is, but yeah, you don’t necessarily know. Yeah.

Steve: Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. Yeah.

Mark: Was there any point where you almost gave up on the book as you were running, and this is book [00:09:00] four, so you have a good amount of experience now because generally by book four, you have the good stride. And was there any point where you, you were gonna give up on this?

Steve: No, there was a, there was a spot. I’m like, where, how am I going to, I’m a, I’m a plotter by the way, and I have it pretty well plotted out, but I’ll pants in the middle and change things and Oh yeah, that’s cool. And to do this and do that. And it weaved the story together. And I was like, wow, how are we getting out of that? Let’s see. But no, you’re right. It took me from 1993 to 2019 to write my first book. So I used, I I had all that time back then. Now, now I write, yeah, I’m so I didn’t have any hesitation writing this book. It was a lot of fun. It was more like flow, oh, wait a minute. I need to get up, stretch my legs, go work out.

Tell I had to get away from the computer. I was having that kind of fun writing this book.

Mark: Oh, that’s awesome.

That’s a good feeling to have when you’re, when you’re having that kind of fun. [00:10:00] Was the, was the plotting of it. do you go into like character I saw on your website? So I guess you do go into like heavy character details where you’re like breaking down the individual characters and who they are as as a person and some of their back history and things.

Do you do all that prior to writing the book? Is it that extensive of an outline and a plot before you start writing or is that something as you get the feel, the voice of the story and the character, you build it then?

Steve: Well, yeah, so my characters carry through, it’s, it’s my protagonist, his now wife, Ellie Parker, they carry through, El Chapo, carries through, but that, like, I had to create a, a former Cuban Intelligence colonel that is now doing intelligence for El Chappo. So I had to create a few people, and, and it used to be, my first book, I did two page personality outlines, you know, profiles.

Now I’m more like, like the FBI, I’ve got six pages, 250 questions. If the sun’s here and this is happening, how, how are they [00:11:00] gonna respond? I get that, that deep. So that I get to know them and then I can put them on the page and they, I, sometimes I go back to it. I’m like, wait a minute, did I just say she has green eyes instead of blue eyes or Hazel?

You know? But yeah. So I, I like doing that ’cause I, I like that profile creation is also fun and creating a character, that has some of the traits you want and is needs to grow in other places, things like that. So yeah, that’s always, that’s, that’s a fun part of it by, by this book and the one, the book five that I’m editing, which will be an Ellie Parker focus book, I know the characters pretty well and, and, it’s that, let, that frees me up to do the writing and get the story. Done.

Mark: Okay, so you don’t find it harder. Instead, you find it easier instead of harder when there’s an expectation of who this person is and a story arc each time. It sort of like a character arc each time you write the story.[00:12:00]

Steve: Yeah, I, I wanted to have Lance go from pure revenge in the first book where his parents are killed and he’s thinking, you know, I, I joke that my first book was so easy to write. What’s he thinking? He’s thinking about revenge. And then, then my, then my mentor, I was lucky enough when I first started writing to get a mentorship with Jerry Jenkins, who wrote the Left Behind Christian Service and bakes books about baseball, everything. Jerry, and he’s super good editor and it’s like, well, I, I don’t want him to be perfect. At the end of the book, I’ll have. No growth for him to have in the second, third book. And so, you know, it’s, if you’re writing single books, you can do things a little bit differently than if you wanna write a series.

And my hat, I tip my hat to Brad Thor and Brad Taylor, Mark Greaney, right? They’ve got, you know, Pike Logan, Harth, the gray man, and they’re 13, 14, 16, 20 books in and still trying to make things happen that are [00:13:00] interesting to their character. So,

Mark: I heard a podcast with, Mark Greaney recently and it was funny that he was talking about how his characters never really get older, even though he’s written 13 books, he kind of ignores the question of how old they are. ’cause you can’t have like a 45-year-old operator in the field. But technically if you follow, if you follow the, the age range, they, they’re getting that old.

Steve: Oh yeah. Yeah. By the time I hit 45, I was I was leading the team, not, not kicking the door down, so, yeah. Yeah.

Mark: So sticking with characters, you made an interesting choice of changing not only do you have a lot of characters in this book, and viewpoints, but you changed point of view from third person to first person, first person being, I guess you would say, your main character. Although they, it does share a lot of the book with other characters, with, with Lance as the main character and his being first person voice versus the others that are third person. What made you make that decision?

Steve: It’s uh, Brad Taylor’s fault. [00:14:00] So, so he writes Pike Logan, and the task force, his task force stories that way. And I thought it was in, first time I read it, it was jarring having read third person, you know, and omnipotent. And I can never keep all those different versions of how they explain that straight. But I read that and I’m like, wow, this gives me the ability to really be inside of Lance’s head and, and talk about what he’s thinking and seeing and stuff like that. And so yeah, that’s, that’s where that came about. And I enjoy it. A series on, new series I’m working on now, I started off with the first draft that way and they’re like, yeah, no, go back to third. And it’s like, oh, you know, all the is, becomes was, and you know, you make the changes,

Mark: Yeah,

Steve: And, and it can be a little bit of a mind shift. ’cause I’ll find myself falling back into first person. I’m like, God darn it, I’m gonna either finish that up. But, uh, yeah, so that was, that was the impetus. I mean, like I said, it was [00:15:00] discordant or whatever the term is. It just was, didn’t feel right. Then I just, all of a sudden it was like I broke through reading his books and it was like, oh yeah, I like this. So that’s why I attempted it. And, and the first two books are in third and, the novella and the fourth book are in first person. The next one for Ellie is gonna be in third, just because that’s what I’m writing the other series in so I’m trying to keep my head in my place so I don’t use myself and have a lot of, have to do rewrites.

Mark: Yeah. What did your, assuming your, your book is edited, professionally, do you have, did they come back to you and say, why?

Steve: Well,

Mark: I’ve had, I’ve done that myself. I asked because I’ve done that myself with like, one of my thrillers. I, I wrote like a couple scenes when he was in the machine, essentially. ’cause it’s kind of a tech based anyway, he’s in the machine. I wrote first person, my, my first person. My editor [00:16:00] came back and was like, this is no, there’s almost no reason to do this in first person, stick with third person. So I got that pushback and went to third person for the whole book.

Steve: Yeah, well, I never, I never got any pushback from my editors. What happened was I got a traditional deal. I got my, you know, I got the, I got the advance and I was all excited. And then two years later, my publisher was out of business. So, great guy. He gave me all the rights back one January a couple years ago i’m like, what is KDP? Hello, help. I’m trying to figure out how to make second, second editions of my first two books. Then I did the novella and, and this last book myself. My wife and I are Pratt Media and so, um, I don’t have, you know, I’ve got full control, editorial control and that kind of thing.

But now that I’m writing another series, for War Gate books, uh, that’s where I got, I delivered a first person short story in an anthology [00:17:00] first, and they’re like, nah, everybody else is writing Third, do you mind doing this? I’m like, no, I don’t care. You know, if that’s what you want, you’re paying me to be in the book, you know, to write that kind of thing.

Whatever you want’s good for me. I, you know, I’m not, I’m not well established enough or well known enough to go, no, this is how I write. You know, it’s like. Yeah, what you need, what you’re expecting. So yeah, so I did get pushback based on their readership and, what they were expecting to do with my, my follow on to another series, so, and so I’m, I’m okay to do that. It’s, it’s, I just don’t wanna start writing first person again while I’m in the middle of doing third and have, have those brain cramps along the way.

Mark: So when you wrote this one, did you write all third person point of view and then come back and fill in first, or did you just go back and did you write it like in the order that it was written? I guess.

Steve: Yeah, when I decide when I, if it was a POV of somebody else other than [00:18:00] Lance, it’s gonna be third. And you know, I caught myself a couple times in there mixing it up, and all of a sudden, you know, I had el Chapo or the Cuban, intelligence officer talking in first person, it’s like, okay, but, uh, you know, not, not too bad. I’d say maybe 10% of the time I catch myself before I had enough coffee for my brain to

Mark: Fair.

Steve: Yeah. But, yeah, so not bad at all. And, and once I’m, once again, when I’m in that flow, it just flows because I know if it’s a Lance, POV. Lance Bear Wolf that’s gonna be first person, everybody else, third, you know, that way I’m not shifting around and going, okay, what did I do here and do there and, ’cause I’ll take, not only will I outline, I’ll take, I love sticky notes.

My wife has a wall, 1600 cookbooks on a wall. And I use those, I use those bookcases to put like on the top, top level bookcase of the [00:19:00] bookcase will be the Lance Bear Wolf, thread down will be Ellie then it’ll be the antagonist and stuff like that. And so if I had to not only figure out the plot and the flow, then having to figure out who’s in first and who’s in third, you know, I, I, I’ve probably exploded my brain, so, yeah, so good question though.

Mark: And how do you go, so this being book four, how do you decide how much information and is this in your outline, how much information to bring readers up to speed? Because we assume that readers are gonna read one to four, but it does happen that people pick up four and we want to give ’em a reminder who knows how long it’s been since they read, you know, the others. How do you, how do you balance an info dump? like little pieces at a time. And is that part of your outline?

Steve: Well, it’s funny, I was just on a panel at Bouchercon on avoiding the info dump, and I, I, I’m a former IT guy, so I call it, I [00:20:00] often call it the data dump, but yeah, what I, what I said there is oftentimes I’ll just write the data dump and then I’ll just cut it up and put it to the side and hold onto it.

And actually, I, it was a data dump on Lance’s, early years that actually became a no, a 40,000 word novella. But, uh, once again, if you’re a, if you’re a new writer out there, one of the best things you could do is find a book that you really like. You like that style of writing, you, you wanna write in that style, not emulate, but write in that style, buy the book and literally tear it into pieces and tear it apart.

Don Bentley mentioned this one time and I’m like, oh yeah. So I got one of Brad Taylor’s books and took it all apart and my wife’s like, you just destroyed this plan. $15 book. I’m like, yeah, but I’m, look at what I’m learning and learn, take it apart and learn from it that way. Uh, and how, how [00:21:00] the, you know, the bestseller folks, men and women organize their books, their flow, their plot lines, things like that.

And so yeah, I. I, I will plot, like I say, I, I will plot, but I will pants and get new ideas in between. I’m lucky that I’ve never considered, when I do an outline, I don’t consider it done until the book is done ’cause it, right. I might have a spark. Usually the spark comes from external. I’ll, I’ll read something else it’ll be like, oh no, I need to do this, that, that, and then it changes a whole, you know, it changes the downstream book in some way. And so, being flexible like that just makes it, I never, I never get upset, distraught. It’s like, eh, okay, we’ll figure this out. Just keep moving forward. And, yeah, that’s, that’s worked for me.

Mark: Did you ever, have you made any big changes in this book as a result of pantsing a section and then realizing, oh, maybe this is what I’d rather have Lance do than what I had planned, and [00:22:00] now the whole like chunk of his story is been shifted.

Steve: Yeah, and, and once again it was, I was I was looking around, I was doing research and so a lot of Caribbean Harvest takes place in Santiago d Cuba, which is at the Southern, and you might call it at the other end of the island from Havana. Right and there’s a big beautiful bay and I’m like, how am I gonna get Lance down in that area and into a safe house?

How are the CIA assets going to get, get ’em there? And I researched and I found out number one, that like Cuba is got a really old power generation system, electrical system, and they actually lease boats, Turkish made boats that actually have generators on ’em and sit ’em in the harbor. I’m like, okay, that’s nice, but I’m not gonna have Lance hide in one of those boats. That doesn’t really help. And then I found out that one of the more profitable businesses, if you can call it profitable, ’cause being a communist state, you know, there’s not really that idea in [00:23:00] theory. That there’s cement, there’s cement plants that make cement. And then there are plants that make the products like our dividers.

We have here in, you know, our highway dividers, things like that, that we have here in America. And I’ve connected a cement plant with a product plant that was at the top of Santiago, Cuba Bay, next to a warehouse. And that warehouse became their warehouse where they were moving things with a narco sub.

So it just, you know, one of those kind of research things. Oh, good. Well, the CIA asset, his, his real life, his real life is owning some concrete plants around Cuba, which gives him the ability to travel, move, right. Take Lance and Ellie covertly to different places. So it, it’s that kind of cascading, do research. A little idea how that, that works for the, the CIA asset kind of idea, and it, it fit right into [00:24:00] the story and yeah, the, as you, you probably notice, I think I’ll, I’ll criticize myself a little bit here. I think my prologue in the book with the purchase of the sub is a, maybe is a little too ambiguous at the start, but you know, people, people get it. Like

Mark: Oh yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, for sure. Yeah. And El Chapo was, it was an interesting that, ’cause I, in my research after I realized that he was, he’s a real person. ’cause I thought, you know, this is fiction. And that is a really interesting thing to do because I mean, I’ll consider whether or not I even want to use a business name because if I say something about the business name that isn’t true or you know, like, do you know, say something wrong about a business name. You’re like, oh. I get the lawsuits or whatever. ’cause you said they, did this or did that. So you choosing to use El Chapo, as a character when he’s actually a real person was very interesting. How did that all play out?[00:25:00]

Steve: Well, it’s worked so well, well, so far and I was always hoping that they would come visit or they would do something that would increase my social marketing awareness,

Mark: That’s a great idea.

Steve: Without me dying in the process, uh, or my family getting hurt. But, yeah, I am, you know, by the time in 2019 that I started to write, write we were on the hunt again. We were trying to put him back into prison, things like that. And then of course, now that he’s in the Florence Supermax prison here in Colorado, Florence, Colorado, you know, I, I joke that I want to go see him, but they won’t let me talk to him. You know, unfortunately, I get, didn’t sign a book, you know?

Mark: Yeah.

Steve: But yeah, the, the the inciting incident for the story of the very first book took place in Mexico, and involved the Sinaloa cartel in my family. So that went a long ways to, you know, my first book I wrote helped me exercise some demons. Excise, [00:26:00] exercise, pushups, demons. Let’s do some.

Excise. I wish I knew the English language. The excise, some demons about the event and things like that. And so I, I’ve carried on with it, you know, the Chapalitos, his sons and other people have, you know, I, in, in the grand scheme of things, I’m a nobody. They, you know, they got bigger fish to fry things that now they got Delta and Seal team six breathing down their neck so that’s exciting.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. Well, very unique take. That was enjoyable. And when I found out about El Chapo being real, it almost brought the story even more to life. I hope people listen to this podcast and then go and read the book, because when you get the context of everything that’s gone into this and your experience, it even brings the book more to life and then you might just passively reading it.

Steve: No, thank you. Thank you. I will tell folks too that I, the technology I used in the book, my very first book I sat way back in 1998. And so I’ve been able to leapfrog some technology and get [00:27:00] closer to today. But uh, yeah, everything I put in the book is, is technology we used, I have used and or could be used, you know, against, in the fight against the drug cartels. And, and you know, then, then there’s a whole bunch of other things that still having that clearance I can’t talk about. The DOD review board would never let it go out in the book, so, yeah.

Mark: Awesome. So we are going to wrap up with a couple more questions for people listening who are authors, and what advice would you give to someone who just published their first or second book?

Steve: Wow. Number one, keep writing. Number two, you, you, we don’t get a, we don’t get a choice today. We need to be on social media.

Mark: Yeah.

Steve: Try and conquer your fear about talking about your book too much and, you know, those kinds of things. But, really get onto social media. One of the best things I did, and it was [00:28:00] advice from Jeff Wilson of Andrews and Wilson who write The Sons of Valor and a bunch of other great, you know, bestselling series was Create a Community.

Create a tribe, a team, find other like authors in your genre, get into critique groups, those kind of things not only will help you with your craft, but also give you connections to other people maybe who have already, you know, have done indie things that you haven’t or traditionally published and no agents and things like that.

So, networking. Networking. I was pleasantly surprised having been used to it in the civilian side. Networking really plays a, a, a big role. And like I say, we’ll help you with your craft, your social media, your awareness of your books, those kind of things.

Mark: Yeah, absolutely. Community community’s ever more important, especially when you have your own imprint or you’re an indie author. Yeah.

Steve: Absolutely.

Mark: Where can people find your books and, and hear more about you?[00:29:00]

Steve: Sure my books are for sale on Ingram Spark and, via their distributors and Amazon. And my website is www steven S-T-E-V-E-N Stratton, S-T-R-A-T-T-O-N usa.com. I should have made that shorter. Yes.

Mark: I’ll link to it in the show notes, so all you have to do is click.

Steve: Yeah.

Thank you. Thank you so much. Yeah. Yeah. I’m also Stratton books on, on X and Steven Stratton on Facebook and Instagram.

And I’m like, most authors, I’m still trying to figure out Instagram. Have a good friend Tracy Abramson. She’s a pro at it, so I keep stalking her and getting advice and things like that. But, yeah, that’s where you can find me.

Mark: That’s great. Thank you. Thank you so much for taking the time. I really appreciate this. It was just a great conversation, really enjoyed it. And if you don’t mind sticking around for a few questions after the show, for the after show for our Patreon subscribers, just a few more questions there.

Thank you again.

Steve: Thank you [00:30:00] for having me. Appreciate it.

Mark: Thanks for listening to episode 12. If you enjoyed this conversation, make sure to follow the show so you don’t miss episode 13 with Joanna Vander, author of The Spy, thriller Spy Girls. And if you’d like to go deeper with early access bonus content, the after show with rapid fire questions and the chance to ask future guests your own questions, join me on Patreon links are in the show notes.

Blunt Force by Aiden Bailey
TPP EP 10

Blunt Force is a high-octane action thriller about espionage, betrayal, and survival. When investigative journalists expose corruption on a global scale, the Trigger Man, Mark Pierce, is tasked with protecting them from elite kill teams sent by Syrian and Russian intelligence. From Spain to Luxembourg to Iceland’s frozen wilderness, Pierce battles assassins and uncovers a conspiracy that strikes closer to home than he ever imagined.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Blunt Force is a high-octane action thriller about espionage, betrayal, and survival. When investigative journalists expose corruption on a global scale, the Trigger Man, Mark Pierce, is tasked with protecting them from elite kill teams sent by Syrian and Russian intelligence. From Spain to Luxembourg to Iceland’s frozen wilderness, Pierce battles assassins and uncovers a conspiracy that strikes closer to home than he ever imagined.

In this episode of The Thriller Pitch Podcast, Aiden Bailey and I talk about the real-world experiences that shaped the Trigger Man series, how he balances relentless action with character depth, and the global settings that bring his thrillers to life.

Aiden Bailey’s book on Amazon: https://a.co/d/duviZ4e

Follow Aiden Bailey on his website: https://aidenlbailey.wordpress.com/

Join the After Show on Patreon and get my free novella Cognitive Breach, bonus stories from guests, early access to episodes, and the chance to submit your own questions for future authors.: https://patreon.com/markpjnadon

Today’s Sponsor | Mark P.J. Nadon’s novels: https://mybook.to/marksthrillers

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here: https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Want bonus questions not shared anywhere else? Subscribe to the newsletter: https://dashboard.mailerlite.com/forms/…

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon: https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Follow Mark on his Amazon Author Page https://www.amazon.com/stores/Mark-PJ…

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

Author Bio

Aiden Bailey is an international bestselling thriller author from Australia. Formerly an engineer, he built a career marketing multi-national technology, engineering, and construction companies.

His various roles have included corporate communications with the Australian Submarine Corporation, technical writing for several defence contractors, engineering on an outback petroleum pipeline, a magazine editor and art director, and engineering proposal writer for the Royal Australian Air Force’s surveillance and intelligence gathering aircraft and drone enabling works.

Aiden has travelled widely in six continents and his experiences are the basis of many of his stories.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Episode 10 Aiden Bailey

Aiden: [00:00:00] One of the reasons that I was inspired about setting it there was I was reading about the lava flows and like there’s this point where when they’re, cooling down.

They’re not quite, you won’t fall through them. And, but they’re, they’re warm enough you can stand on. They, they’re cool enough, you can stand on them, but if you stand on them too long, your shoes start to melt. So I had this whole, this chase sequence on other feeling, but I’ve gotta do that. I’ve gotta do something cool like that with Trigger Man. Send him there and put him through the, rigors of rigors of Iceland.​

Mark: Aiden, welcome to the podcast. Thank you so much for being here today for taking the time outta your schedule.

Aiden: Thanks, mark. Thanks for having me.

Mark: We are today gonna be talking about book six in your Trigger Man series, which is called Blunt Force, and let’s get started with the pitch.

Aiden: Okay, so Blunt Force, the main character is Mark Pearce, code Trigger Man. He’s a [00:01:00] CIA power military operator. He’s in Europe. Uh, there’s been a Panama Paper style release of massive amounts of data and it reveals the location of CIA safe houses across Europe. So the CIA want to shut it down, but also the Russians and the Syrians also want to control the data for their own reasons and are killing anyone who comes into contact with it.

But at the heart of the story, it’s about two siblings who are using the data to right it wrong. And when the Trigger Man finds out about this, he gets his, he gets a second purpose of second wind behind him to, like a more personal mission that he needs to resolve on top of everything else that’s going on. So that’s in the summary.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. Thank you. That’s great. And where did the idea come from?

Aiden: This is the sixth book in the Trigger Man, and I’ve been wanting to set a story in Europe and I think I’m always on the lookout for ideas and I’ve just been reading about the Panama Papers which is [00:02:00] basically, it was a, it was a firm, a legal firm that had released a whole or a whole lot of their confidential client data had been exposed by some journalists and it showed a whole lot of corruption and trading around the world, but it was like millions and millions of files and I thought this would be a really interesting idea.

In the sense that, you know, back in the Cold War you might sell, steal one or two secrets. Whereas this one was about, you know, thousands and thousands of secrets. So what the Russians wanted for and what the Syrians wanted for, and what the Americans wanted for were all different, but they’re all fighting out the same data.

And it was just this kind of like, once the gene out of the bottle, so to speak, you really can’t put it back. And that was where it kind of came from. And then I’d always wanted to set a story in Iceland. Where a lot of the action happens. So yeah. So it was kind of like, yeah, a whole lot of my ideas came together and, uh, I hadn’t brought the triggerman to Europe, so it [00:03:00] was, well, not in a big way so that was the other reason. So, yeah, I’m trying to get the, you know, go.

Mark: Did you use Iceland as an excuse to, to go there and, and actually check it out for your book?

Aiden: You know, I, I, I would love to go there, but that’s about as far away from Australia where I’m as you can possibly get. It’s quite expensive. I have traveled quite extensively. I, I think I’m up to close up to 30 countries I’ve been to now, but some of the places, you know, send your characters, it’s, you know, they, they’re, they’re not easy to get into. Like I’ve said, one story in Central African Republic, and I don’t think anyone really wants to go there. Uh, but it’s, uh, but yes, I have spent, I have spent time in Europe, but I haven’t got to Iceland. But it’s just this incredible scenery. And

Mark: Yeah.

Aiden: One of the reasons that I was inspired about setting it there was I was reading about the lava flows and like there’s this point where when they’re, cooling down.

They’re not quite, you won’t fall through [00:04:00] them. And, but they’re, they’re warm enough you can stand on. They, they’re cool enough, you can stand on them, but if you stand on them too long, your shoes start to melt. So I had this whole, this chase sequence on other feeling, but I’ve gotta do that. I’ve gotta do something cool like that with Trigger Man.

Send him there and put him through the, rigors of rigors of Iceland.

Mark: Yeah. I love that moment. That was, that was one of the questions I had for you. If the

Aiden: Oh, okay.

Mark: Are real, so that’s great. Now I know

Aiden: Uh,

Mark: real in that scene. That is possible. ’cause it was very interesting reading it.

Aiden: I actually got out of Brian Cox documentary, the, uh, astrophysicist. He was watching something about, the, the, the Earth and how, um, planet’s form, and, and I just went, he was, he was in Iceland, he was actually talking about the Icelandic fields. I thought, yeah, I’ve gotta use this. And then the interesting thing about Iceland is it’s like all these lava fields, but you’ve also got these glaciers and snow fields and, you know, using the combination of two and just this, you’re putting, putting Trigger Man in his [00:05:00] team in this kind of really hostile environment, but it’s also in Europe. So it’s this interesting juxtaposition there. I had, I had a lot of fun running that. Yeah.

Mark: It was a lot of fun reading it ’cause he went through so much. He had, everything was against him. He was being hunted from

Aiden: Good.

Mark: The weather was against him. The earth was, seemed to be falling apart.

Aiden: I, I, yeah, I think with action, it’s, it is, you know, if you make it too easy for the characters, readers get bored. But if you make it, if he’s not, but if he’s not working his way through it, then they, they’re kind of going like, well, he is not that clever. So you’ve gotta find this balance of like, putting him in danger, but also making him a competent agent.

So, uh, but yes, I think that’s probably my favorite action sequence that I’ve written so far across the six books. Yeah, I had a lot of fun writing that.

Mark: Do you find by book six you have to make things harder and harder on the character in order for it to be as, order for your, like your, your [00:06:00] readers to want to continue engaging? Like you feel like you have to, like, okay, in book one, we could do a smaller story. I mean, I haven’t read book one, so I don’t, I

Aiden: Yeah, sure.

Mark: but you know what I mean?

Like if you’re raising the stakes every book.

Aiden: What, when you talk about stakes, I probably put it in three categories. You’ve got the plot, like, you know, what’s at stake of a on a geopolitical level, and this one it’s about, you know, exposing CIA operations because of the exposed CIA houses, CIA safe houses. But then it’s also got the characters, like the characters you’re trying to put them through some kind of arc in, in what they learn and discover about themselves.

But then the other one is the action. And yeah, I feel like it’s interesting when I talk to my publishers and give, throw them ideas about what they always come back to, as they say, as long as there’s lots of action. ’cause that’s what people want. So it is almost every book, I’m kind of going, it, it, you need, I feel like I need at least three good action [00:07:00] sequences.

So starting off with the, the fight sequence in Rhonda in Spain, where it’s that, uh, bridge over a cliff. And then I’ve got the, um, then I’ve got the Iceland chase, and then I had the tain chase in Syria at the end. And I, um, yeah, so it’s a bit of that. There’s a bit of a, so it’s not only the plot and the characters, but it’s also like the timing, the action is also something I think a lot about when I’m writing.

Mark: And what was the research like for this book? Because you had, I was learning all kinds of stuff. You had the Cold War, the Syria, the Ukraine war, the pipeline. I mean, it went on and on. So what, what, like how much research did you have to do and like what kind of things were real and factual? It all read very factual, but I don’t follow closely enough to know, check it. But it, it read very factual.

Aiden: Thanks, to go through the different points. Okay. So when I, I, I, I’d started out as an engineer. I, now, I’m working like corporate [00:08:00] communications, but one of my first jobs is actually on a pipeline in the Outback of Australia. So that’s where some of that experience came from. So, yes, everything with the pigs and, and the oil I, you know, I still work in the oil and gas sector, but I also work in the defense sector. So, you know, I’m, I’ve got all these insights through my work about, uh, how a lot of these, uh, infrastructure projects work. I guess I’m constantly reading, watching geopolitical shows. I’ve traveled, like I said, people travel quite extensively, so I’ve backpacked through Africa and South America and Africa was one of my first trips, and that kind of gave me a big sense of like the difference between what was then called the developed world, the developing world, and the difference in, you know, uh, quality of life and, and, political stability and things like that.

So I think it’s like research is always [00:09:00] on. So a lot of what I’m writing is there, but then as I’m writing it, it’s more the details. I need to stop and go, well, what kind of gun would they have in this part of the world? Or, or, I’m looking on Google Maps to try and get a sense of the terrain that they’re in.

The really interesting thing that happened with this one was while I was writing it, the Assad regime regime got kicked outta Syria, so I had to rewrite the whole ending. Because I had these Syrian agents from the, basically the Assad regime and, and then, and I thought, how can I, how can I, how can I write it in a way that still makes it relevant, even though that regime is gone now?

So, I’ve, I’ve thought I’ve came up with a solution. Hopefully it works, but, um, sorry. Lost my, lost my earpiece there for a second. Um, yeah, so, uh, yeah, it is. I, I guess to summarize, I feel like you, if you are always on research and reading [00:10:00] and you, the ideas will come. It’s just, I find it’s just the detail, like the the minute detail that you need to go and stop and just check something. But that’s a very quick search on the internet.

Mark: Yeah, well it’s helpful when you know, when they say, write what you know, it’s helpful that a lot of that stuff is in your background and in your interests. Because even if you don’t know things, if you’re very interested in it, you can become quite convincing in how much you know when you’re just enjoying the, that learning process as opposed to approaching a book and then having to learn it all because you don’t know anything about it and it just serves the plot you’re not really interested in it.

Aiden: A, another trick I use is, you know, I used to read a lot of National Geographic articles and, and they’d often give you little insights into like what it was like day to day, so you could put this flavor about, uh, what people would actually talk about, what scenes you’d see on the streets. So sometimes it’s a bit of description about where the Trigger Man is and what he’s seeing and feeling [00:11:00] and sensing. I think that also helps to bring, bring a location alive. So I, I do try to do that, uh, as well.

Mark: And how do you decide how much research to include to not bog down the story? ’cause you were talking about three major action scenes, but there’s also, you know, you have information built into all those action scenes. ’cause we’re constantly learning like, how do you know or how do you balance, here’s the background information so you’re aware of what’s going on where he is and I’m not doing too much to bore a reader.

Aiden: Yeah, like when I go back and read some of the classics, like a lot of the Clancy stuff, you can see there’s a lot of exposition about, you know, what’s going on and and, but you can see with modern authors, they started to change that. And I think with exposition to get the story across it is kind of saying enough to tell, to make sure the [00:12:00] readers know what’s going on. But there’s tricks you can use, like, you know, if you want exposition, you can have two people talking, or you can have two people talking on a fast beating train through Japan and one of ’em has got a gun pointed or the other, and then something becomes more interesting.

So it’s about how, where, and how the information is, is relayed. Another trick I use is trying not to introduce too many characters in one scene. So it’s like trying to build them up slowly. So you, you might meet two characters, and then the third one comes in three cha chapters later and then a fourth and so by the time you’ve got a big team of five or six or eight people, how many you are, how many are in that book? You, you’re not ma, you’re not basically forcing the ready to kind of go, well, here’s five people. Remember them all now, you know, you build ’em up slowly. So it’s little, little tricks that I’ve learned along the way about how to do that and, and it’s that Raymond Chandler thing, you know, like if a scene feels [00:13:00] bored, bring someone with a gun and shoot someone, you know? It is, it is you just, you just, it’s, it’s, it’s almost like a rhythm, like you go, yeah, it’s, it’s ticking along. But then now let’s add something else in and let’s just keep trying to escalate, escalate the tension as you go.

Mark: Yeah. I appreciated with, with the book that it started with Pierce and, and it did build the team slowly. ’cause I know in a lot of action thrillers, I have a tough time. Just like you said, when we get

Aiden: Hmm.

Mark: here, meet the team, I guess essentially it’s almost like a flashcard

Aiden: Yeah.

Mark: Every team member. And by the time I’ve read it all, I can’t remember anybody because just so many names and so many details. It was well done. That it was, it was very nice to have that, you know, little character here. And then here’s how they impacted the story or here’s how they impacted Pierce’s life throughout, I imagine throughout the other books, and I’m kind of being brought up to speed.

Aiden: This one is the one where the teams actually come together in a real way in across the six books. So in the first one, Pierce has [00:14:00] kind of almost operating independently, and then I slowly introduced the team over the the last five books. And this is where it all kind of comes together. But I’ve kind of also written myself into a corner where now I’ve got a table of six and each book I’ve gotta try and work out how to bring them all in again each time.

Um, and, and you know, ’cause you gotta, you can’t assume that anyone who’s read the next book knows what’s happened in the previous book. So

Mark: Yeah.

Aiden: Yeah, it’s, uh, maybe the team’s too big. I’m not sure. But anyway, we’ll see how we go. But I’m enjoying writing all of them. Yeah.

Mark: And how do you do the, like your writing process in itself, in itself, is it. Did you do a heavy outline? Especially now for this book with book six? ’cause I’ve like, I’ve written a trilogy and by the time I get to book three, I’m like struggling to remember what I’ve said over 300,000 words. You’ve done that for six books. So are you building an outline for this book by the time you got to book six In order to carry it forward without, [00:15:00] you know, just to keep track of it all.

Aiden: I do. I, I’ve, and with incubator, my publisher, they have these writers’ workshops. So the, the people who run it, some of them are out of the TV industry, so they have, they, they used to have what writers’ workshops. So they basically put you through a grilling session of like, they work you through your plot and go, what’s, how does this happen?

And why does this character know this? And does this make sense? Or should, wouldn’t it been more logical to do this? And it’s really good and so I’ve started, I used to be just a writer as I go, ’cause it’s all in my head. But now I’m doing plots on my publishers and that’s actually re refining it really well and giving me good outline.

So now that when I sit down I just go, right, right, right, right, right. Next round. Right, right. And it’s all there. But that said, over six books, I have these, peace has this secret background that I haven’t revealed yet, but I’ve hinted at it. [00:16:00] It. And even though each book is in standalone, if you read them in order, I’m building up this background of where he is come from and what his secret past is.

And I’m also building up this villainous group in the background that’s gonna come out more and more in the book. So I do have an overall kind of arc where it’s going, even though each book will be individual. So yeah, there’s a lot of checking and cross checking and, you know, I’ve got this timeline of like, how long ago each book was.

In, in character time, even though real world time is, you know, the character time is a lot slower than real world time is, and we, you know how action heroes never age. It’s, anyway, it’s, yes, there’s a lot of juggling, but, I’m, I write in my day job. I, I write, proposals for, uh, engineering projects and I just have to be on all the time, like, so I’ve learned how to write quickly and to pick up information and write it fast. So,

Mark: Cool.

Aiden: And, and then in that, in that [00:17:00] industry, I’m trying to pick up a lot of information very quickly and then turn it into content that a client can understand. So, yeah, I suppose that has helped.

So, yeah, I suppose I just do it naturally now without even thinking about it. But yeah, it took a long time to get there.

Mark: That’s interesting that you say helped rather than hindered. ’cause I would think having that much of a workload on your mind would almost make you come home and be tired. When you wrote the book, you like, was it like every day writing a bit? It sounds like you have a lot on your mind, so it’d be tiring.

Aiden: I try and come home and write for a couple hours every night. But, you know, sometimes you just work gets in the way or something’s on. I write, I try and write on the weekend as well. But I, yeah, I can literally just, I, I guess one trick, another trick that I’ve learned is that, you know, when I’m doing something like going for a walk, riding my bicycle, um, uh, [00:18:00] you know, cleaning, whatever it is, I’m just thinking, thinking through ideas.

So I’m often thinking about the next scene and what’s gonna happen. So that when I actually do have those half an hour, 20 minutes, an hour, whatever, you sit down and write, I just, yes, I can go straight into it. I don’t have to kind of think about it. So I’ve done the thinking beforehand. So again, there’s lots of little tricks that, yeah, I’ve learned over time about being more efficient in the way that I write.

Um, but I’m drawn to it and I, I love writing the Trigger Man. I’ve really got into it. And hopefully this will be my publishers just want me to keep writing it. You know, so hopefully I can keep it going for like 15, 20 books maybe more.

Mark: Yeah. Do you have a plan for that series? Like when you’re talking about revealing certain things, is there a number

Aiden: Yeah,

Mark: All that like you have kind of in mind? If you don’t mind sharing it.

Aiden: Yeah, sure. Um, so I’m working on book eight, sorry, book seven now, which is set in the Mexican drug war and then book eight potentially going to reveal pieces. [00:19:00] Deep background. And then from there I’ve got probably two or three more books planned out in reasonable detail. And then I’ve got this kinda long term plan about where it can go and some of the background elements that come out. So it is kinda like the further into the future you go, the more vague it becomes. But I, I feel like I’ve got enough to keep it going for quite a while.

Mark: Awesome. I look forward to continuing to read them.

Aiden: Thank you.

Mark: I really enjoyed Blunt Force.

Aiden: Oh, thank you. Yeah, I like, I, I just, I really enjoy writing them. I have a lot of fun and, uh, yeah, I’ve been really, I’ve been really happy about how well it’s sold and the reviews I’ve got. So they’ve all been, for the most part, really, really positive. So, yeah, it was

Mark: Yeah.

Aiden: Fantastic.

Mark: Yeah, yeah. Deserved for sure.

Aiden: Thank you.

Mark: So looking at characters for this book, you, there were a lot of viewpoints. [00:20:00] How did you keep track of all that? And when you’re on book six, maybe these, I should ask these individually, but do you, how do you keep track of arcs for the characters? Because in some books there’s the character goes through this journey from beginning to end and they come back changed, so to speak. But then we also have books that are like Jack Reacher as an example, where he doesn’t change very much because it’s a series and we love what we get from Jack Reacher. We don’t need him to go through these big changes in his personality or, know, how do you balance all of that? ’cause it was, it was great, but, and I, I got it all, but I, I was just thinking while I was reading it, like writing all these characters, it’s like, wow, here we are with this person and this person.

And like, and they’re all unique and they all go through so much. It’s like, that’s a lot.

Aiden: Yeah. How do I answer that? I suppose, uh, so Pierce has this background, which, uh, when I came up with the idea, I thought, this is really great. [00:21:00] I don’t know if anyone’s actually done this before. I won’t say what it is ’cause it hasn’t come out yet. But, I thought, but then when I started thinking about the implications of what that background would be, was it kind of started to flesh out why he reacts the way he does and this kind of conflict that he’s got and yeah, a lot of thrillers in this genre that I’ve read, they tell you straight away, you’ve done two tours in Afghanistan and one in Iraq, and he’s the top guy to mark and you, and it is all laid out for you. And I went, no, no, no. I wanna do the complete, the complete different approach. A bit like what Tom Wood did with his Victor, the assassin.

You don’t know anything about him. And I find that really intriguing. You know, like, so who is he? Where’s he come from? And, uh, and I, so there’s a lot. So as he’s, but as I, as I write him he becomes more real and it’s kind of easier to, to write him, if that makes sense. And then I just put him in a different situation, that kind of brings him up, that, uh, that confronts him [00:22:00] with his thoughts and beliefs. So in this one, you mentioned, you know, like I had a whole lot of Cold War references. I mean, his parents were spies in the Cold War, which was revealed in this one.

Mark: Yeah.

Aiden: And, and so then that’s bringing up his emotions about how he feels about that. And then I’ve got the, the two other main characters in there are Rachel Zane, who’s another paramilitary operator like Pierce.

And I’ve got a deep background on her, which has come out some of the earlier books. And then Mackenzie Summerfield, which is the team’s analyst. And she and Pierce have a long history together and they’ve been caught through quite a bit together. And you, and you just kind of go, what can I do with each of them?

You know? And the other thing that, uh, you know, like Jack Richard doesn’t change, but one thing my publisher says is, I think it’s more than 50% of my readers are women. And they, [00:23:00] I think that’s because I do have those character Arc and those, those uh, the depth and the change in the characters. I think that’s, that has helped me get into that market or that de that, um, demographic of the market.

So,

Mark: Yeah, that makes

Aiden: so, yeah.

Mark: And what about tracking all the characters? Do you have like a, a notebook of, of all the different people and their personalities before you start writing? Or,

Aiden: Uh.

Mark: Come to life because you’ve, you know, you’re imagining them as you are doing things like you mentioned.

Aiden: A lot of people have said to me like, you, you can retain a lot of information in your head, and maybe I can. But yeah, because I, I, I do have notes, but there’s a lot of it. I just, it’s there and I can remember back, or if I can’t remember, I can remember which chapter it was in, in the previous book and go back and go right there it was.

Mark: Okay.

Aiden: So yeah, it’s not, I don’t find it that difficult to be honest. It’s, maybe it’s [00:24:00] just something skill that I’m lucky. I, I dunno. But,

Mark: Not, I don’t have the skill. Yeah,

Aiden: But, but you know, it, editing is really hard for me, so, you know, it takes me so everyone’s got something and everyone’s that helps ’em. Something’s got something, holds ’em back, so, yeah.

Yeah.

Mark: And what was it like writing the villains? Do you find getting into the villain head, the villain’s head, difficult to give their perspective, make them seem human, not a caricature of this genre.

Aiden: So I’ve worked in a lot of big companies where, where I would call it like it’s a high density sociopath. And, and you see some of the people who are running companies or projects or things like that, and you go like, why are they making those decisions? And when you start to realize that they just don’t care about other people, [00:25:00] you kind of make sense.

And luckily I’m not in that world anymore, but I just, I started to realize that there’s just these, they’re very, very small part of the world, but they’re the kind of the narcissist and the sociopaths. And the psychopaths that just, they just don’t care about anyone and they’re all about themselves.

And I just like this idea of, blowing ’em over the top. So for example, in, um, uh, book Five Shock Front, that’s about a, um, and former soldier who terms paramilitary and he’s basically like, he’s almost like a cult leader. He, everything he says he believes.

Mark: Yeah.

Aiden: And, and he’s got this island of Komodo dragons, which he feeds anyone. He feeds people to that disappoint him, and they sort over the top and, but you make them really, really bad. And then people go like, they’ve gotta die. They’ve gotta get the justice. And it’s, it’s, it’s, um, yeah, just [00:26:00] so I try and draw real world traits from people like sometimes you can just watch politicians or business leaders on online and, and just some of the things they say and you go like, you know, I could use that because that’s like a super film would say.

But then you give them something like James Bond esque, like a, like a, like a island full of Komodo dragons just to make them that big, crazy. So yeah, they’re, they’re fun. Um, yeah, I just, but it’s, it’s trying to find something that makes each one different. I think there was, ’cause in, in my third book, I had a, an assassin who was also a comic board artist and kept drawing comic illustrations of everything that he’d, done to kill people and just, and, and then suddenly he was like this, he just became more real to me, even though he’s just this crazy killer.

Mark: Yeah, I love that drawing his killings. Well, unfortunately we are running low on time, so I have a few, a few more, couple [00:27:00] more questions for you. And

Aiden: Yep.

Mark: Mostly for those who are authors that are listening to the show. And I’d like to know what advice you would give someone who just publish like book one or book two. So they’re beyond the, I need to find time to write and, you know, they’ve written a book, they’re getting into it. And now what, because this is a, a stage that’s also quite difficult and overwhelming depending on if you’re traditionally published or, well, either way.

Aiden: Yeah. Uh, one, I was originally thinking of self-publishing Trigger Man, but that takes a lot of time and effort to kind of understand how to digitally market your books. Right. So, and I tried self-publishing other books before to varying success. But then I was a group of authors that I’m with and one of ’em was reading it and he said to me, just send it out to some publishers.

[00:28:00] So there’s a lot of digital publishers out there now who are looking for thriller authors, particularly action thriller authors and all the main thing I would suggest is if you’re going to a publisher, check to see how many reviews their books have on Amazon. So if they have five or six, they don’t know how to market it.

But if they’ve got thousands on their books, then they know how to market it. And you know that, don’t write your book to then get it stuck with a publisher that doesn’t know how to promote you and get it out there. I guess that’s the biggest advice I, I would give, you know, do your research on that. But I, I actually, but having a publisher like Incubator, which are fantastic, it allows me just to concentrate on writing the books while they do all the, the marketing.

It’s, and, uh, and it’s a reasonable arrangement, with, how they split the, the, um, profits. So yeah, I, I would, yeah, that’s what, two or three books I would go try and find a hybrid publisher, uh, not a hybrid publisher or a digital publisher.

Mark: Okay,

Aiden: Yeah. [00:29:00] Okay.

Mark: Did Tri was Triggerman, did you submit it for the first time and it was accepted?

Aiden: I think it was the third place I submitted it to. But yeah, Incubator picked it up and they, they’d been mostly doing vigilante justice, like the Jack Reacher or approach to, you know, my guy walks into a town and kills all the bad guys..

Mark: Yeah.

Aiden: But mine’s more along the lines of like a Mark Greaney, Gray Man. You know, he’s, he’s, he’s, he’s with the CIA, he’s traveling around the world. I think I’ve sent him to about eight books. I think I’ve sent him 45 countries already. And yeah, so there was a bit of risk for them there, but it’s been one of the bestsellers. So, uh, yeah, look, it is been life changing for me. It is. It’s doing really well. I, I made a really good choice and I was lucky to get with, with Incubator and I’ve got a great editor, Alice [00:30:00] with Incubator, so she’s been really good at honing the stories and improving them too. So yeah, get a good editor is the other thing I suggest.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. Well congratulations on that success.

Aiden: Thank you.

Mark: Three times is a low number. That’s really good.

Aiden: But to give you context, I’ve been writing for 30 years and, you know, 30 years I was barely making any money on my writing and it was just a hobby and I was trying multiple genres. And it was only when I got into the Trigger Man that things turned around. So, you know, I’ve spent a lot of time getting there. I think it was, I, when I started writing the Trigger Man, I went, you’ve actually gotta start writing for the market. You know, what does the market actually want? You know, to what are the tropes, what are the, the expectations people having to throw off? Or what do they want from their main character? And once you start to write in, in a market approach, it’s easy.

It’s to sell. Or for publishers to go, yeah, we’re gonna go with this. ’cause that’s that work in the market [00:31:00] zone. Yeah. Trigger Man worked, but every, everything else before that didn’t, so, you know, it’s not always, it’s not always a smooth road. Yeah.

Mark: Okay. Fair. Well, that’s that’s

Aiden: Yeah.

Mark: Congratulations.

Aiden: Yeah.

Mark: So last question. Where can people find your books and learn more about you?

Aiden: Well there’s Blunt Force there, so that’s book six. You can get it on Amazon. It’s exclusive to Amazon, so it’s on the Kindle Unlimited and you can get it in the first three books. You can get in audio, but you can also get it in print as well. So basically Amazon or you can go to my website, which is aidenlbailey.com

That gives you more information. We can find my books.

Mark: Okay, great. Well, thank you so

Aiden: Thank you.

Mark: I really appreciate it. If you don’t mind sticking around for a few extra minutes after the show, I do,

Aiden: Sure. Thanks.

Mark: Bonus questions for the newsletter subscribers that only they get access to.[00:32:00]

Aiden: Definitely. Thanks Mark.

Mark: Thanks again. ​

Metal Spies by Cole Chase
TPP EP 03

Metal Spies is a fast-moving action-thriller about a conman fronting a metal band—and getting blackmailed into stopping a billionaire’s plot against the U.S.

Watch Now!

Listen Now!

Inside This Episode

Metal Spies is a fast-moving action-thriller about a conman fronting a metal band—and getting blackmailed into stopping a billionaire’s plot against the U.S.

In this episode of The Thriller Pitch Podcast, author Cole Chase talks about where the idea came from, how his tech background influences his storytelling, and some of the research involved in his books.

We talk about: – His daughters influence on the idea behind a metal band heist crew – His life experience that shaped his novel and the research he did to bring it to life – His writing process for Metal Spies

Cole Chase’s books on Amazon: https://a.co/d/8s35HCr

Follow Cole on his website: https://colechase.media/

Support the show and get a free novella by Mark, plus stories and art from some guests Join the Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/c/markpjnadon

Authors – Want to be a guest? Apply here:https://markpjnadon.ca/thrillerpitchpodcast/

Want bonus questions not shared anywhere else? Subscribe to the newsletter: https://dashboard.mailerlite.com/forms/…

Explore thrillers by Mark P.J. Nadon https://markpjnadon.ca/novels/

Follow Mark on his Amazon Author Page https://www.amazon.com/stores/Mark-PJ…

Connect with The Thriller Pitch Podcast:

rendering of a futuristic cyber background target with laser light effect

Author Bio

Cole Chase writes action thrillers drawing on his twenty-plus years working in high tech, including five years as a certified information security analyst. He studied Advanced Commercial Fiction at the University of Washington under Stephen King and Michael Crichton’s editor, and studied screenwriting with Blake Snyder (author of Save the Cat).

“I love espionage thrillers where the lone hero defies the world, such as Jason Bourne, John Rain, or the Gray Man,” Cole says. “But all my best achievements occurred with a team. When you’re a member of an expert squad and you’re problem-solving together, you feel unstoppable. So I write thrillers about framily rather than lone wolves.” This “framily” dynamic fuels the Shadowfast series, about friends who form a heavy metal band that is also a heist crew.

Cole Chase counts Donald Westlake, Elmore Leonard, and Dean Koontz as writing influences (along with a youthful obsession with the Hardy Boys). He loves all forms of action entertainment, from movies to TV to behind-the-scenes videos about stunt actors. He is married and lives in the Pacific Northwest with a British Shorthair cat, Sir Percival.

Transcript

Note: This transcript was auto-generated and lightly edited.

TPP Episode 3 with Cole Chase

[00:00:00]

Mark: Hello and welcome to the Thriller Pitch Podcast, where you come for the pitch and stay for the story behind the story. I’m your host, Mark P.J. Nadon, and you are listening to episode three, the sponsor for this episode, still me. If you’re an author and you wanna sponsor a future episode, just head to markpjnadon.ca links in the show notes.

In my Novela cognitive breach, Homeland Security captures an AI architect who suspected of terrorism. When standard interrogation fails, they turn to the Genesis Project Technology Captain David Garner enters her dreams, uncovers a deadly conspiracy involving weaponized AI and a growing connection that could compromise everything.

Cognitive breach is a high stake psychological thriller where the truth hides deep in the battlefield of dreams. Today’s guest is Cole Chase, who [00:01:00] studied advanced commercial fiction at the University of Washington under Stephen King’s editor, the one who famously cut 500 pages from the stand. A former cybersecurity analyst certified and NSA Methods.

Cole brings real world tech savvy to his shadow fast action thriller series. A six book saga about a heavy metal band turn heist crew.

Mark: Cole, thank you. Thank you for being here. Welcome to the show.

Cole: Thanks. I’m glad to be here.

Mark: So we’re gonna get right into it today.

If you wanna pitch me your book.

Cole: I’m ready. I’m here to talk to you about Metal Spies. It’s an action thriller that kicks off a whole series, and one way you could wrap your mind around it is to think about the cast of Oceans 11 taking over a mission impossible movie. Quinn Richards is a con man, the son of a con man. He gets with his ex-army buddies and starts a heavy metal band that they call Shadow Fast.

Because he’s a [00:02:00] conman. Pretty soon it evolves into a heist crew because they find out they can travel to different locales, even other countries or states and do little scams and cons undercover as musicians. So even though they pull off these cons, he lives in a mansion he inherited from his father, and he’s not making enough for upkeep on the mansion.

So he keeps trying to get shadow fast into bigger and bigger scores. I. Well, when he tries that instead of getting into the big leagues, he gets played by the big leagues. And some corrupt politicians hire him for a job simply to entrap them. And shadow fast finds themselves blackmailed by these corrupt politicians, so they must obey.

The politicians have figured out is that there is a tech bro billionaire named Brody Bach, and he has been bribed to the tune of nine figures by actors from the states of Russia and China, and they can tell he’s about to launch a [00:03:00] technological attack on the United States, but they don’t know what it is.

So Shadow Fast has to find out what the attack is and when it is, or they face prison for life. So this kicks us off into a story full of car chases, double crosses, international intrigue, lots of set pieces, quirky characters that readers really love. And, it’s for you if you are a fan of action thrillers and especially if you like kind of team-based ones like.

The ones I’ve mentioned. You know, Oceans 11, Mission Impossible, A-Team. The Losers. If you remember the old movie Sneakers from 1992. It’s that kind of vibe. It’s part heist, thriller, part techno, thriller, and all fun. So you can rock out with your glock out in metal spies.

Mark: So what inspired you to write the book?

Cole: I actually got started, well, first of all, I’ve been a fan all my life of the kinds of things I just referred [00:04:00] to, but what really was the impetus is my daughter, she is a very, very good singer down in Hollywood and unusually for a female. She’s a heavy metal singer. So I was raised in a church culture where I wasn’t allowed to listen to heavy metal, and I was pretty much ignorant of it until I was almost 50.

My daughter Sarah was in all these metal bands and she basically just took me to metal school. And so, yeah, but you haven’t heard this and you haven’t heard this. And I, I found it was really fun and, I, I just kinda loved it. So one of the main characters in the series is an idealized and exaggerated version of my own daughter.

So that’s, that’s what the main impetus was.

Mark: That’s awesome. So Cold Hit, which is the one you were nice enough to, to give to me, is that book four in this series? Is that how the series works out?

Cole: Yeah, I, I wound up, there’s six books in the series now and [00:05:00] I released them as trilogies. So book four actually is the first book of the second trilogy.

Okay. You can read it if you haven’t read the first three. Um, but I probably the best experience is if you go start to finish, but works either way

Mark: And you have the history. Yeah. So I’m curious when you, when you’re writing an action thriller, how you balance that intense action with character development to make the audience kind of care about the action. I’ve found in some stories I get into, there’s like lots of action. The characters at risk, you know, might die all of a sudden, but I’m not, I don’t yet care if they do because as a reader I just don’t have a reason to yet.

Cole: Yes. Yeah. So there’s an evolution through the six books, right?

When I wrote the first trilogy, I had learned that the Tom Cruise, Christopher Mcquarrie Mission Impossibles, they would think up a bunch of set pieces [00:06:00] first and then try to string them together with a plot and I actually took that approach in the first trilogy ’cause I had been writing for corporations for years, and I just really wanted to break out and do something a lot more fun than an executive pep talk.

So the, those first three books were a total blast to write. I put the whole thing together and then looked at, said, okay, but what does this mean and what is going on with the characters? And I was actually a little surprised by what the themes turned out to be. As I mentioned that Quinn is the son of a conman, and what you learned through the course of the books is it doesn’t actually set well with him.

He grew up in it, but he doesn’t know if he wants to be a good guy, a bad guy. They try to have their own little shabby code of honor so that they only pick on, as they call it, assholes, rich people or rich assholes. You know? That’s their. So there [00:07:00] is character development and he has an arc figuring out, am I good?

Am I bad? Where do I wanna be? And then in the second trilogy, there’s actually considerable more character work, but it’s dropped in briefly. Like you, you don’t really get big scenes of people pondering the meaning of life or that kind of thing. It kind of arises from the action.

Mark: Yeah. Yeah. I like that you, there was a lot of action.

I enjoyed, really enjoyed that book. And so what scene or moment was the hardest to write? Like creatively or emotionally?

Cole: Well, in the, in the first trilogy, none of it, it was just pure fun. I mentioned it was a nice break from all the corporate writing I’d been doing in the second trilogy the villains are billionaires who made most of their fortune off of privatized prisons, and they run them in a uniquely heartless way, and I wanted to [00:08:00] juxtapose that with scenes of an actual prisoner in one of their prisons and show the difference between how they pitch it to investors and what the real experience of being there is.

And that prison stuff was. Very hard for me to write ’cause as it turns out, I’ve never been to prison. Uh, so I usually, you know, write my books in the order that you read it, but that one, every time I got to one of the prison scenes, I, I didn’t know enough to make it seem real, and I knew what was supposed to happen in the scene, but I just kind of put a pin there and, and move on.

And finally at the end, I had to read several books by prisoners, watched YouTube channels by people who have been in prison and come out and try to straighten out their lives. And then I could go back and write prison action with things that authentically happened and not just some privileged tech worker sitting up here in Seattle guessing what happens in [00:09:00] prison.

So that Yeah, that’s fair. The hardest.

Mark: Yeah, I could see that. Any major rewrites, like did you find the scene or the plot had to change or something had to change. ’cause you just realize that, oh, if they went through this emotionally, they would be this kind of person instead of that.

Cole: Oh, oh. That has happened to me on other projects, not on this one.

So I was a book packager in the nineties, so I’ve been involved with a lot of books besides just the ones I write north of 70 books. So I kind of know how to mark out the territory without major disruption down the line.

Mark: Okay. So if you had to cut a character outta your series, who would you cut and why?

Cole: I kind of did actually when the. When Shadow Fast first starts, there’s only three people in it and then as you read the first series, it’s kind of the origin of the band. [00:10:00] They wind up in total with seven members. And I had one character that I included ’cause I felt like the genre kind of required that character.

And I found in my beta reads that female readers were not responding to this guy well. And I found that as an author, I usually kind of like all my characters, even the bad guys. I understand where they’re coming from and I didn’t even like this character. So in the second series one of my lead characters dies.

It was something I’ve never done before. It was actually kind of fun to do. Readers report, they’re pretty shocked to find out one of ’em never makes it through the second series. So I kind of did what you’re asking about.

Mark: Yeah. So is your daughter a beta reader? Is she as a rock band expert or a metal band expert?

Is she reading the books and, and giving feedback on the metal band stuff?

Cole: She has read some of them. This is not a genre, [00:11:00] that’s her jam. Okay. So a lot of times if I wonder about how something works, I just ask her. But also. I got to tag along with her for a lot of her band stuff. So that’s where, as far as the music stuff and what it looks like from the stage and what you go through, setting up beforehand, all that

i’ve been with her, I’ve been their band’s videographer, so I know that stuff. And you know, for anybody who cares about the heavy metal side of it, you get some insight into it what the gear is and what goes on during the show from the band’s perspective. So that, to me, it was all fun. I’m actually finding that for most thriller readers, they don’t care either way about the heavy metal out of it, but that’s fine.

It’s, it’s not, the main premise is just something that makes it a little distinct.

Mark: It does, it adds a level of realism because when I read it, I remember thinking like, yeah, this feels like authentic, even though I don’t know if it is. It had that feeling that it [00:12:00] was, which not all books do that. Same with the gaming in the beginning of Cold Hit in the gaming scene.

Cole: That was really, I, I don’t know of any other thriller that has a setting. Of an eSports tournament. So I don’t know either. No, that was a blast to write. And I actually got so into inventing the game that the eSports tournament is about, that again, the early readers were like, there’s so much of the, I had to really back off ’cause I was getting too big a kick out of it.

It wasn’t all forwarding the plot. So I trimmed it down as much as I could.

Mark: So how long did it take you to write?

Cole: Good question. So, well, six books. So the second trilogy took me about five months to write because I Wow, I, in some books on cliffhangers, so I didn’t wanna release one and then just leave people stuck for a year wondering what’ll happen and probably not wondering anymore, [00:13:00] just giving up.

So I, I wrote ’em all and then staged them so they could be released three or four weeks apart from each other. I don’t actually know how long it took me to write the first trilogy because I was still a full-time employee during a lot of it. So I just snuck it in on evenings and weekends whenever I could.

So that. That was probably more like a couple of years. So Wow. I like having it as a full-time job now because you can just sink your teeth into it and go, go, go. Yeah. I try to write 2000 words a day, which to some is a lot and to others is not much, but that’s what I can do. So

Mark: I would, yeah, I would be on the side of, that’s a lot myself.

Three books in five months. That’s impressive. That’s a lot of writing.

Cole: Well, it, it adds up to about 180,000 words all told. So, I mean, that’s one of Mark Greaney’s books, if you know him, he writes the, and [00:14:00] those books are about 160,000 and he puts out a couple a year, I think. I, I think that’s the pace that a lot of tra pub authors are going at now, so,

Mark: yeah. Yeah. Fair enough. I guess it depends on the size of the book too. So what kind of other research went into, went into these books.

Cole: Well, so my background is, I always wanted to be a novel writer, so I wound up with a career that went in a million directions. I mean, I’ve, I’ve built yachts, I’ve dispatched buses, I did all kinds of things.

But what really landed as an area for interest for me is around 2000 I got hired by a firewall company, a cybersecurity company, and they addressed their product was for small to medium businesses, and they found that if they had their own tech writers or engineers write the manuals, these small to medium businesses usually have someone [00:15:00] running the network who is just the person who forgot to step backwards when they asked for volunteers, they didn’t mean to have a career as an IT person. They’re just like wearing that hat. ’cause someone has to. So they wanted documentation that read more like a magazine style than a, a technical publication.

So I didn’t actually know anything about cybersecurity, but they really liked my style. So they took it upon themselves to train me. And over a couple of years I actually wound up a certified information system security professional. I got certified by the NSA and certain methodology. So I really knew hacking and the arms race between people defending a network and people trying to sneak onto your network.

So there’s a ton of research that’s already in my background about all the computer stuff. [00:16:00] And one of the things that happens early in Metal Spies is, a fleet of self-driving cars gets hacked and facial recognition software is installed so that it seems like a normal self-driving car fleet, like you might think of Waymo or some that actually exist, except that if, you know, every self-driving car has eight or nine cameras on it and some of ’em have lidar.

I mean, that’s how they know where they are. Mm-hmm. So they’ve been programmed with facial recognition software that if you see this one astrophysicist accelerate at her and basically they’re set up so if they see this one person, they become little murder cars. I love that. And that hack. Was really done at Defcon.

There were people that came and presented on how they could do it. It was in theory, no one was actually murdered, but they showed that it could be done. So all the technological stuff in the books, it comes short of science fiction. It’s things that are really [00:17:00] happening, things that I’ve become aware of from working in big data and cybersecurity for so long.

But that is where most of the research comes from.

Mark: I love that. That’s awesome. So is that is, do your characters also come from your like variety of backgrounds?

Cole: So I’m always trying to kind of freshen things up. So if you think about other ensemble thrillers, like maybe NCIS or so, the hacker, or even Mission Impossible, the hacker’s always this skinny, nerdy white guy with glasses.

But when I worked in big data, some of the smartest people were from all over and one of the guys I worked with was this huge Samoan dude who looks more like Jason Momoa than Simon Ted. And so I made him my hacker in my book. His name is Manny. which is short for Emmanuel, big Samoan dude, and very much inspired by someone [00:18:00] I knew in real life.

And the other characters are, are kind of similar. They’re pastiches of real people I met from my decades in IT.

Mark: To have that experience to draw on. So this, when they say, write what you know, I guess it helps when you’re, you have a, you had a job that cool to, to write what you know and then apply it to action thrillers. I love that.

Cole: Well, thanks. But it, you know, it, it flips the other way too, right? I, I have not been a cop or a soldier. So when it comes to other staples of the genre, like weaponry, like what kind of tactic would you use to clear a building of hostiles? I have to look up all that stuff. Yeah. It’s, it’s the technology stuff where I’m comfortable and I know what I’m doing is feasible and innovative. But car chase, I had to research a car chase just to see, okay, what does, what does a guy do when he really is counting on this car to save [00:19:00] his life? And what, and I was surprised to find out, oh, they turn off the ABS, they turn off the, you know, a, a bunch of stuff.

They want the car as analog as possible. It’s like, oh, okay. You know? That goes in the book. It’s interesting.

Mark: So who is your favorite character to write?

Cole: I have a couple. I certainly liked writing the one inspired by my daughter, but another one I’ve had a lot of fun with is character who winds up being called Night Boy and he’s called Night Boy in part there, there is a real syndrome that is rare but exists. It’s less than 1% of all humans have ever had. It’s called the Holmes-Adie syndrome.. It usually happens mostly to girls, but it does occasionally happen to males. And what it is, is your pupils are not connected properly, and so they just never contract.

Your pupils will always be at the widest [00:20:00] they can possibly be as if you’ve been in a dark room for 20 minutes or something. And it’s kind of a terrible way to live because all daylight is just overwhelming. If you have Holmes-Adie syndrome and you just go out, normally you would be blinded because the sun would burn through your retina and your cones and rods.

So Night Boy has Holmes-Adie syndrome. He has to wear heavy wraparound sunglasses all the time. But the flip side of that is that at night he basically has perpetual organic night vision sight. So he becomes a kind of a scout and a sneak that can do all kinds of things for the band because he can see in the dark and there is a set piece, especially in the second book, Metal Lies that was really fun to write where he has knife fights in the dark, in a industrial market in South Korea. Again, it’s just something I hadn’t seen someone [00:21:00] else do and it was, it was really fun to have a character who has that unique advantage.

Mark: That’s very cool. So in your research, is that something the people with that syndrome, are they able to see better in the dark or was that like a creative liberty you took for

Cole: the book? Oh, no, that’s, that’s true. I mean, you know, probably from your own experience, if you ever go stargazing, or even if you just sit in your own backyard in the dark some night after 20 minutes or so, you are seeing far better than when you first walked out of your lit house.

And yeah. Plopped down, you know, I mean, it, it is a real thing. If your pupils were completely widely exposed than what looks like night to everybody else would look like twilight to you. Mm-hmm. It’s real. Of course the downside is that all somebody has to do is turn around and shine a flashlight in his eyes and he’s completely disabled.

Yeah. So his kryptonite it’s like having a superpower in a way, but it’s, it’s only good for a [00:22:00] very limited circumstances. Yeah.

Mark: Yeah. I love that. So a couple more questions for you as we wrap up here. What advice would you give to someone who just published their first or second book?

Cole: A couple things. What I, I mean, I’m, I’ve been in the publishing industry. I’ve done a lot of things, but as far as this pen name writing my own self-published thrillers, I’m not even quite two years in. And one of the things I was surprised to find is writing the book is the easiest part. You, you have to embrace marketing or nobody will ever find your book.

And it doesn’t matter if you hate marketing and you don’t wanna do it. It’s like saying, you know what? I gave birth to this baby, but I hate feeding babies, so I’m walking away. You’re just gonna kill it. So brace yourself. You’ve gotta figure out how to attract a following and keep them informed of what you’re doing.

And that usually the best thing you can do is start your own email list [00:23:00] because it’s the one thing nobody can turn off with a twist of an algorithm. Yeah. And I, if I can give two pieces of advice, even though I was only asked for one Sure. That next book, almost nobody can make it on one book or two books.

Keep going. Yeah. Because what starts to make money for you if, if you’re drive is to be commercially viable, is read through from one book to the next. So set a long-term goal for yourself and set your life up so that you can do it long-term. Uh, would be my advice.

Mark: That’s great advice. Thank you. And where can readers find your books?

Cole: Right now I’m exclusive to Amazon. They are in Kindle Unlimited, so if you’re a member there, you can read ’em all for free. Otherwise it’s on Amazon, both in ebook paperback, and the first three books are also in Audible.

Mark: Awesome. Thank you. Thank you [00:24:00] so much for joining me today. If you don’t mind sticking around for a couple minutes after the show, we’re just gonna record a couple extra questions for our newsletter subscribers, which is only available to them.

Cole: My pleasure. Thanks for talking with me.

Mark: Thank you.

Mark: Thanks for listening to the show. If you enjoyed this episode, you can support the show and get early access to future episodes on Patreon. Links are in the show notes and some guests are also sharing bonus content on our Patreon, like short stories behind the scenes extras novellas. So head over there, you get to support the show and get a bunch of goodies.

Don’t forget to check out my psychological thriller, cognitive breach if you’re into high stakes, dream invading tech conspiracies. If you like the show, please follow rate, share with a a Fiddler fan.

It really helps i’ll see you in the next episode where I sit down with author Faye Arcand, author of the domestic thriller Inside, Outside.